1. science
2. ecology
3. waste management
4. recycling

SECTION 00850
DRAWING LIST
PART I- GENERAL
1.1
SCHEDULE
The project work shall be done in accordance with and in conformity to the drawings listed in the
following tabulation.
DRAWING NO.
C0.0
C0.1
C1.1
C1.2
C2.1
C3.1
C4.1
C5.1
C5.2
C6.1
C7.1
C7.2
C7.3
C7.4
C7.5
C7.6
C7.7
C7.8
E0.1
TITLES
COVER SHEET
GENERAL OF NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
PLAT OF SURVEY
DEMOLITION PLAN
SITE LAYOUT PLAN
GRADING PLAN
UTILITY PLAN
PAVING PLAN
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
EROSION CONTROL PLAN
DETAILS
DETAILS
DETAILS
DETAILS
DETAILS
DETAILS
DETAILS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PLAN
ELECTRICAL PLAN
L0.1
R1.0
R2.0
LANDSCAPE PLAN
SOIL MANAGEMENT PLAN
REMEDIATION PLAN
The said drawing are signed accompany the agreement and are made a part hereof. The specifications and
drawings are intended to be correlative and complementary. All work appearing upon the drawings and omitted
in the specifications or mentioned in the specifications and omitted from the drawings, shall be executed in the
accordance with the true intent and meaning of said specifications and drawings, as determined by the
authorized representative of the Park District, the same as though said work were contained and described in
each. Special drawings and details with respect to any item of the work will be furnished within a reasonable
time in response to a written request by the Contractor provided such drawings are necessary to the proper and
expeditious performance of the contract. This does not cover drawings to be furnished by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION 00850 Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
DRAWING LIST
00850-1
SECTION 01005
SPECIAL LANDSCAPE PROVISIONS
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.
Contractor shall furnish all materials as specified work, labor, service, and equipment
required to perform the work specified hereinafter complete and ready for use,
as listed in this article and as covered by the following. "General Conditions"
"Specifications and "Proposal".
B.
Contractor shall include, as a part of the work under the contract, for the work
involved herein, t h e movement and transportation of his own equipment and
C.
D.
E.
supplies to and from the site of the work.
The work in general includes, but is not limited to:
Contractor purchasing from approved nurseries, plant material of various sizes and
quantities, as stated in the proposal to be delivered and planted at the project site.
Approved nurseries will be from weather zone SB or colder as indicated by the
USDA Zone Hardiness map issued in 1990. The work includes trees, shrubs,
ground cover, and other planting related work per the plan and specifications.
All work by the contractor shall confirm to the highest horticultural standards and
practice. The Landscape Contractor will purchase high quality and healthy plant
material to ensure that superior design intentions and cultural requirements are met.
Shade, ornamental and evergreens trees shall be of specimen quality, symmetrically
branched, with central leaders. Exceptions to central leaders will be on certain
ornamental and shade trees approved by the Chicago Park District Forester. The
Contractor is expected to plant trees, at the proper depth, with straight trunks and
proper pruning methods without damage to trees or surrounding areas. Park
District landscape Architect and Inspector will monitor planting to ensure compliance.
Work by others; the Contractor shall note that there might be work scheduled
under other contracts at some of the parks which may be in force during the
contract period. The contractor for the work hereunder shall fully cooperate in
all respects with other Contractors and Park District personnel.
1.2 WORK AND MATERIALS FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR
A.
B.
The Contractor shall purchase per plants, shade, ornamental and evergreen
trees, shrubs, vines, groundcover, perennials, bulbs, and sod from approved
nurseries as specified in the proposal.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any loss or damages to plant material from
approved nurseries from the time they are picked up until the final acceptance
of the work. Any loss or damage during this period shall be replaced by the
Contractor as directed by the Project Manager at no additional cost to the Park
District.
1.3 LOCATION
1358 W. Monroe St., Chicago, IL
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SPECIAL LANDSCAPE PROVISIONS
01005 – 1
1.4 ACCESS TO SITE
A.
B.
Equipment material and supplies may be transported to site of the work across Park
District property, at such points and under such regulations as the Park District
may impose in regard to protection of structures, landscaping, pavement, curbs,
sidewalks, utilities, fences and all other equipment located on or near the site of
the work.
No driving, parking or storage of vehicles, equipment, or material in any soft surface,
except as absolutely required to transport and install the plant material and subject
to the approval of the Project Manager. This includes all designated lawn areas or
area of exposed earth.
1.5 REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT
A. Upon receiving in writing from the Project Manager that the work has been
completed, the Contractor shall immediately begin to remove his equipment and
surplus materials from the premise within seven days. Should he fail to do so, the
Contractor agrees that the Park District may, at its discretion, remove said equipment to
such locations as it may elect and that the cost of such removal will be deducted
from the amount then due Contractor, and should it become necessary to store
equipment, a further deduction will be made for rental of such storage space. The
amount of said rental will be decided by the Park District.
1.6 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION AND DRINKING PURPOSES
A.
B.
Water for construction and drinking purposes may be obtained from the existing
lawn hydrants or water lines of the Park District, if available, and will be supplied to
the Contractor without charge except that the water shall be conveyed to the point
of use from such hydrants or lines by the Contractor at his own expense. Where
the Contractor desires to tap into the water lines at points where hydrants are not
provided, he shall do so at his own expense and only with the permission of the
Park District.
The use of the hydrants for obtaining water for planting and maintenance purposes
will be permitted, providing the Contractor obtains the necessary permits from the
City of Chicago at the Contractor’s own expense.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S SHELTER AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. Contractor shall provide such shelter and accessories as are necessary for his
forces to handle the work most advantageously. He shall provide adequate shelter
for the protection of all materials liable to damage by exposure and shall be
responsible for all loss and damage to materials and equipment in connection with his
work.
1.8 SANITATION
A. In addition to requirement of Article XIV-6 Sanitation in the General Conditions,
Contractor shall furnish if necessary, small and maintain an enclosed chemical
type, temporary toilet during the contract period and shall remove such facilities
at the termination of contract.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SPECIAL LANDSCAPE PROVISIONS
01005 – 2
1.9 PROTECTION OF TREES
In addition to all protective equipment herein stated and in accordance to Article
XIV-F-6 Protection of Trees in the General Conditions, Contractor shall
adequately and completely protect all existing trees and their roots, except where
specific notice is given in writing by the Park District Forester, within the entire
area affected by this contract from all forms of damage and removal. Methods of
protection shall be at the Contractor’s option, subject to the Park District Forester's
approval.
Contractor will be charged the sum of$250.00 per caliper inch of truck diameter,
measured one foot above adjacent ground line, if trees are removed or destroyed.
Also, if trees are damaged or harmed in any way by the operations of the Contractor
under the contract a charge of $100.00 per square inch of surface area damaged and
harmed will be changed. In case of damaged trees, the Project Manager will have
the final decision as to the square inch area for which the Contractor will be charged
and if each tree is damaged to the extent where total replacement is necessary.
Driving, parking and storage of materials shall not be allowed within the drip line of
trees and shrubs.
A.
B.
C.
1.10 SAMPLE
A. Soil and mulch samples and sources of plant material shall be submitted to Project
Manager. Chicago Park District, 541 N. Fairbanks. Chicago, IL 60611 for approval.
Samples to be submitted for each source or as requested by the Project Manager.
1.11 OPERATIONS AFFECTING EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Operations affecting existing conditions shall be conducted with care not to damage
condition that is to remain in place. All existing condition damaged by the Contractor's
operations shall be rectified promptly without additional cost to the Park District, using
material of type, size, thickness and finished corresponding to those of adjacent similar
conditions. This includes all utilities adjacent to work area.
1.12 EQUIPMENT AND HOISTING
A.
Contractor shall have adequate equipment and use great care in the hoisting and handling
of materials and equipment so as not to damage existing walks, drives, and facilities that
are to remain. All damage shall he repaired or replaced by the Contractor, as required
and approved by the Project Manager, at no additional cost to the Park District.
1.13 PROTECTION OF UNDERGROUND SERVICE AND UTILITIES
A.
B.
In addition to the requirements of Article XIV-A-4 (Protection of Utilities),
Contractor shall also notify the Chicago Park District Project Manager, in advance
of any excavation on Park District property.
The work shall be performed with every precaution to avoid any damage to the
existing underground service lines and utility structures if such are encountered.
Contractor shall be held responsible for and make good all damages to underground
utilities that may result directly or indirectly from his operations.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SPECIAL LANDSCAPE PROVISIONS
01005 – 3
PART II- SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS
2.1 SUMMARY OF SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
A.
The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance tasks in addition to the
installation of plant material.
2.2 REMOVAL OF WEEDS AND INVASIVE PLANT MATERIAL
A.
B.
Remove all weeds and invasive plant material. All debris is to be removed from Park
District property and disposed of properly. Weed removal should be included in the
installation cost provided by contractor for new plant material.
The contractor shall weed groundcover, vines, and bulb areas every 7 to 14 days
beginning May 1st, and concluding on October 1st, for the duration of the
maintenance period.
C.
D.
All trees mulch rings, shrubs, groundcover, perennials, vines and bulb beda shall be
kept weed free. Weeds shall be removed by pulling at base of each plant and
include removal of the roots.
Contractor shall only use chemical for removal of weeds and invasive with prior
approval of the Project Manager. Contractor shall notify the Project Manager 24
hours in advance of any use of such chemicals.
2.3 PRUNING AND DEAD HEADING
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Prune trees and shrubs, and dead-head perennials and bulbs as needed throughout
the maintenance period.
Pruning includes groundcover
All plant material shall be inspected while performing other m a i n t e n a n c e duties
to determine the need for pruning. Pruning should be completed at least once each year
to accordance with these specifications.
All tree pruning shall be performed by certified tree workers under the direction a n d
supervision of an LSA certified arborist.
All trees shall be pruned in accordance with industry standards, in order to stimulate tight,
natural growth. Contractor shall prune all dead, broken, or diseased branches,
structural defects, such as bad crotches, crossing or rubbing branches, growth o f a
second leader, or sucker growth at the tree base. Pruning should develop the natural
form of each individual plant to assure the effect intended by the Landscape
Architect.
All cuts be clean and done with properly sharpened tools. In general, tools to be
used should conform to accepted horticultural practices. The use of hedge trimming
shears shall be prohibited except for trimming specified hedges.
When cuts are made on diseased trees, tools should be disinfected with alcohol.
Cuts shall be made back to a bud, branch, or main trunk. Collar cuts shall be made
at tree trunks.
The removal of dead branches of flowering p e r e n n i a l s and bulbs shall take place
during routine maintenance. Routine maintenance to be done every 7-14 days as
needed, beginning May 1, and concluding October 1.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SPECIAL LANDSCAPE PROVISIONS
01005 – 4
2.4 GROUNDCOVER, VINES, P E R E N N I A L S , AND BULBS
A.
Contractor is to provide and maintain groundcover, vines, perennials, and bulbs as
Required.
B.
Summary:
1. Contractor shall furnish all materials, work, labor, service and equipment required
to perform the work specified, as listed in the article and as covered by the
following ''General Conditions", "Specifications", "Proposal" and as shown on
the drawings.
2. Contractor shall include, as part of the work under the contract for the work
involved herein, t h e movement and transportation of his own equipment, supplies
and plant material as listed on the plan to and from the site of work.
3. The work in general includes but is not limited to furnishing and installing
plant material preparation of beds including weeding use of a pre-emergent
herbicide in tree rings, perennials, shrub beds, supplying soil supplements such
as sand and peat moss, and rototilling planting, fertilization and application of
herbicide/pesticide to soil after planting, mulching, repair of damaged lawn
areas, weeding and other maintenance to beds as specified and all other related
work.
2.5 SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF MULCH
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Contractor is to supply and install shredded hardwood bark mulch as needed to
supplement loss, around trees, and in shrub and groundcover, perennial, vines and bulb
beds.
A sample of mulch shall be submitted t o the Project Manager for approval.
The contractor shall place a 3" layer of approved mulch material around shade trees,
with a 6 foot diameter concentric circle, complete with saucer at the outer edge. Care
should be taken to avoid placing mulch directly in contact with the tree truck.
Shrub beds shall be filled with a 3" layer of approved mulch in their entirety.
Groundcover, vine, perennial, and bulb beds, receive a 2" layer of approved mulch.
Care shall be taken not to bury leaf stems or vines under mulch material.
END OF SECTION 01005
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SPECIAL LANDSCAPE PROVISIONS
01005 – 5
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART I- GENERAL
1.1
Related Documents
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions a n d
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
1.2
Work Covered by Contract Documents
A.
The work consists of construction of artificial turf soccer fields.
B.
1.
Project Location: Park No. 569
1358 W. Monroe St.
Chicago, IL
2.
Owner:
Chicago Park District
541 N. Fairbanks
Chicago, IL 60611
Contract Documents were prepared for the project by:
Delta Engineering Group, LLC
111 W. Jackson Blvd., Suite 910
Chicago, IL 60604
C.
1.3
The scope of work includes the following:
1. Environmental remediation including offsite disposal of contaminated material
and backfill with aggregate.
2. Removal of chain link fence, existing driveways, sidewalks and curbs & gutters
3. Capping of existing water supply lines
4. Supply and installation of ornamental fence, fence posts and gates
5. Supply and installation of artificial turf, trees, concrete curbs, concrete
pavements, pea gravel, outcroppings, benches, shade structures, storm sewers
including catch basins, inlets and cleanouts, water lines including shut off boxes,
lawn hydrants and drinking fountain, Storm Sewer and Water tie-ins to City
system, Electrical work including walkway light poles, handholes and lighting
controller with meter socket, ComEd connection.
6. Site work for constructing sidewalks and ramps outside the property limits
includes installation of warning tiles and other miscellaneous work identified in
the drawings and specifications.
Contractor Use of Premises
A.
Use of the Site: Limit use of the premises to work in areas indicated.
Confine
operations to areas within contract limits indicated and in accordance with the
Landscape Architect's instructions. Do not disturb portions of the site beyond the
areas in which the Work i s indicated. Any damage to the surrounding areas
including areas used for construction entrances will be the responsibility of the
contractor to replace.
B.
CPD Improvement Sign
1.
A temporary improvement sign provided by the Chicago Park District shall
be installed by the Contractor at the site in a location selected by the
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
01010-1
SUMMARY
Engineer. It is required that the improvement sign be maintained in good
condition by the Contractor until the development activities are complete.
B.
2.
The sign will be constructed of one 96-inch w i d e by 48-inch h i g h , Y,-inch
thick exterior grade "A” face MDO Plywood panels.
3.
To obtain the sign, please contact the Chicago Park District at the phone
number listed below, identify the name of the park and type of project
improvement and make arrangements to pick up the sign.
Chicago Park District Trades
Garfield Service Yard
3737 W. Kinzie Ave.
Chicago, I L 60624
Phone: 312-746-5561
4.
At the conclusion of the project, the Contractor is responsible for returning
the improvement sign to the Chicago Park District.
911 Signs
1.
Four "911" signs (one for each side of the temporary construction fencing) shall be
installed by the Contractor at the project site in locations selected by the Engineer.
It is required that the 911 signs be maintained in good condition by the Contractor
until the development activities are complete.
2.
Signs shall be attached to the temporary chain link fencing using plastic ties.
3. To obtain the signs, please contact:
Chicago Park District Trades
Garfield Service Yard
3737 W. Kinzie Ave.
Chicago, I L 60624
Phone: 312-746-5561
4.
At the conclusion of the project, the Contractor is responsible for returning the 911
signs to the Chicago Park District.
END O F SECTION 01010
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
01010-2
SUMMARY
SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES
PART I- GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality control
services.
B.
Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports,
performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, and the Contractor.
C.
Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with
requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with Contract Document requirements.
D.
Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures,
not production of standard products.
1.
Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are
specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Those requirements,
including inspections and tests, cover production of standard products as well as
customized fabrication and installation procedures.
2.
Inspections, test and related actions specified are not intended to limit the
Contractors quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract
Document requirements.
3.
Requirements f o r the Contractor to provide quality control services required by
the Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this
Section.
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and all other Divisions of the Project Manual, apply to this Section.
1.3
RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
The Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services,
specified in individual Specification Sections and required by governing authorities,
except where they are specifically indicated to be the Owner's responsibility, or are
provided by another identified entity; these services include those specified to be
performed by an independent agency and not by the Contractor. Costs for these services
shall be included in the Contract Sum.
1.
The Owner will select and the Contractor shall employ and pay an independent
agency, to perform specified quality control services.
a.
Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency or other entity for testing
and inspection of a part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to
engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not
employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing
with the Owner.
2.
Re-testing: The Contractor is responsible for re-testing where results of required
inspections, tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate
compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the
original test was the Contractor's responsibility.
a,
Cost of re-testing construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is
the Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on
original construction.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA QUALITY CONTROL
01400-1
3.
B.
C.
1.4
Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing
required inspections, tests and similar services and provide reasonable
auxiliary services as requested.
Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of
operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include
but are not limited to:
a.
Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities
necessary to facilitate inspections and tests.
b.
Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that
require testing or assisting the agency in taking samples.
c.
Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of
samples to testing laboratories.
d.
Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for
materials mixes that require control by the testing agency.
e.
Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site.
Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to perform
inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in individual
Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Owner and Contractor in performance of its
duties, and shall performed by qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests.
1.
The agency shall notify the Owner and Contractor promptly of irregularities or
deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2.
The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of
the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3.
The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor.
Coordination: The Contractor and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and
similar services shall coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required
services with a minimum of delay. In addition the Contractor and each agency shall
coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to
accommodate inspections and tests.
1.
The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking
samples and similar activities.
SUBMITTALS
A.
The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection,
test or similar service, to the Owner, in duplicate, and a copy to the Contractor.
1.
Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing
authority, when the authority so directs.
2.
Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall
include, but not be limited to:
a.
Date of issue.
b.
Project title and number.
c.
Name, address and telephone number of testing agency.
d.
Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
e.
Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
£
Designation of the Work and test method.
g.
Identification of product and Specification Section. h.
Complete inspection or test data.
i.
Test results and an interpretations of test results.
j.
Ambient conditions at the time of sample-taking and testing.
k.
Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested
work complies with Contract Document requirements.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA QUALITY CONTROL
01400-2
l.
m.
Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
Recommendations on re-testing.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service · agencies,
including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as complying with
"Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" by the
American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of
inspections and tests to be performed.
1.
Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be
authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State of Illinois.
B.
Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329 “Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in
Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection."
C.
Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of
National Bureau of Standards during most recent tour of inspection; with
memorandum of remedies of all deficiencies reported by inspection.
D.
Testing Equipment:
1.
Calibrated at maximum 12-month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to
either:
a.
National Bureau of Standards
b.
Accepted values of natural physical constants.
2.
Submit copy of certificate of calibration, made by accredited calibration agency.
1.6
LABORATORY DUTIES: LIMITS OF AUTHORITY
A.
Cooperate with Owner and Contractor; provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. B.
Perfom1 specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction methods.
1.
Comply with specified Standards: ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as
specified.
2.
Ascertain compliance with Contract requirements.
C.
Promptly notify Owner and Contractor of irregularities or deficiencies of work which are
observed during performance of services.
D.
Promptly submit 5 copies of reports of inspections and tests to Owner including:
1.
Date issued
2.
Project title and number
3.
Testing Laboratory name and address
4.
Name and signature of Inspector
5.
Date of inspection and sampling
6.
Record of temperature and weather
7.
Date of test
8.
Identification of product and Specification Section
9.
Location in project
10.
Type of inspection or test
11.
Observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents
E.
Perform additional services as required by Owner. F.
Laboratory is not authorized to:
1.
Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on, Contract requirements.
2.
Approve or accept any portion of work.
3.
Perform any duties of the Contractor.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA QUALITY CONTROL
01400-3
1.7
A.
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Cooperate with Laboratory personnel, provide access to work, to manufacturer's operations.
B.
Provide Laboratory, preliminary representative samples of materials for testing, in required
quantities.
C.
Furnish copies of mill test reports.
D.
Furnish labor and facilities:
1.
To provide access to work to be tested.
2.
To obtain and handle samples at site.
3.
To facilitate inspections and tests.
4.
For Laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples.
E.
Notify Laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for personnel assignment
of test scheduling.
F.
Employ, and pay for, services of a qualified Independent Testing Laboratory to perform
inspections, sampling and testing where required.
PART II- PRODUCTS
(Not Applicable)
PART III- EXECUTION
3.1
REP AIR AND PROTECTION
A.
General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar services,
repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies,
including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract
Document requirements for “Cutting and Patching."
B.
Protect construction exposed by or for quality control services, and protect repaired
construction.
C.
Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services.
END OF SECTION 01400
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA QUALITY CONTROL
01400-4
SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for temporary services
and facilities, including utilities, construction and support facilities, and security and
protection.
A.
Contractor shall be solely responsible for adequacy of temporary facilities,
including design and engineering thereof.
B.
Temporary utility services required but not limited to:
C.
D.
1.
Water service and distribution.
2.
Temporary electric power and light.
3.
Telephone Service.
4.
Storm and sanitary sewer.
Construction and support facilities required include but are not limited to:
1.
Temporary heat.
2.
Temporary roadway paving and/or steel plates.
3.
Field offices and/or storage sheds.
4.
Sanitary facilities, including toilets and drinking water.
5.
Dewatering facilities and drains.
6.
Temporary enclosures.
7.
Project identification sign.
8.
Waste disposal services.
9.
Rodent and pest control.
10.
Construction aids and miscellaneous general services and facilities.
Security and protection facilities and services required include but are not limited
to:
1.
Barricades, warning signs and lights.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500-1
2.
Enclosure fence for the site.
3.
Environmental protection.
1.2
RELATED WORK
.
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and all other Divisions of the Project Manual, apply to this
Section.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
1.5
Project sign and barricades for work in right-of-way: submit drawings for Owner review.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Regulations: comply with local codes and ordinances of governing authorities having
jurisdiction.
B.
Standards: contractor determines and complies with applicable standards for temporary
and construction facilities.
C.
Inspections: arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each utility
before use. Obtain required certification and permits.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Conditions of use: keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance.
Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Do not overload temporary services or facilities,
or permit them to interfere with construction progress. Do not allow hazardous,
dangerous or unsanitary conditions or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site.
B.
Easements: obtain necessary easements for temporary facilities when required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A.
General: provide new materials and equipment or undamaged previously used materials
and equipment in serviceable condition. Provide materials and equipment suitable for the
use intended.
B.
Water; provide potable water approved by local health authorities.
C.
First aid supplies: comply with governing regulations.
D.
Fire extinguishers: where required, provide hand-carried, portable UL-rated, class fire
extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide handcarried, portable UL-rated, class "ABC” dries chemical extinguishers, or a combination of
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500-2
extinguishers of NFPA recommended classes for the exposures.
1.
E.
Comply with NAPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and size
required by location and class of fire exposure.
Work zone traffic control: comply with IDOL 701 and 702.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
3.1
3.2
3.3
INSTALLATION
A.
Locate facilities where they will best serve the Project and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
B.
Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by
authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
TEMPORARY INSTALLATION
A.
Temporary water service for construction and drinking purposes: the Contractor is
responsible for providing all water required for construction operations. Use of
adjacent fire hydrants is permitted provided the Contractor obtain a Fire Hydrant
Use Permit available through the City of Chicago Department of Water Management.
B.
Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and
subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from
heavy rains.
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITY INSTALLATION
A.
Field offices (optional): provide insulated, weather-tight, prefabricated or mobile units
with lockable entrances, operable windows, serviceable finishes and temporary
telephone. Provide heated and air conditioned units on foundations for normal loading.
1.
Provide lockable filing cabinets for project record documents, plan racks and
plan table. Provide meeting area with space and furnishings to accommodate
not less than 12 people for project meetings.
B.
Storage and fabrication sheds (optional): install storage and fabrication sheds, sized,
furnished and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including
temporary utility service. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces on the site.
C.
Sanitary facilities: comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number,
location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where facilities will
best serve the Project's needs.
1.
Provide self-contained, single-occupant toilet units of the chemical,
aerated recirculation or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed
with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500-3
2.
Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials
for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material.
Temporary enclosures: provide temporary enclosure for protection of construction in
progress and completed from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations and
similar activities.
D.
1.
E.
Project identification and temporary signs: prepare project identification and other signs
of size indicated; install signs to inform the public and persons seeking entrance to the
Project. Support on the posts or framing of preservative treated wood or steel. Do not
permit installation of unauthorized signs.
F.
3.4
3.5
Where heat is needed, provide temporary enclosures where there is no other
provision for containment of heat. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and
materials drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and
effects.
Collection of disposal of waste: collect waste from project site daily. Comply with
requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.
Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than seven days during
normal weather and three days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80
degrees Fahrenheit. Handle hazardous, dangerous or unsanitary waste materials
separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful
manner.
SHORING, BRACING AND UNDERPINNING (as required)
A.
Provide shoring and bracing necessary to protect existing buildings, streets, walkways,
utilities and other improvements and excavation against loss of ground or caving
embankments. Maintain shoring and bracing. Remove temporary shoring and bracing
when no longer required.
B.
Whenever shoring is required, locate the system to clear permanent construction and to
permit forming and finishing of concrete surfaces. Provide shoring system, adequately
anchored and braced to resist earth and hydrostatic pressures.
C.
Shoring systems retaining earth on which the support or stability of existing structure is
dependent must be left in place at completion of work.
D.
Maintain bracing until structural elements are re-braced by other bracing or until
permanent construction is able to withstand lateral earth and hydrostatic pressures.
E.
Remove sheeting, shoring and bracing in stages to avoid disturbance to underlying
soils and damage to structures, pavements, facilities and utilities.
F.
Repair or replace as acceptable by Owner, adjacent work damaged or displaced through
the installation or removal of shoring and bracing work.
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500-4
3.6
A.
Barricades, warning signs and lights: Comply with !DOT 701,702 and local code
requirements. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform
personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and
needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.
B.
Environmental protection: provide environmental protection as outlined in Section
01560- TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS.
C.
Site security to be provided by the Contractor as required.
OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL
A.
Supervision: enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of
temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse.
B.
Maintenance: maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
1.
Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation and similar facilities on a 24-hour a day basis where required to
achieve indicated results and to avoid the possibility of damage.
D.
Termination and rcmov.al: remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or
when replaced by authorized use of a pem1anent facility, or no later than Substantial
Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have
been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,
clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
E.
Materials and facilities that constitute temporary
Contractor.
facilities are the property
of the
END OF SECTION 01500
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500-5
SECTION 01524
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
1.3
Section i n c l u d e s : Administrative and procedural requirements for construction
wa st e management a cti v iti es.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Construction, Demolition, and Land clearing (CDL) Waste: Includes all nonhazardous solid wastes resulting from construction, re mo d e lin g , alterations, repair
demolition and land clearing. Includes material that is recycled, reused, salvaged or
disposed as garbage.
B.
Salvage: Recovery of materials for on-site reuse or donation to a third party. Reuse:
Making use of a material without altering its form. Materials can be reused on- site or
reused on other projects off-site. Examples include, but are not limited to the
following: Grinding of concrete for use as sub-base material. Chipping of land clearing
debris for use as mulch.
C.
Recycling: The process of sorting, cleaning, treating, and reconstituting materials for
the purpose of using the material in the manufacture of a new product.
D.
Source-Separated CDL Recycling: The process of separating recyclable materials
in separate containers as they are generated on the job-site. The separated
materials are hauled directly to a recycling facility or transfer station.
E.
Co-mingled CDL Recycling: The process of collecting mixed recyclable materials in
one container on-site. The container is taken to a material recovery facility where
materials are separated for recycling.
F.
Approved Recycling Facility: Any of the following:
1.
A facility that can legally accept CDL waste materials for the purpose of
processing the materials into an altered form for the manufacture new product.
2.
Material Recovery Facility: A general term used to describe a waste-sorting
f acility. Mechanical, hand-separation, or a combination of both procedures,
issued to recover recyclable materials.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Waste Management Plan: Submit (3) three copies of plan within 15 calendar days of
Notice to Proceed.
B.
Waste Management Report: Concurrent with each submittal for partial and final
payment
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
01524-1 1.4
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
B.
1.5
General: Divert a minimum of 50% CDL waste, by weight, from the landfill by one or a
combination of the following activities:
1.
Salvage
2.
Reuse
3.
Source-Separated CDL Recycling
4.
Co-mingled CDL Recycling
CDL waste materials that can be salvaged, reused or recycled include, but
are not limited to, the following:
1.
Asphalt
2.
Asphalt shingles
3.
Cardboard packaging
4.
Concrete
5.
Land clearing debris (vegetation, stumpage, dirt)
6.
Metals
7.
Paint (through hazardous waste outlets)
8.
Wood
9.
Plastic film (sheeting, shrink wrap, packaging)
10.
Wood
11.
Field office waste, including office paper, aluminum cans, glass, plastic,
and office cardboard.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Regulatory Requirements: Conduct construction waste management activities
in accordance with City of Chicago Construction Recycling Ordinance,
Illinois number and all other applicable laws and ordinances.
B.
Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct meeting at Project site prior to
construction activities.
1.
Attendees: Inform the following individuals, whose presence is required,
of date and time of meeting.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
01524-2 2.
3.
1.6
a.
Owner
b.
Architect
c.
Contractor's superintendent and/or Project Manager
d.
Major Subcontractors
e.
Other necessary parties
Agenda Items: Review methods and procedures related to waste
management including, but not limited to the following:
a.
Review and discuss waste management plan including
responsibilities of Contractor’s Waste Management Coordinator.
b.
Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of
waste and its disposition.
c.
Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and
verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays.
d.
Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation
to recycling and disposal facilities.
e.
Review waste management requirements for each trade.
f.
Review and distribution of the following publications and programs:
g.
City of Chicago Best Management Practices for construction
recycling.
Minutes: Record discussion. Distribute meeting minutes to all participants’
within3 days.
WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A.
General: Develop plan consisting of waste types, quantity by weight, methods
of disposal, handling and transportation procedures. Include separate sections in
plan for demolition and construction waste.
B.
Organize the waste management plan in accordance with the sample plan included.
At the end of part three in this specification, including the following information:
1.
Types and estimated quantities, by weight, of CDL waste expected to be
generated during demolition and construction.
2.
Proposed methods for salvage, reuse, recycling and disposal during
demolition including, but not limited to, one or more of the following:
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
01524-3 3.
1.7
a.
Contracting with a deconstruction specialist to salvage materials
generated
b.
Selective salvage as part of demolition contractor’s work
c.
Reuse of materials on-site or sale or donation to a third party
Proposed methods for salvage, reuse, recycling and disposal during
construction including, but not limited to, one or more of the following.
a.
Requiting subcontractors to take their CDL waste to a recycling
facility, b. Contracting with a recycling hauler to haul recyclable CDL
waste to and approved recycling or material recovery facility.
b.
Processing and reusing materials on site.
c.
Self-hauling to a recycling or material recovery facility.
4.
Name of recycling or material recovery facility receiving the CDL wastes.
5.
Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used
for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container
labeling, and designated location on the project site where materials
separation will be located.
WASTE MANAGEMENT REPORT
A.
Waste Management Report: Submit a cumulative waste management report,
on the form included at end of this section, with each application for payment.
Include the following attachments:
1.
A record of the type and quantity, by weight, of each material salvaged, reused,
recycled or disposed.
2.
Total quantity of waste recycled as a percentage of total waste.
3.
Disposal Receipts: Copy of receipts issued by a disposal facility for CDL
waste that is disposed in a landfill.
4.
Recycling receipts: Copy of receipts issued by an approved recycling facility.
a.
5.
For co-mingled materials, include weight tickets from the recycling
hauler or material recovery facility and verification of the recycling
rate for co-mingled loads at the facility.
Salvaged Materials documentation: Types and quantities, by weight, for materials
salvaged for reuse on site, sold or donated to a third party.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
01524-4 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT, GENERAL
A.
Provide containers for CDL waste that is to be recycled clearly labeled as such with a
list of acceptable and unacceptable materials. The list of acceptable materials must
be the same as the materials recycled at the receiving material recovery facility or
recycling processor.
B.
The collection containers for recyclable CDL waste must contain no more than 10"/o nonrecyclable material, by volume.
C.
Provide containers for CDL waste that is dispose in a landfill clearly labeled as such.
D.
Use detailed material estimates to reduce risk of unplanned and potentially wasteful
cuts.
E.
To the greatest extent possible, include in material purchasing agreements a waste
reduction provision requesting that materials and equipment be delivered in packaging
made of recyclable material, that they reduce the amount of packaging, that packaging is
taken back for reuse or recycling, and to take back all unused product. Insure that
subcontractors require the same provisions in their purchase agreements.
F.
Conduct regular visual inspection of dumpsters and recycling bins to remove
contaminants.
SOURCE SEPARATION
A.
3.3
General: Separate recyclable materials from CDL waste to the maximum extent,
Possible. Separate recyclable materials by type.
1.
Provide containers, clearly labeled, by type of separated materials or provide
other storage method for managing recyclable materials until they are
removed from the project site.
2.
Stockpile processed materials on site without intermixing with other materials.
Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent
windblown dust.
3.
Stockpile materials away from demolition area. Do not store within drip line of
remaining trees.
4.
Store components off the ground and protect from weather.
CO-MINGLED RECYCLING
A.
General: Do not put CDL waste that will be disposed in a landfill into a co-mingled CDL
waste recycling container.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
01524-5 3.4
REMOVAL OF CONSTRUCTION WASTE MATERIALS
A.
Remove CDL waste materials from project site on a regular basis. Do not allow CDL
waste to accumulate on-site.
B.
Transport CDL waste materials off Chicago Park District property and legally
dispose of them.
C.
Burning of CDL waste is not permitted.
END O F SECTION 01 5 24
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
01524-6 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROGRESS REPORT
MATERIAL
CATEGORY
DISPOSED IN
MUNICIPAL
SOLID
WASTE
1. Asphalt (cu yds.)
2. Concrete (cu yds.)
3. Landscaping materials (lbs.)
3. Porcelain Plumbing Fixtures
(lbs.)
4. Ferrous Metals (lbs.)
5. Non- Ferrous Metals (lbs.)
6. Wood (lbs.)
7. Glass (lbs.)
8. Clay Brick (lbs.)
9. Bond Paper (lbs.)
10. Cardboard (lbs.)
11. Plastic (lbs.)
.
12. Gypsum (lbs.)
13. Paint (gal)
14. Insulation (lbs.)
15. Other (Insert Description)
16. Other (Insert Description)
17. Other (Insert Description)
TOTAL (Weight)
Percentage of waste diverted (total waste divided by total diverted)
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA DIVERTED FROM LANDFILL BY
RECYCLING, SALVAGE OR REUSE
RECYCLED
SALVAGED
REUSED
.
%
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
01524-7 SECTION 01600
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative a n d procedural requirements governing
the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project.
B.
The Contractor’s Construction Schedule and t h e Schedule of Submittals are included
under Section 01010 – Summary of work.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.4
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and all other Divisions of the Project Manual, apply to this Section.
Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other
terms used in the Contract Documents, such as ‘ Specialities, "systems,"
“Structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory
and have well recognized meanings in the construction industry.
1.
"Products" are items purchased for i n c o r p o r a t i o n in the W o r k ,
w h e t h e r purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased
stock. The term ''product" includes the terms "material," ''equipment,"
11system, a n d terms of similar intent.
2.
"Named Products” are i t e m s identified b y manufacturer's product name,
including make or model designation, indicated in the manufacturers
published product literature that is current as of the date of the Contract
Documents.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: To t h e fullest extent possible, provide products of the same
kind, from a single source.
1.
When specified products are available only from sources that do not or
cannot produce a quantity adequate to complete project requirements in
a timely manner, consult with the Owner for a determination of the
most important product qualities before proceeding. Qualities may include
attributes relating to visual appearance, strength, durability, or compatibility.
When a determination has been m a d e , select products from s o u rc es th at
produce p r o d u c t s that possess these qualities, to the fullest extent possible.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DAFT
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS
01600-1
B.
C.
Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting
betweent two or more products for use on the Project, th e product selected shall be
compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products
were also options.
1.
The Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods
that are compatible with products and construction methods of subcontractors.
2.
If a dispute arises between the general Contractor and subcontractors
over concurrently selectable, but incompatible products, the Owner will
determine which products shall be retained and which are incompatible
and must be replaced.
Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or
imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on exposed
surfaces of products which will be exposed to view.
1.
D.
1.5
Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface or,
where required for observation after installation, on an accessible surface that is
not conspicuous.
Manufacturer's Instructions
1.
When
contract documents specify that installation shall comply
with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such
instructions to all parties involved in the installation, including the Owner.
2.
Maintain one set of complete instructions with the Project Record Documents
at the job site during installation and until completion.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver, store and handle products in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent
damage, deterioration and loss, including theft.
1.
Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to
prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.
2.
Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time
for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to
deterioration, or theft.
3.
Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's original sealed container
or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing.
4.
Inspect products upon delivery t o ensure compliance with the
Contract Documents, and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly
protected.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DAFT
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS
01600-2
5.
Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection
and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
6.
Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will
not endanger the supporting construction.
7.
Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover
in a weather tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent
condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by
manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Arrange for transportation and deliveries of materials and equipment in accord
with approved current construction schedules and in ample time to facilitate
inspection prior to installation.
C.
Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with work and conditions at site:
1.
Work of other contractors or Owner, or their use of premises.
2.
Limitations of storage space.
3.
Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PRODUCT SELECTION
A.
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract
Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, unused at the time
of installation.
1.
Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and
other devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the
intended use and effect.
2.
Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that
have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other
projects.
3.
Comply with size, make, type and quality specified.
4.
Manufactured and fabricated products:
a.
Design, fabricate and assemble in accord with best engineering and
shop practices.
b.
Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard interchangeable
sizes.
c.
Two o r more items of the same kind shall be identical from the
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DAFT
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS
01600-3
same manufacturer.
B.
d.
All system parts shall be from t h e same manufacturer
greatest extent practical.
to t h e
e.
Adhere to equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or
specified unless variations are specifically approved by Change Order.
Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the Contract
D o c u m e n t s and governing regulations, not by previous Project experience.
Procedures governing product selection include the following:
1.
Proprietary
Specification R e q u i r e m e n t s :
Where
only a single
or manufacturer is named, provide the product indicated. No
product
s u b s t i t u t i o n s will be permitted.
2.
Semi-proprietary S p e c i f i c a t i o n Requirements: Where two or more
products or manufacturers are named, provide one of the products
No substitutions will be permitted.
indicated.
a.
Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied
by the term “or equal,” or "or approved equal" comply with the Contract's
provisions concerning “substitutions” to obtain approval for use of an
unnamed product.
3.
Non-Proprietary Specifications: When the Specifications l i s t s
products or manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the
Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use of these products only, the
Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract
requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning
“substitutions” to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
4.
Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product
or assembly, listing exact characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or
trade name, provide a product or assembly that provides the characteristics
and otherwise co mp li es with Contract requirements.
5.
Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require
compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply
with these requirements, and are recommended by t h e manufacturer
f o r the application indicated. General overall performance of a product is
implied where the product is specified for a specific application.
b.
Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published
product literature, or by the manufacturer's certification of
performance.
7.
Compliance w i t h Standards, Codes and Regulations:
Where t h e
Specifications only requires compliance with an imposed code, standard or
regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes or
regulations specified.
8.
Visual Matching:
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DAFT
Where Specifications require matching an established
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS
01600-4
Sample, the Owner’s decision w i l l be final on w h e t h e r a proposed
product m a t c h e s satisfactorily.
a.
Where no product available within the s p e c i f i e d c a t e g o r y
matches satisfactorily and also complies with other specified requirements,
comply with provisions of the Contract Documents concerning
“substitutions” for selection of a matching product in another product
category, or for noncompliance with specified requirements.
9.
Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase “as
selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures..." or a similar
phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other
specified requirements. The O w n e r w i l l select the color, pattern and texture
from the product line selected.
C.
Deliver products in undamaged condition in original containers or packaging,
with identifying labels intact and legible.
D.
Clearly mark partial deliveries of component parts or assemblies or equipment to
permit easy identification of parts and to facilitate assembly.
E.
Immediately on delivery, inspect shipment to assure:
1.
Product complies with contract documents and Owner
2.
Quantities are correct.
3.
Containers and packages are intact and labels are legible.
4.
Products are properly protected and undamaged.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS:
A.
Comply
with
manufacturer's instructions a n d r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s f o r
i n s t a l l a t i o n of products in the applications indicated, A n c h o r each product
securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work.
1.
Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from
damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion,
B.
Provide equipment a n d personnel to handle products and equipment, including
those furnished by the Owner. Prevent damage to products or packaging.
C.
Provide additional protection during handling to prevent scraping, marring or
otherwise damaging products, equipment or surrounding surfaces.
Handle products and equipment in manner to prevent bending or
overstressing.
D.
E.
Lift packages, equipment or components only at designated lift points.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DAFT
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS
01600-5
END OF SECTION 01600
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DAFT
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS
01600-6
SECTION 01700
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART I – GENERAL
1.1
WORK INCLUDES
A.
Substantial completion, final completion, closeout submittals, and application for final
payment.
B.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout,
including but not limited to:
1.
Inspection procedures.
2.
Project record document submittal.
3.
Operating and maintenance manual submittal.
4.
Submittal of warranties including any pertinent receipts and contact information
5.
Final cleaning.
6.
Final payment.
1.2
RELATED WORK
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and all other Divisions of the Project Manual, apply to this Section.
1.3
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A.
When the Contractor considers the work substantially complete, Contractor shall submit
written declaration to the Owner that the work, or designated portion thereof, is
substantially complete. Include list of items to be completed or corrected.
B.
Owner and Contractor will make an inspection within seven days after receipt of
certification.
C.
Should the Owner consider that the work is substantially complete:
1.
The Owner will prepare and issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion,
containing:
a.
Date of Substantial Completion.
b.
Punch list of items to be completed or corrected.
c.
The time within which Contractor shall complete or correct work of
listed items.
d.
Date and time Owner will assume possession of work or designated
portion thereof.
e.
Responsibilities of Owner and Contractor for:
(1.) Insurance
(2.) Utilities
(3.) Operation of mechanical, electrical and other systems.
(4.) Maintenance and cleaning.
(5.) Security
f.
Signatures of Owner and Contractor
D.
Should the Owner consider that work is not substantially completed:
1.
The Owner shall immediately notify Contractor, in writing, stating reasons.
2.
The Contractor shall complete work and send a second written notice to Owner,
certifying that project, or designated portion of project, is substantially complete.
3
The Owner will re-inspect work.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700-1
1.4
FINAL INSPECTION
A.
B.
C.
D.
1.5
1.6
When the Contractor considers the work complete, the Contractor shall submit written
declaration to the Owner that the work is complete. Contractor shall submit written
certification that:
1.
Contract documents have been reviewed.
2.
Project has been inspected for compliance with contract.
3.
Work has been completed in accord with contract.
4.
Equipment and systems have been tested in the Owner's presence and are
operational.
5.
Project is completed, ready for final inspection.
The Owner will make final inspection within seven days after receipt of certification.
Should the Owner consider that work is finally complete in accord with Contract
Document requirements, he shall request contractor to make project closeout submittals.
Should the Owner consider that work is not finally complete:
1.
The Owner shall notify the Contractor, in writing, stating reasons.
2.
The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and
send second written notice to the Owner certifying that the work is complete.
3.
The Owner will re-inspect work.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Project Record Documents: A set of as built plans, testing reports and documents
required in the specifications of Division 1, 2, 12 and 16.
B.
Deliver evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities.
C.
Deliver Certificate of Insurance and warranties for products and completed operations.
Certificate shall include a evidence that insurance required by the Contract Documents to
remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed
to expire
until at least 30 days prior notice has been given to the Owner. Contractor shall include a
written statement that Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will
not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents.
D.
Evidence of payments, release of liens
1.
Consent of Surety to Final Payment.
2.
Other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations including receipts,
Contractor's releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or
encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and form as required by
the City.
3.
Separate releases of waivers of liens for subcontractors, suppliers and others with
lien rights against property of Owner together with list of those parties.
4.
Paid utility bills, if any.
5.
An affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment and other indebtedness
connected to the work for which the City or the City's property might be responsible
or encumbered owes any amounts withheld by City) have been paid or otherwise
satisfied.
INSTRUCTION
A.
Instruct Owner's personnel in operation of all systems electrical and other
equipment.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700-2
1.7
FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
A.
Submit final statement of accounting to Owner.
B.
Statement shall reflect all adjustments.
1.
2.
B.
Original contract sum.
Additions and deductions resulting from:
a.
Previous change orders.
b.
Cash allowances.
c.
Unit prices.
d.
Other adjustments.
e.
Deductions for uncorrected work.
f.
Deductions for re-inspection payments.
3.
Total contract sum, as adjusted.
4.
Previous payments.
5.
Sum remaining due.
The Owner will prepare final change order, reflecting approved adjustments to contract
sum not previously made by change orders.
1.8
FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A.
Contractor shall submit final application in accord with requirements of Conditions of
Contract.
1.9
FINAL CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT
A.
The Owner will issue final certificate in accord with provisions of Conditions of contract.
B.
Should final completion be materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, the
Owner may issue a Semi-Final Certificate of Payment, in accord with provisions of
Conditions of Contract.
END OF SECTION 01700
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700-3
SECTION 02070
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART I- GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Provide labor, material, equipment and services required to complete
selective demolition work shown or specified, including but not necessarily limited to:
1. Careful demolition and removal from the site of those items identified to be demolished.
2. Salvage, store and maintain materials for reuse.
B. Related work
1. Section 02071 Tree Protection
2. Section 02831 Ornamental Fencing
1.2
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are thoroughly familiar with specified requirements and methods
needed for proper installation of work of this section.
1.3
PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Sections 01600, 02316 and 02318.
PART II- PRODUCTS
(No products are required in this Section)
PART III -EXECUTION
3.1
SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed.
Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of work. Do not proceed
until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2
DEMOLITION
A. By careful study of the Contract Documents, determine the location and extent of selective
demolition to be performed.
B. Visit the site and verify the extent and location of selective demolition required.
1. Carefully identify limits of selective demolition.
2.
Mark interface surfaces as required to enable workmen also to identify items to be
removed and items to be left in place intact.
C. Prepare and follow an organized plan for demolition and removal of items.
1. Shut off, cap and otherwise protect existing public utility lines in accordance with the
requirements of the public agency or utility having jurisdiction. Restore utilities damaged
during demolition at no additional cost to Owner.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070-1
2. Shut off, cap, plug, disconnect and render safe existing mechanical and electrical systems in
areas to be selectively demolished. Prepare for modification or extension under sections
governing new work.
3. Completely remove items scheduled to be so demolished and removed, leaving surfaces
clean, solid and ready to receive new materials specified elsewhere.
4. In all activities, comply with pertinent regulations of governmental agencies having
jurisdiction.
5. As noted on plans, remove items by hand in areas adjacent to trees to remain.
D. Unless identified as material to be relocated or reused, demolished material shall be handled and
removed from the job site as noted in the contract documents. Use means necessary to prevent
dust becoming a nuisance to the public, to neighbors and to other work being performed on or
near the site.
3.3
MATERIALS FOR REUSE
A. Carefully disassemble or remove intact, those items designated for reuse.
B. Store, protect, maintain in good condition and deliver to appropriate installing party when
required.
3.4
REPLACEMENTS
A. In the event of demolition of items not so scheduled to be demolished, promptly replace such
items to the approval of the Owner's representative and at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION 02070
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070-2
SECTION 02071
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
Protection and trimming of trees that interfere with, or are affected by, execution of the
Work, whether temporary or new construction.
B.
Protection of existing trees.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with
project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other
information specified.
C.
Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain,
which establishes preconstruction conditions.
1. Use sufficiently detailed photographs or videotape.
2. Include plans and notations to indicate specific wounds and damage conditions of
each tree or other plants designated to remain.
1.3
D.
Certification: From a qualified arborist that trees indicated to remain have been protected
during construction according to recognized standards. Certification to include appraised
monetary value for each tree indicated to remain prior to start of construction.
E.
Maintenance Recommendations: From a qualified arborist for care and protection of
trees affected by construction during and after completing the Work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Tree Service Qualifications: Provide an experienced tree service firm acceptable to the
Owner that has successfully completed tree protection and trimming work similar to that
required for this Project and that will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project
site on a full-time basis during execution of the Work.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
02071-1
B.
Arborist Qualifications: Provide an arborist acceptable to the Owner that is certified by
the International Society of Arboriculture or licensed in the jurisdiction where Project is
located.
C.
Tree Pruning Standards: Comply with ANSI A300, "Trees, Shrubs, and Other Woody
Plant Maintenance--Standard Practices," unless more stringent requirements are
indicated.
D.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site
1.
Before starting tree protection and trimming, meet with representatives of authorities
having jurisdiction, Owner, Architect, consultants, and other concerned entities. Review
tree protection and trimming procedures and responsibilities. Notify participants at least
three working days before convening conference. Record discussions and agreements
and furnish a copy to each participant.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Drainage Fill: Selected crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, washed,
ASTM D 448, Size 24, with 90 to 100 percent passing a 2-1/2-inch (63-mm) sieve and
not more than 10 percent passing a 3/4-inch (19-mm) sieve and conforming to Section
02222.
B.
Topsoil: Fertile, friable, surface soil, containing natural loam and complying with
ASTM D 5268 and Section 02318. Provide topsoil that is free of stones larger than 1
inch (25 mm) in any dimension and free of other extraneous or toxic matter harmful to
plant growth. Obtain topsoil only from well-drained sites where soil occurs in depth of 4
inches (100 mm) or more; do not obtain from bogs or marshes.
C.
Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard, nonwoven, pervious, geotextile fabric of
polypropylene, nylon, or polyester fibers.
D.
Chain Link Fence: Metallic-coated steel chain link fence fabric, 0.120-inch- (3-mm-)
diameter wire size; 48 inches (1200 mm) high, minimum; line posts, 1.9 inches (48 mm)
in diameter; terminal and corner posts, 2-3/8 inches (60 mm) in diameter; top rail, 1-5/8
inches (41 mm) in diameter; bottom tension wire, 0.177 inch (4.5 mm) in diameter; with
tie wires, hog ring ties, and other accessories for a complete fence system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
Temporary Fencing: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip
line of trees to protect remaining vegetation from construction damage.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
02071-2
1. Install chain link fence according to ASTM F 567 and manufacturer's written
instructions.
B.
Protect tree root systems from damage due to noxious materials caused by runoff or
spillage while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems
from flooding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations.
C.
Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material within the drip line of
remaining trees. Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within the drip line; prevent soil
compaction over root systems. Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash.
D.
Do not allow fires under or adjacent to remaining trees or other plants.
E.
Protection-Zone Signage: Install protection-zone signage in visibly prominent locations
in a manner approved by architect. Install one sign spaced approximately every 20 feet on
protection-zone fencing, but no fewer than four signs with each facing a different
direction.
F.
Maintain protection-zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to
Architect and remove when construction operations are complete and equipment has been
removed from the site.
1. Do not remove protection-zone fencing, even temporarily, to allow deliveries or
equipment access through the protection zone.
2. Temporary access is permitted subject to preapproval in writing by arborist if a root
buffer effective against soil compaction is constructed as directed by arborist.
Maintain root buffer so long as access is permitted.
3.2
EXCAVATION
A.
Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of
excavations.
B.
Do not excavate within drip line of trees, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand clear
and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks and
comb soil to expose roots.
1. Relocate roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large, main lateral
roots, expose roots beyond excavation limits as required to bend and relocate them
without breaking.
If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new
construction and relocation is not practical, cut roots approximately 3 inches (75 mm)
back from new construction.
2. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. Provide
temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with burlap. Water and
maintain in a moist condition. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage
until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
02071-3
D.
Where utility trenches are required within drip line of trees, tunnel under or around roots
by drilling, auger boring, pipe jacking, or digging by hand.
1. Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that
interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not
break or chop.
3.3
REGRADING
A.
Grade Lowering: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees,
slope grade beyond drip line of trees. Maintain existing grades within drip line of trees.
B.
Grade Lowering: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees,
slope grade away from trees as recommended by qualified arborist, unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Root Pruning: Prune tree roots exposed during grade lowering. Do not cut main
lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots. Cut roots with sharp pruning
instruments; do not break or chop.
C.
Minor Fill: Where existing grade is 6 inches (150 mm) or less below elevation of finish
grade, fill with topsoil. Place topsoil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to
required finish elevations.
D.
Moderate Fill: Where existing grade is more than 6 inches (150 mm), but less than 12
inches (300 mm), below elevation of finish grade, place drainage fill, filter fabric, and
topsoil on existing grade as follows:
1. Carefully place drainage fill against tree trunk approximately 2 inches (50 mm) above
elevation of finish grade and extend not less than 18 inches (450 mm) from tree trunk
on all sides. For balance of area within drip-line perimeter, place drainage fill up to 6
inches (150 mm) below elevation of grade.
2. Place filter fabric with edges overlapping 6 inches (150 mm) minimum.
3. Place fill layer of topsoil to finish grade. Do not compact drainage fill or topsoil.
Hand grade to required finish elevations.
3.4
TREE PRUNING
A.
Notify the Owner prior to pruning the trees outside the property.
B.
Prune remaining trees affected by temporary and new construction.
C.
Prune remaining trees to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root
system. Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by
Owner.
D.
Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 as follows:
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
02071-4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
E.
3.5
Type of Pruning:
Type of Pruning:
Type of Pruning:
Type of Pruning:
Type of Pruning:
Type of Pruning:
Crown cleaning.
Crown thinning.
Crown raising.
Crown reduction.
Vista pruning.
Crown restoration.
Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
A. Notify the Owner of any damage to the trees outside the property limits. Repair to the
damaged trees will be at no extra cost to the owner and will be as per Owner’s instructions.
3.6
DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. Burning is not permitted.
B. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material in accordance with Sections 02316 and
02318, displaced trees, and excess chips from Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02071
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
02071-5
SECTION 02073
GEOTEXTILES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
Work under this Section is subject to the requirements of the Contract Documents.
B.
Furnish and install all Geotextiles for use as shown on the Contract Drawings and must
conform to the requirements for woven and non-woven fabrics as provided in Table 1 of
this specification.
C.
Install products and materials as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit the following
1.
Shop Drawings
a. Fabric panel layout and seams or overlap.
b. Placement and method of holding in place.
2.
Samples and Product Data
a. Product Data
b. Samples
3.
Test Reports
a. Submit test reports necessary to show compliance with the Contract
Documents.
b. A certification of compliance from the Geotextile Manufacturer that the
product(s) delivered to the Project must have property values equal to or
greater than those specified.
c. Factory test results of materials certified by the manufacturer as being similar,
showing conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Certified property values must be equal to the average value less two standard
deviations. A swatch of the geotextile to be used must be submitted with the
certification letter.
B.
The Contractor must make available quality control test results for the materials delivered
to the Project. Quality control sampling must be done in accordance with ASTM D-4354,
and the samples must be tested according to ASTM standards to grab tensile strength,
trapezoidal tear strength, and puncture resistance. At least one AOS and one permeability
test must be performed per lot number.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
GEOTEXTILES
02073-1
1.3
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Contractor Qualifications: Installation of geotextile fabrics must be performed only by a
qualified Installer. The term qualified means experienced in performing the Work required
by this Section. The Contractor must have a minimum of five (5) years documented
experience in Projects similar in size and scope to this Project. The Contractor must submit
evidence of such qualifications upon request by the Owner.
B.
Perform work in accordance with the appropriate divisions of the latest edition of IDOT
Standard Specifications.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Materials must be delivered to the Project in sealed containers bearing Manufacturer's
name and material identification. Materials must be stored in strict accordance with the
Manufacturer's printed directions, copies of which must be furnished to the Owner.
B.
Protect materials against damage from mechanical abuse, plaster, salts, acids, staining and
other foreign matter by an approved means during transportation, storage and erection and
until completion of construction Work. All unsatisfactory materials must be removed from
the premises, and all damaged materials replaced with new materials.
C.
Access and Storage Areas
1.
All access routes and storage areas must be subject to the approval of the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Fibers, used in the manufacture of geotextiles, and threads, used in joining geotextiles by
sewing, must consist of long chain synthetic polymers, composed of at least 95 percent by
weight polypropylene or polyester. The material must be free of defects and tears and must
meet or exceed the material requirements as listed below.
B.
The geotextile must meet or exceed the minimum property values in Table 1.
TABLE 1
Physical Property Requirements
Test
Grab Tensile
D-4632)
Woven
Strength
(ASTM 270 lbs.
Non-woven
180 lbs.
Puncture Resistance (ASTM D-4833) 100 lbs.
75 lbs.
Trapezoid Tear Strength (ASTM 100 lbs.
D-4533)
75 lbs.
Apparent Opening Size (ASTM 0.3 mm
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
GEOTEXTILES
02073-2
D-4751)
Permeability (ASTM D-4491)k
Ultraviolet
D-4355)
1.
C.
(ASTM 70% strength 500 hrs exposure
Values shown are minimum roll average values with strength values based on the
weaker principle direction. Acceptance or rejection of the geotextile must be
solely based on the ASTM D-4759 procedure.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
2.
3.
2.2
Degradation
10k or 0.1 cm/sec
Tencate Mirafi
Triumph Geo-Synthetics, Inc.
US Fabrics, Inc., US 180NW
PACKAGING
A.
Geotextile materials delivered to the site must be furnished with an outer plastic wrapping
suitable for protection against moisture and extended ultraviolet exposure prior to
placement. An opaque tarp must be placed over all rolls where the outer wrap is removed
or damaged, such that the geotextile fabric has become exposed.
B.
Each roll of geotextile will be externally labeled or tagged to provide product identification
sufficient for field identification, as well as inventory and quality control purposes. As a
minimum, external tagging must include:
1.
Name of Manufacturer
2.
Product Type and Style
3.
Product Grade
4.
Lot Number
5.
Physical Dimensions (Length and width)
C.
The product grade, manufacturers name, and lot number must be clearly marked directly on
geotextile at the beginning and end of each roll or product:
D.
Rolls must be stored in a manner which protects them from the elements. If stored
outdoors, they must be elevated and protected with a waterproof cover.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
The installation site must be prepared by clearing and grading the areas as indicated on the
Plans. Remove all sharp objects, large stones, stumps, etc.
B.
The geotextile must be unrolled as smoothly as possible with no wrinkles or folds (except
in curved Sections and corners) on the prepared subgrade. Adjacent rolls may be
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
GEOTEXTILES
02073-3
connected by sewn or sealed seams, provided the seam meets or exceeds the grab strength
requirement in Table 1.
3.2
C.
For curves, the geotextile must be folded or cut and overlapped in the direction of the turn.
Overlaps must be 12 inches or greater. Folds in geotextile must be stapled or pinned five
feet on center.
D.
The aggregate must be placed onto the geotextile from the edge of the fabric or over
previously placed aggregate. The first lift of aggregate must be spread and graded down to
the design thickness. Compaction by hand and pneumatic tampers to achieve the specified
density will be allowed. The compaction must be done in a manner to avoid injurious top
or side pressure on the pipe or damage to the filter fabric. Construction vehicles that create
ruts in the apron surface of greater than three inches will not be allowed. All ruts occurring
during construction must be filled with additional aggregate and compacted to the specified
density. Sudden stops and starts must be avoided where possible.
E.
Holes, tears, or otherwise damaged geotextiles, as determined by the Owner, must be
repaired immediately at the Contractor's expense. The damaged area must be cleared of all
fill material, a suitable distance from the damaged area, to allow placement of a geotextile
patch, which extends three feet beyond perimeter of the damaged area. Aggregate removed
must be replaced to the specified lift thickness and density.
GENERAL CLEAN-UP
A.
All rubbish and debris resulting from the Work of this Section must be collected, removed
from the site and legally disposed off the Owner’s property.
B.
All work areas must be left in a broom clean condition.
END OF SECTION 02073
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
GEOTEXTILES
02073-4
SECTION 02074
PAVEMENT REMOVAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
The Work shall be in accordance with Section 440 of Illinois Department of Transportation
(IDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), adopted
January 1, 2012.
B.
Provide all labor, materials and equipment required for the removal work and disposal of
existing Pavements indicated on the drawings and specified, including but not limited to the
following:
C.
1.2
1.
Saw cutting existing concrete pavements, sidewalks, driveways, curbs and gutters
noted on Drawings to be removed.
2.
Saw cutting existing concrete sidewalks for new pipe trench noted on Drawings to
be removed.
3.
Saw cutting existing bituminous paving and/or concrete paving for new pipe trench
noted on Drawings to be removed.
4.
Removal and disposal of demolished concrete sidewalks, driveways, curbs and
gutters.
5.
Removal and disposal of demolished bituminous paving and/or concrete paving.
6.
All excavating, rough grading and compacting as required to establish subgrade for
new sidewalks, and Subgrade and Sub-Base for driveways.
7.
Providing, placing and grading sand fill under new sidewalks. Top of compacted
subgrades will allow for the placement of sidewalks plus thickness of sand fill.
8.
Removal and disposal of excavated material.
Install products and materials as shown on the Contract Documents.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Protection: Provide protection barricades, maintain all lights and signals and other measures
as required by federal, state, and municipal laws, for the full period of demolition operations
and remove same when directed. In removing work, perform all work required to protect
and maintain adjacent property, streets, alleys, sidewalks, curbs, and other structures
remaining in place.
B.
Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities unless otherwise noted for removal, keep in
service, and protect against damage during demolition operations.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PAVEMENT REMOVAL
02074-1
1.
Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when
authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services
during interruptions to existing utilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
BACKFILLING MATERIAL
A.
Sand
1.
B.
Sand having a FA-6 gradation conforming to Article 1003 of the IDOT SSRBC
Specifications.
Crushed Stone
1.
Crushed stone having a CA - 6 gradation conforming to Article 1004 of the IDOT
SSRBC Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
DEMOLITION
A.
The Contractor must accept the site as he finds it and must inform himself as to the character
and types of Work to be removed. The Architect assumes no responsibility for the condition
of the existing construction to be removed or demolished.
B.
No demolition will be commenced until a program of operations has been coordinated with
the Owner, except that preparatory work may be started if specifically approved by the
Owner.
C.
Operations must be done in such manner as to avoid hazards to persons and property and
interference with use of adjacent areas or interruption of free passage to and from such areas.
Maintain Pedestrian access to all private entrances where construction of new sidewalks is in
progress. Provide temporary walk ways or other means as required to maintain entry into the
building, complying with all laws and ordinances and as approved by the Owner. Care must
be taken to prevent the spread of dust and flying particles.
D.
Demolition and removal Work must be executed in a careful and orderly manner.
Accumulation of rubbish will not be permitted.
E.
After Work is started, it must be continued to completion at a rate that will allow the balance
of the work to be completed within the time specified. If extra shifts are necessary beyond
regular working hours, the work must proceed with a minimum of nuisance to surrounding
properties.
F.
Contractor must determine the nature and extent of demolition that will be necessary by
comparing the Contract Documents with the existing field conditions. It is expressly
understood that this Contract includes all work of a demolition nature that may be required
or necessary for a full and complete execution of the work, whether particularly referred to
herein or not.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PAVEMENT REMOVAL
02074-2
3.2
3.3
3.4
REMOVAL AND EXCAVATION
A.
When removing existing sidewalks, driveways, curbs and gutters provisions must be made
for satisfactory transition between replacements and the portion remaining in place. The
Contractor must saw cut to a minimum depth of 1-½ inches with a concrete sawing machine
to prevent the surface from spilling when the concrete is broken out. This Work must be
done in such a manner that a straight joint will be secured.
B.
It must be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the thickness of the existing
sidewalk, driveways, curb and gutter, etc. to be removed. No additional compensation will
be allowed because of variations from the assumed thickness or from the thickness shown on
the Plans.
C.
After existing concrete sidewalks and driveways have been removed, excavate to depth
required for sand fill.
D.
The bottoms of all excavations must be properly leveled off and all loose materials must be
removed from excavations. All wood, timber and organic materials that are exposed at the
bottom of all excavations, must be removed and the area backfilled with the material
specified on the drawings and compacted.
E.
Any excess or unauthorized excavation must be backfilled with sand and compacted, at no
additional cost to the owner.
F.
No backfill will be placed in standing water, on frozen ground or on surfaces which have not
been approved by the Owner.
G.
Backfilling for all areas must be approved material. Backfill must be compacted to at least
95 percent of the laboratory maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM
D 1557.
H.
Contractor must determine the nature and extent of excavation work that will be necessary
by comparing the Contract Documents with the existing areas to be excavated. It is
expressly understood that this Contract includes all work of an excavation nature that may be
required or necessary for a complete execution of all excavation work, whether particularly
referred to herein or not.
DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS
A.
All demolished and unsuitable materials, including excavated earth removed to establish
required grade elevations must be disposed of in accordance with Section 02316.
B.
If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable
regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling and protection against
exposure or environmental pollution and to the satisfactory owner.
C.
Burning of removed materials will not be permitted on site.
CLEAN-UP
A.
On completion of the demolition work, excavation work and before acceptance by the Owner
as recommended by the Architect, clean the areas affected, including areas outside the limits
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PAVEMENT REMOVAL
02074-3
of the Contractor's work area where permission to work has been granted. Remove surplus
construction material or debris resulting from the demolition work and excavation work, and
dispose of legally off the site.
B.
Access routes to and from the site must be kept clean of debris resulting from the work.
C.
Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return adjacent areas to condition
existing prior to start of selective demolition work. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces
soiled or damaged by selective demolition work.
END OF SECTION 02074
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PAVEMENT REMOVAL
02074-4
SECTION 02222
TRENCH BACKFILL
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
Storm and Sanitary Sewer
2.
Water
3.
Gas
”Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction” (SSRBC), Illinois Department
of Transportation, adopted January 1, 2012.
QUALITY CONTROL
A.
1.5
1.
REFERENCES
A.
1.3
Furnish and install all stabilization stone, bedding material, fine aggregate for Trench
Backfill and approved backfill material for all trenches (pipes) and structure excavations as
shown on the Drawings and as specified herein, including but not limited to the following:
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with City of Chicago, Department of Water Management,
applicable to materials, installation and testing.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit the following
1. Product Data
2. Test reports: Submit test reports necessary to show compliance with the contract
documents
3. Manufacturer’s certification: Submit certification that products meet or exceeds the
specified requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
FINE AGGREGATE
1.
Fine aggregate for trench backfill for sewers and electrical trenches shall consist of
natural sand having FA-6 gradation as specified in Section 1003 of the SSRBC and
in accordance with Section 02318.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TRENCH BACKFILL
02222-1
B.
APPROVED BACKFILL MATERIAL
1.
C.
D.
Approved backfill material shall be as shown on the drawings. For placement and
compaction requirement refer Section 02300 - Excavation and Earthwork.
BEDDING MATERIAL
1.
Bedding material for storm sewer, pipes sanitary shall be gravel, crushed gravel or
crushed stone having a CA-11 gradation conforming to Section 1004 of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition, by Illinois
Department of Transportation (SSRBC).
2.
Bedding material for water pipe shall be gravel, crushed gravel or crushed stone
having a CA-16 gradation conforming to Section 1004 of the Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition, by Illinois
Department of Transportation (SSRBC).
STABILIZATION STONE
1.
Stabilization stone shall be crushed stone having CA-1 gradation conforming to
Section 1004 of the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction,
latest edition, by Illinois Department of Transportation (SSRBC).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
GENERAL
A.
Notify the owner atleast 3 days prior to backfilling the trenches. Backfilling is to be
performed in the presence of the Owner’s representative.
B.
All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled by the end of the day in which pipes have
been installed. The backfill material shall be as specified herein. Backfill materials and
compaction procedures shall be approved by the Owners Testing Lab. In all backfilling, any
compressible or destructible rubbish and refuse shall be removed from the excavated space
before backfilling is started, except that sheeting and bracing shall be left in place or
removed as the work progresses.
C.
Trench excavated with sloped or benched wall shall be backfilled for the full width of the
trench.
D.
All backfill materials shall be placed longitudinally along the trench. The backfill material
shall be brought up evenly on each side of the pipe or duct.
TRENCH STABILIZATION
A.
If Owners Testing Lab finds that the materials encountered at the elevations specified are
unstable and not suitable or in case it is found desirable or necessary to go to an additional
depth, the excavation shall be carried to such additional depth as Owner may direct in
writing. The Contractor shall refill such excavated space with Stabilization Stone.
Stabilization Stone shall be compacted to a firm condition.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TRENCH BACKFILL
02222-2
3.3
BEDDING
A.
3.4
FINE AGGREGATE
A.
3.5
3.6
3.7
The pipe laid in trenches shall be bedded in accordance with the details shown on the Plans.
Bedding material shall be as specified. Bedding shall be to a minimum of spring line of the
pipe. The bedding material shall be placed over the stabilization stone or trench subgrade as
applicable.
The fine aggregate for trench backfill shall be brought up evenly on each side of the pipe or
structure to an elevation 1 foot over the top of the pipe. If the trench is to be under
pavement, or within 2 feet of the proposed, future or existing pavement edge, then placement
and compaction of the fine aggregate trench backfill shall continue until the top of subgrade
is reached. If the trench is not under, or adjacent to, existing, proposed or future pavement,
then acceptable fill shall be placed and compacted from an elevation one foot over the top of
the pipe to top of subgrade.
MATERIAL PLACEMENT
A.
Material used as stabilization, bedding, or fine aggregate trench backfill to one foot over the
top of the pipe shall be placed by hand in uniform layers not greater than 6 inches in loose
thickness and thoroughly compacted in place. Special care shall be taken to secure thorough
compaction under the haunches and at the sides of the pipe.
B.
Each layer of bedding material and fine aggregate backfill shall be thoroughly tamped and
compacted in place with vibratory methods to at least 95% of the maximum laboratory dry
density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557.
C.
If the backfill placed from one foot above the pipe is fine aggregate trench backfill, it shall
be placed in uniform layers not greater than 9 inches in loose thickness and thoroughly
compacted in place with suitable equipment to at least 95% of the maximum laboratory dry
density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557. Each lift of Approved Backfill
Material shall be within + 2% of optimum moisture content before the succeeding lift is
placed. If the backfill is approved backfill material it shall be placed in uniform layers not
greater than 12 inches in loose thickness and each layer compacted to at least 85% of the
maximum laboratory dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557.
GRADING
A.
Final grading shall be performed in accordance with the completed contour elevations and
grades shown and shall be made to blend into the existing or plan ground surfaces. All
finished grading surfaces shall be left smooth and free to drain. Finish grades shall be
brought to elevations within plus or minus 0.10 foot of elevations or contours shown.
B.
Where necessary or where shown, final grading shall be extended to insure that water shall
be carried off and the site area left smooth and free from depressions holding water.
SETTLEMENT
A.
Any depression which may develop from settlement in backfilled areas within one year after
the work is fully completed and accepted shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TRENCH BACKFILL
02222-3
Contractor shall provide, as needed, at contractors expense, additional backfill material,
pavement base replacement, permanent pavement repairs or replacement and shall perform
the necessary reconditioning and restoration work to bring such depressed areas to proper
grade as approved by Owner.
3.8
TESTING
A.
A Minimum of 1 test per 100 LF of trench, each lift, a minimum 3 test per lift, or as directed
by Owner. Trench backfill compaction shall be tested and monitored by the Contractor. All
material and backfill operations shall be subjected to testing by Owners Testing Lab with the
assistance of the Contractor.
END OF SECTION 02222
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TRENCH BACKFILL
02222-4
SECTION 02240
DEWATERING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
1.3
Dewatering system as required to control surface and ground water for dry construction
operations.
Dewatering Performance: Design, furnish, install, operate, monitor and maintain dewatering
system of sufficient scope, size and capacity to control surface and ground-water flow into
excavations and permit construction to proceed on dry, stable sub grades.
1.
Maintain dewatering operations to ensure erosion control, stability of excavations
and constructed slopes, that excavation does not flood and that damage to sub grades
and permanent structures is prevented.
2.
Prevent surface water from entering excavations by grading, dikes and other means.
3.
Accomplish dewatering without damaging existing structures adjacent to
excavation.
4.
Remove dewatering system if no longer needed.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit the following
1.
Shop Drawings for Information: For dewatering system, show arrangement,
locations and details of wells and well points; locations of headers and discharge
lines; and means of discharge and disposal of water. Contractor to identify their
general groundwater dewatering plan prior to construction start.
a.
Include layouts of piezometers and flow-measuring devices for monitoring
performance of dewatering system.
b.
Include a written report outlining control procedures to be adopted if
dewatering problems arise.
c.
Include Shop Drawings signed and sealed by the qualified Illinois Licensed
Professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
B.
Qualification Data: Contractor to submit qualification data and experience for the Installer
and Illinois Licensed Professional Engineer.
C.
Photographs or Videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining
construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by
dewatering operations.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
DEWATERING
02240-1
D.
Record Drawings at Project closeout identifying and locating capped utilities and other
subsurface structural, electrical or mechanical conditions performed during dewatering.
1.
E.
1.4
1.5
Note locations and capping depth of wells and well points.
Field Test Reports: Before starting excavation, contractor to submit test results and
computations by the Illinois Licensed Professional engineer demonstrating that dewatering
system is capable of meeting performance requirements.
QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with water disposal requirements of the City of Chicago,
Metropolitan Water Reclamation District and any other party having jurisdiction.
B.
Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with Project
requirements.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted in writing and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility
services according to requirements indicated.
B.
Project-Site Information: A geotechnical report has been prepared for this Project and is
available for information only. The opinions expressed in this report are those of
geotechnical engineer and represent interpretations of subsoil conditions, tests and results of
analyses conducted by geotechnical engineer. Owner will not be responsible for
interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data.
1.
C.
Make additional test borings and conduct other exploratory operations necessary for
dewatering.
Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing a qualified Illinois Licensed
Professional engineer or land surveyor, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as
benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations.
1.
During dewatering, regularly resurvey benchmarks maintaining an accurate log of
surveyed elevations for comparison with original elevations. Promptly notify
Owner if changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident in
adjacent construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by dewatering
operations.
1.
Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations,
from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding site and surrounding area.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
DEWATERING
02240-2
2.
B.
3.2
Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water
accumulation.
Install dewatering system to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and
other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1.
Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other adjacent occupies or used facilities
without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes
around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
2.
Notify the owner prior to paying the Discharge or application fees as the fees may
be waived for a CPD project.
INSTALLATION
A.
Install dewatering system utilizing wells, well points, or similar methods complete with
pump equipment, standby power and pumps, filter material gradation, valves, appurtenances,
water disposal, and surface-water controls.
B.
Before excavating below ground-water level, place system into operation to lower water to
specified levels. Operate system continuously until drains, sewers, and structures have been
constructed and fill materials have been placed, or until dewatering is no longer required.
C.
Provide an adequate system to lower and control ground water to permit excavation,
construction of structures, and placement of fill materials on dry subgrades. Install sufficient
dewatering equipment to drain water-bearing strata above and below bottom of foundations,
drains, sewers and other excavations.
1.
D.
Do not permit open-sump pumping that leads to loss of fines, soil piping, subgrade
softening, and slope instability.
Reduce hydrostatic head in water-bearing strata below subgrade elevations of foundations,
drains, sewers and other excavations.
1.
Maintain piezometric water level a minimum of 3 feet below surface of excavation.
E.
Dispose of water removed by dewatering in accordance with Section 02240 – Dewatering.
F.
Provide standby equipment on-site, installed and available for immediate operation, to
maintain dewatering on continuous basis if any part of system becomes inadequate or fails.
If dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering
system, restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional expense to Owner.
1.
G.
Remove dewatering system from Project site on completion of dewatering. Plug or
fill well holes with sand or cut off and cap wells a minimum of 36 inches below
overlying construction.
Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by dewatering operations.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
DEWATERING
02240-3
3.3
OBSERVATION WELLS
A.
Provide, take measurements and maintain at least the minimum number of observation wells
or piezometers indicated and additional observation wells as may be required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
B.
Observe and record daily elevation of ground water and piezometric water levels in
observation wells.
C.
Repair or replace, within 24 hours, observation wells that become inactive, damaged or
destroyed. Suspend construction activities in areas where observation wells are not
functioning properly until reliable observations can be made. Add or remove water from
observation-well risers to demonstrate that observation wells are functioning properly.
1.
Fill observation wells, remove piezometers, and fill holes with sand after dewatering
is completed.
END OF SECTION 02240
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
DEWATERING
02240-4
SECTION 02270
EROSION CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
The Work shall be in accordance with Section 250, 251 and 280 of Illinois Department of
Transportation (IDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
(SSRBC), adopted January 1, 2012.
B.
Work includes but is not limited labor, services, and materials needed to prevent the
erosion and degradation of soils and waterways in and around the construction site.
C.
Soil erosion control measures in accordance with the “Illinois Urban Manual” and
NPDES general permit no. ILR1 0 shall be followed. Any soil erosion control measures,
in addition to those outlined in these plans and which are deemed necessary by the Owner
shall be implemented immediately by the contractor.
D.
Seeding and mulching shall be in accordance with sections 250 and 251 of the
IDOT standard specifications. Seed mixture shall be Class 1 or as noted on the plan, or
in specifications.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.3
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
a.
Submit erosion and sediment control drawings specific to the site within
ten (10) days of Notice To Proceed (NTP). Show locations, types and
details of erosion and sediment control features and construction.
b.
Show the schedule of implementation coordinated with the construction
schedule.
c.
Include a narrative describing the program and maintenance.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Requirements: Create and implement an Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan that
conforms to the erosion and sedimentation requirements of the 2003 EPA Construction
General Permit OR local erosion and sedimentation control standards and codes,
whichever is more stringent. The Construction General Permit (CGP) outlines the
provisions necessary to comply with Phase I and Phase II of the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program.
B.
OBJECTIVES:
1.
Prevent loss of soil during construction by storm water runoff and/or wind
erosion, including protecting stock pits for reuse.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EROSION CONTROL
02270-1
2.
Prevent sedimentation of storm sewer or receiving streams.
3.
Prevent polluting the air with dust and particulate matter.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
All materials shall be in accordance of Section 250.02, 251.02 and 280.02 of Illinois
Department of Transportation (IDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction (SSRBC), adopted January 1, 2012.
B.
Unless soil erosion control items are specifically referred to as bid items (such as
topsoil respread, seeding, etc.), they are to be considered as incidental to the cost of the
contract.
C.
Upon completion of topsoil respread operations, all disturbed areas shall be
seeded, sodded, or landscaped as noted on the plan.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
A.
Streets adjacent to the site shall be kept free of dirt, mud and debris.
B.
No sediment shall be allowed to enter the existing storm sewer system.
C.
Silt Fence must be installed in accordance with the Illinois Urban Manual where
erosion would occur in the form of sheet flow and there is no concentration of
water flowing to the barrier. Silt Fence must be placed as close to the contour
as possible with the ends extending upslope. The area below the fence if
possible, must be undisturbed or stabilized. Fence posts must be a minimum of
48 inches long and with a minimum cross sectional area of 3.0 square inches.
The maximum spacing between posts must be 5 feet and driven a minimum of
18 inches into ground. The silt fence must be entrenched to a minimum depth of
6 inches with an additional 6 inches extending along the bottom of the trench in
the upslope direction.
D.
In accordance with these construction plans, erosion control measures shall be installed
and maintained around storm sewer structures, in swale areas or along property lines until
vegetation is established and/or construction is complete.
E.
Topsoil stockpiles shall be located to avoid erosion of said stockpile onto offsite areas i.e.
the stockpile shall be located so that an onsite drainage swale is between the stockpile
and the downstream offsite property. If a stockpile is to remain in place for more than 15
days, it is required that the stockpile be seeded so as to minimize soil erosion by both
wind and water.
F.
All storm sewers, catch basins, inlets, manholes, sumps and/or detention basins provided
within this project are to be cleaned at the end of construction of the project and prior to
final acceptance. Cleaning may also be required during the course of the construction of
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EROSION CONTROL
02270-2
the project if it is determined that the silt and debris traps are not properly functioning
and their performance is impaired.
G.
3.2
SEQUENCE FOR SOIL EROSION CONTROL ITEMS
A.
Contractor is responsible for the installation, maintenance and necessary corrective
actions associated with the erosion control measures as required. Contractor shall make
provisions for erosion control as indicated below.
B.
Mass Grading/Earthwork:
C.
3.3
Stabilized construction entrance for mud and dust control shall be established at the onset
of construction activity and shall be maintained throughout the course of the project. The
construction entrance shall be located generally as shown on the plans, or at any other
points where construction traffic frequently leaves the public roadway to enter the site.
The stabilized construction entrance shall be typically 30 feet wide (with a minimum
width of 14 feet), 50 feet long and shall consist of a 6” thick minimum layer of 2” angular
crushed aggregate (IDOT gradation CA-1, CA-2, CA-3, or CA-4) compacted in place,
underlain with a geotextile filter fabric.
1.
Provide construction entrance and silt fence prior to the start of construction.
2.
Provide diversion swales around site perimeter (which are part of overall grading
plan) as necessary to prevent /intercept storm water runoff to offsite areas. As part
of initial mass grade improvements.
3.
Over-excavate proposed temporary siltation basins as necessary for settling/siltation
area.
4.
Over-excavate around proposed yard inlets.
5.
Provide diversion ditch/topsoil berm in accordance with temporary topsoil
stockpile detail for all stockpiles prior to placement of materials in said stockpile.
UNDERGROUND
1.
Provide straw bales, siltation/debris collection “channel”, synthetic filter fabric, etc.,
around all yard/detention basin inlets immediately upon installation of said inlets.
2.
Provide cleaning of storm sewer system, catch basins, and storm sewer
structures in accordance with this soil erosion control specifications.
3.
Provide filter fabric or Inlet filters at all inlets, catch basins and sewer manholes
during construction. Fabric to be placed between grate and cast iron frame to
allow maintenance or replacement of fabric by removing grate with frame to remain
in place. The filter fabric to be maintained until end of construction.
GENERAL CLEAN-UP
A.
Contractor shall remove all the temporary erosion control items at the end of the
construction.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EROSION CONTROL
02270-3
END OF SECTION 02270
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EROSION CONTROL
02270-4
SECTION 02300
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings
B.
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
C.
Geotechnical Investigation Report – O’Brien & Associates, Inc. Consulting Engineers
dated February 5, 2013.
D.
Environmental
Report
–
Terracon
Consultants
Inc.,
Chicago
Park
District
Park No. 569DFA, 1352-1358 W. Monroe St., Chicago, IL, dated February 27, 2013.
E.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Specifications Sections 02316 and 02318.
Work under this section includes:
1.
Remove rubble and unacceptable soils from the site.
2.
Cap off and seal discontinued utility services and remove portions of lines within
excavated areas.
3.
4.
Excavate and remove foundations (if found).
Excavate for paving and landscaping.
5.
Shore and brace excavations.
6.
Place and compact fills to rough grade elevations except in trenches.
7.
Dewater excavations.
8.
Excavate and grading for the park.
SUBMITTALS
A.
For each off-site source of all fill materials the Contract shall submit the following:
1.
For granular fill, the Contractor shall submit certification that the imported
material is virgin stone imported to the site from a quarry. Additionally, the
Contractor shall provide evidence that historical use of the source location does
not indicate potential for the materials to have been impacted.
2.
For all other soils, the Contractor shall submit laboratory analysis results and
certification that the imported materials do not contain any priority pollutants or
any other chemicals at levels exceeding Tier 1 residential soil remediation
objectives (SROs). Additionally, the Contractor shall provide evidence that
historical use of the source location does not indicate potential for the materials
to have been impacted. Source materials must be sampled prior to source
approval and every 1,000 cubic yards thereafter. Sample analyses required for
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
02300-1
each sample include a) volatile organic compounds (VOCs); (b) semivolatile
organic compounds (SVOCs); (c) pesticides; (d) polychlorinated biphenyls; (e)
Target Analyte List (TAL) inorganic constituents; and (f) pH. The analytical
results shall be performed to meet the approved IEPA method detection limits for
each chemical under 35 IAC 742.
3.
1.4
B.
Submit test reports of each type of fill to the Owner. Testing of each fill is to be done in a
Independent Testing Laboratory paid for by the Contractor. 10 lb. samples of each type of
fill material to be used for testing must be packed tightly in containers to prevent
contamination.
C.
Test results shall clearly indicate material types, composition, hardness, compactability
and suitability for proposed usage.
D.
Submit drawings and calculation for shoring, bracing or under pinning required on the
project. System design, data and calculations shall be prepared and sealed by a Structural
Engineer licensed in the State of Illinois.
E.
Submit Earthwork surveys as specified in 3.15. A of this document.
REFERENCES
A.
1.5
For all source locations, regardless of material type, Contractor shall submit the
source location and information for approval. The submittal shall include: the
exact location of the source site; the source use and past uses; current source site
ownership and the contact person (with address and phone number (s)); the soil
classification of the soil or fill from the source site (for each “homogeneous
volume” encountered at the source site); the pre-qualification results and
database search for the source site, the source site visit notes and observations,
the amount of import soil or fill delivered from the source site. If recognized
environmental conditions or potential contamination sources are identified, a
historical report (including environmental database searches) should be provided
to determine whether the potential location is a suitable source.
Specified references, or cited portions thereof, current at date of bidding documents,
govern the work.
1.
ASTM D1557: 1978, "Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil
Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb. Rammer and 18 in. Drop."
2.
ASTM D 2487: 1985, "Standard Test Method for Classification of soils for
Engineering Purposes."
3.
Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT), "Standard Specification for
Road and Bridge Construction"(SSRBC), latest edition, including all addenda.
QUALITY CONTROL TESTING
A.
All off-site materials for backfill shall be tested in the laboratory at contractor’s expense
and submit the testing report to the Owner before delivering the fill material at site.
B.
Site Compaction Testing
1.
Testing of compacted fill materials will be performed by an independent Testing
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
02300-2
Laboratory employed and paid for by the Contractor. Testing will be performed
in a manner to least encumber performance of work.
1.6
C.
When work or portions of work are completed, notify Testing Laboratory to perform
density tests. Do not proceed with additional portions of work until satisfactory results
have been verified in writing.
D.
When, during progress of work, tests indicated that compacted materials do not meet
specifications, remove defective work, replace and retest, as directed in writing by Testing
Laboratory at no additional cost to the owner.
E.
Ensure that all compacted fills are tested before proceeding with placement of surface
materials.
PROTECTION
A.
Protect benchmarks, existing structures, roads, sidewalks, paving and curbs against damage
from equipment and vehicular or foot traffic.
B.
Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning or other methods, to
prevent cave-ins or loose dirt from falling into excavations.
C.
Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundations from frost.
D.
Grade around excavations to prevent surface water run-off penetrating into excavated
areas.
E.
Subgrade shall be free from roots, rocks larger than three inches in size, and building
debris.
F.
Fill under landscaped areas: Free from alkali, salt, petroleum products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Any soil materials imported to the site (not originating from within the site boundaries)
shall not contain contaminant values above those listed in APPENDIX B, SECTION 742,
TABLE A; TIERED APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE ACTION OBJECTIVES
(TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 742.
B.
Granular Fill type A:
1.
Material for backfill over water line shall be CA-16 in compliance with
IDOT’s SSRBC 2012, section 1004 unless noted otherwise. The material shall
conform to the following gradations:
Sieve Size
1/2 inch
3/8 inch
No. 4
Percent Passing
100
94-100
15-45
No. 16
0-4
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
02300-3
3.
Drainage fill used as storage medium and as a base course below turf and
pea gravel shall be CA-7 in compliance with IDOT’s SSRBC 2012, section
1004 unless noted otherwise. The material shall conform to the following
gradations:
Sieve Size
1 1/2 inch
1 inch
1/2 inch
No. 4
4.
Material for granular fill under structural slabs, roads and pavement shall be
CA-6 in compliance with IDOT 2012, section 1004, unless noted otherwise.
The material shall be graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to the
following gradations:
Sieve Size
1 1/2 inch
1 inch
1/2 inch
No. 4
No. 16
No. 200
D.
Percent Passing
100
90-100
30-60
0-10
Percent Passing
100
90-100
60-90
30-56
10-40
4-12
Bedding Material:
1.
Material for bedding in soft spots of subgrade shall be CA-1 in compliance with
Section 1004 of SSRBC and shall conform to the following gradations:
Sieve Size
3 inch
2 ½ inch
2 inch
1 ½ inch
1 inch
2.
Percent Passing
100
90 - 100
45 – 75
0 - 30
0–6
Bedding material for storm sewers and sanitary pipes shall be CA-11 in
compliance with IDOT’s SSRBC 2012, section 1004 unless noted otherwise.
The material shall conform to the following gradations:
Sieve Size
1 inch
3/4 inch
1/2 inch
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
Percent Passing
100
84-100
30-60
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
02300-4
No. 4
No. 16
2.
0-12
0-6
Material for bedding over water line and below permeable pavers shall be
CA-16 in compliance with IDOT’s SSRBC 2012, section 1004 unless
noted otherwise. The material shall conform to the following gradations:
Sieve Size
1/2 inch
3/8 inch
No. 4
Percent Passing
100
94-100
15-45
No. 16
0-4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
PREPARATION AND LAYOUT
A.
Establish extent of excavated area by area and elevation. Designate and identify data
elevation.
B.
Set specified lines and levels.
C.
Maintain benchmarks, monuments and other reference points.
UTILITIES
A.
Before starting excavation, establish location and extent of underground utilities
occurring in work area.
B.
Notify utility companies and relocate lines, which are in the way of excavation.
C.
Maintain, reroute or extend existing utility lines to remain which pass through work area.
The Contractor shall pay for the cost of this work, except work performed by utility
companies.
D.
Protect utility services uncovered by excavation.
E.
Remove abandoned utility service lines from area of excavation; cap, plug or seal such lines
and identify at grade.
F.
Accurately locate and record abandoned and active utility lines rerouted or extended, on
Project Record Documents.
EXCAVATION
A.
Excavation around trees shall be as specified in Section 02900 Landscaping.
B.
Excavate subsoil in accord with lines and levels established for the work, including
space for forms, bracing and shoring, waterproofing and to permit inspection.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
02300-5
3.4
C.
Hand trim excavations and leave free from loose or organic matter.
D.
When complete, the Owner’s Independent Testing Laboratory will verify soil bearing
capacities, depths and dimensions.
E.
Correct unauthorized excavation in accord with Owner’s written directions at no
additional cost to the owner.
F.
Fill over excavated areas under structure bearing surfaces with granular fill type A. Compact
in accordance with 3.11.
G.
Excavations shall not interfere with normal 45 degree angle of repose of any foundation.
H.
Remove excess or unsuitable excavated subsoil from site.
STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS
A.
3.5
DEWATERING
A.
3.6
3.7
Slope sides, walls or faces of all open excavations and trenches. Maintain the slopes in
a safe manner and in the required conditions until completion of backfilling.
Excavations shall be braced or sloped in compliance to the latest Occupational Safety,
Health Administration (OSHA) requirements, other related requirements from the
City.
Provide dewatering system components wherever necessary in accordance with Section
02240 Dewatering.
STORAGE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS
A.
Stockpile excavated materials in area designated by Owner. Place, grade, and shape
stockpiles for proper drainage.
B.
Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
C.
Dispose of excess excavated soil material and materials not acceptable as backfill in
accordance with Section 02316.
EXCAVATION FOR PAVEMENTS
A.
Cut or fill surface under pavements to comply with cross-sections, elevations and
grades as indicated on the drawings.
3.8
COLD WEATHER PROTECTION
A.
Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35
F.
3.9
BACKFILLING
A.
Ensure areas to be backfilled are free from debris, snow, ice and water, and that ground
surfaces are not frozen.
B.
Do not backfill over existing subgrade surfaces that are porous, wet or spongy.
C.
Compact existing subgrade surfaces when densities, determined by testing laboratory,
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
02300-6
are not equal to that specified for backfill material.
3.10
D.
Cut out soft areas of existing subgrade. Backfill with CA-1 and compact to specified
density.
E.
Backfill areas to grade, contours, levels and elevations shown.
F.
Backfill symmetrically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement
and compaction.
G.
Place and compact fill materials in continuous layers not to exceed limits specified in
3.10.
H.
Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain specified compaction
density.
I.
Backfill simultaneously on each side of foundation walls to equalize soil pressures. Do
not backfill against foundation walls until the main floor is in place.
FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION
A.
Compact all fill and backfill to specified values based on ASTM D 1557 Modified Proctor
Test.
B.
Existing Ground in Place:
Area/Condition
1.
Overlot - Landscaped areas
2.
Pavements, floor slabs:
a.
C.
Percent of Compaction
85%
Less than 2 ft. below subgrade
95%
Backfill Materials:
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
02300-7
Area/Condition Fill Type
1. Pavements, roads parking lots,
sidewalks, and other exterior
concrete slabs.
a. Top 24 in. under pavements
3.
D.
3.11
Percent of
Compaction
8 in.
95%
12 in.
95%
b.
24 in. and more below pavement
c.
5 in. and more below pavement with
6 in.
permeable pavers
95%
Trenches:
a. Under slabs:
1) Top 8 in. under slab
2) 8 in. and more below slab
8 in.
12 in.
95%
95%
b. Cross lot landscaping
12 in.
85%
Moisture content: Not less than 2% below optimum moisture content determined in
accord with: 1. Modified Proctor Test: ASTM D1557 or AASHTO T-I8.0.
PLACEMENT OF BACKFILL AND FILL MATERIALS
A.
Place backfill as per schedule 3.10, within the construction limits, to the elevations, slopes,
and shapes indicated.
1.
B.
3.12
Max. Loose Lift
Do not place the above listed materials until the Owner's Testing Laboratory
representative has approved the materials and verified that the sub grade is in
a suitable condition.
Backfill and fill to the elevations, slopes, and shapes indicated, promptly upon
receiving authorization.
COMPACTION OF BACKFILL AND FILL MATERIALS
A.
Under Roadways, and Paved Areas: Upon removal of topsoil and in-situ unsuitable
soil, proof roll in order to locate any soft or unsuitable soil zones within the areas
under pavements and structures. The minimum requirements for proof rolling
procedure shall consist of a fully loaded tandem axle truck with at least 25 tons gross
weight being driven across the site under the observation of the Owner's testing agency
representative. All soils displaying excessive deflection or rutting shall be undercut and.
replaced with a suitable material to the satisfaction of owner’s testing agency
representative. The suitable excavated material or off-site borrow material shall be placed in
8 inch loose lifts under roads and pavement and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent
of the maximum density in accordance with ASTM D 1557.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
02300-8
3.13
3.14
MAINTENANCE
A.
Protection of Areas of Excavation: Protect newly excavated areas from traffic and
erosion.
B.
Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed
by any construction activity, re compact to required density.
As Built surveys
A.
Earthwork Surveys: Employ a surveyor licensed in the State of IL to take readings to
perform the following:
1.
BOTTOM OF EXCAVATION AS-BUILT SURVEY
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.
Provide a bottom of excavation as-built survey with a maximum grid
spacing of 25 feet for all soil remediation, soil undercuts, and foundation
removal.
Clearly delineate the perimeter, corners, and elevations of all locations in
which foundations were removed and where authorized undercut areas
were excavated.
Survey to include spot elevations along perimeter and corners of the
property lines/project boundary lines.
Provide dimensions from property lines to benchmarks and to all
undercut areas and excavation areas.
Provide length and width dimensions for all undercut areas and
excavation areas.
Submit one (1) electronic copy in PDF format and three (3) full size hard
copies, stamped by a Professional Land Surveyor, within 7 business days
of completion of all demolition / excavation / export operations.
For projects with construction durations greater than 30 calendar days,
submit one (1) electronic copy in PDF format monthly from construction
start date to substantial completion date.
Top of Compacted BackFill and Fill As-built Survey
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Provide a top of compacted backfill and fill as-built survey with a
maximum grid spacing of 25 feet for all soil remediation, soil undercuts,
and foundation removal.
Clearly delineate the perimeter, corners, and elevations of all locations in
which foundations were removed and where authorized undercut areas
were excavated.
Survey to include spot elevations along perimeter and corners of the
property lines/project boundary lines.
Provide dimensions from property lines to benchmarks and to all
undercut areas and excavation areas.
Provide length and width dimensions for all undercut areas and
excavation areas.
Submit one (1) electronic copy in PDF format and three (3) full size hard
copies, stamped by a Professional Land Surveyor, within 7 business days
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
02300-9
g.
of completion of all demolition / excavation / export operations.
For projects with construction durations greater than 30 calendar days,
submit one (1) electronic copy in PDF format monthly from construction
start date to substantial completion date.
END OF SECTION 02300
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORK
02300-10
SECTION 02310
SITE GRADING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
C.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Drawings
Sections 02316 and 02318
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
Work included: Cutting, filling, compacting, and grading the site to the elevations shown
on the Contract Documents, as specified herein, and as needed to meet the requirements
of the construction shown on the Contract Documents including but not necessarily
limited to:
1.
Cut and fill to new elevations.
2.
Removal of unsuitable material.
3.
Compaction of fills.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in
the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and
the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
B.
Use equipment adequate in size, capacity, and numbers to accomplish the work in a
timely manner.
C.
Comply with requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SOIL MATERIALS
A.
Fill and backfill materials:
1.
Refer to Section 02300 and Section 02222, for fill and backfill materials.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SITE GRADING
02310-1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
SURFACE CONDITIONS
A.
3.2
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Prepare subgrade in accordance with IDOT Specification, Section 212, and Articles
212.01 through 212.06.
FINISH ELEVATIONS AND LINES
A.
3.4
Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed.
Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not
proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
Comply with proposed spot elevations and proposed contour information provided in
contract documents.
PROCEDURES
A.
B.
Utilities:
1.
Unless shown to be removed, protect active utility lines shown on the Contract
Documents or otherwise made known to the Contractor prior to excavating. If
damaged, repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner.
2.
If active utility lines are encountered, and are not shown on the Contract
Documents or otherwise made known to the Contractor, promptly take necessary
steps by supporting and bracing the Utility and assuring that service is not
interrupted.
3.
If service is interrupted as a result of work under this Section, immediately
restore service by repairing the damaged utility at no additional cost to the
Owner.
4.
If existing utilities are found to interfere with the permanent facilities being
constructed under this Section, immediately notify the Owner.
5.
Do not proceed with permanent relocation of utilities until written information
received from Owner.
Protection of persons and property:
1.
C.
As required for debris, excavations, dust, noise etc.
Dewatering:
1.
2.
Remove all water, including rain water, encountered during trench and
substructure work in accordance with Section 02240 – Dewatering.
Keep excavations and site construction area free from water.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SITE GRADING
02310-2
3.5
3.6
EXCAVATING
A.
Perform excavating of every type of material encountered within the limits of the Work
to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated and specified herein.
B.
Excavate and backfill in a manner and sequence that will provide proper drainage at all
times.
FILLING AND BACKFILLING
A.
B.
Backfill excavations as promptly as progress of the Work permits, but not until:
1.
Acceptance of construction below finish grade.
2.
Inspecting, testing, approving, and recording locations of underground utilities;
3.
Concrete formwork is removed;
4.
Trash and debris have been removed
Ground surface preparation:
1.
C.
3.7
Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and
deleterious materials from the ground surface prior to placement of fills.
Placing and compacting:
1.
Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8" in loose depth.
2.
Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or
containing frost or ice.
3.
Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures by carrying the
material uniformly around the structures to approximately the same elevation in
each lift.
GRADING
A.
General:
1.
Uniformly grade the areas within limits of grading under this Section, including
adjacent transition areas.
2.
Smooth the finished surfaces within specified tolerance.
3.
Compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are
shown on the Drawings, or between such points and existing grades.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SITE GRADING
02310-3
3.8
COMPACTING
A.
Control soil compaction during construction to provide the minimum percentage of
density specified for each area as determined according to ASTM D1557.
B.
Provide not less than the following maximum density of soil material compacted at
optimum moisture content for the actual density of each layer of soil material in place.
1.
2.
Lawn and unpaved areas:
a.
Compact the top 8" of subgrade and each layer of fill material or backfill
material at 95% of maximum density;
b.
Compact the upper 12" of filled areas, or natural soils exposed by
excavating, at 95% of maximum density.
Walks:
a.
C.
3.9
Compact the top 8" of subgrade and each layer of fill material or backfill
material at 95% of maximum density.
Moisture control:
1.
Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture-conditioned before
compacting, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil
material to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to
compacting operations.
2.
Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit
compacting to the specified density.
3.
Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compacting
may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing,
harrowing, or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value
as determined by moisture-density relation tests, described in ASTM D 2922 and
ASTM D 3017. The tests are to be conducted by an independent testing
laboratory to be employed by the Owner.
MAINTENANCE
A.
Protection of newly graded areas:
1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion, and keep free from trash and
weeds;
2. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to the specified
tolerances.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SITE GRADING
02310-4
B.
Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations
or adverse weather, scarify the surface, reshape, and compact to the required density prior
to further construction.
END OF SECTION 02310
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SITE GRADING
02310-5
SECTION 02316
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
SUMMARY
Work included: This specification is for the excavation, stockpiling, permitting, loading, hauling,
importing, exporting and disposal of materials according to the scope of work or as directed by
the Owner’s Representative. The Contractor shall perform the work under this section in
accordance with all applicable local, county, Illinois EPA, U.S. EPA, and Occupational Safety and
Health Administration rules and regulations, including the following:
1. Removal and disposal
a. Dispose of all excess materials removed from the site in a licensed/permitted Subtitle
D landfill. Soils generated from the site are classified as Non-Hazardous Non-Special
waste, general construction and demolition debris.
b. Collect representative soil samples from within the site and perform all required
analytical testing to secure disposal permit from Subtitle D licensed/permitted
disposal sites. Contractor may utilize waste characterization analysis from sample
collected on behalf of Owner on 10/24/2012 (attached), but is responsible for any
additional testing required.
c. Prior to excavation of any soil (including non-special waste soils and non-hazardous
special waste soils), fill, backfill, top soil, CU Structural Soil, and general construction
and demolition debris material, obtain authorization for ultimate disposition of
materials from an open and active Subtitle D facility approved by the CPD Authorized
representative. The Subtitle D facility shall be permitted to accept both NonHazardous Special Waste and Special Waste.
d. Obtain authorization from an open and active Permitted Subtitle D landfill indicating
acceptance of materials at the facility. The Authorization must be signed by the
owner of the open and active Permitted Subtitle D landfill and state that the facility
complies with all local zoning codes and all local, State, and Federal rules and
regulations, that all required laboratory analyses has been received by the facility,
and that the facility has agreed to accept the soils (including non-special waste soils,
and non-hazardous special waste soils), fill, backfill, top soil, CU Structural Soil, and
general construction and demolition debris materials. The Authorization shall further
state that the soils (including non-special waste soils and non-hazardous special
waste soils), fill, backfill, top soil, CU Structural Soil, general construction and
demolition debris materials are being accepted for permanent placement on site
under the cap, and that the material will not be removed from the site unless required
by a local, State or Federal Authority.
e. Excavate soil to depths shown in the Architect/Engineer plans to complete the
proposed construction work at the site. Contractor shall also remove contaminated
soil from throughout the site, including but not limited to the landscape areas, to
depths shown in the site remediation plan (R2.0).
f. All excess excavated materials to be disposed should be either directly loaded into
hauling trucks or temporary stockpiled for future disposal. All soil excavation and
handling and management shall be coordinated with the Owner’s Representative.
g. Provide copies of all daily reports, disposal tickets, weight tickets (as applicable) to
the Owner’s Representative within seven (7) calendar days after removing such
materials from the site.
h. Complete a Site Survey showing the topography of original ground elevation,
topography of bottom elevation, and topography of finished grade. The licensed
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 1
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
i.
surveyor shall measure elevations using 30-feet grid to produce data to verify the
size and depth of excavation areas for each type of material excavated from the site.
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws,
regulations and ordinance that govern or regulate the handling, transportation, and
disposal of all excavated materials from the site.
2. Placement of backfill materials
a. Contractor is to use on-site suitable and approved excavated materials as backfill
only beneath engineered barriers (i.e., concrete slab or three feet of clean fill).
Excess soil should be disposed at a permitted Subtitle D landfill. Refer to
Remediation Plan (R2.0) for details on backfill materials and on site placement
locations.
b. Place and maintain a minimum three (3) feet cover consisting of imported clean
fill/top soil over all areas at the site, including areas covered by landscape areas and
tree planting areas, pea gravel, artificial turf or other surfaces. In areas covered by
concrete, concrete plus underlying clean fill must total three (3) feet.
c. Place and compact backfill materials at all excavation areas using approved
materials in accordance with the Architectural/Engineering specifications.
Certification and a copy of the analytical results of imported backfill materials should
be provided to the owner’s representative prior to any such material being brought to
the site as further discussed under Section e, below.
d. The imported clean backfill materials shall not contain any chemicals that exceed the
parameter values as listed in APPENDIX B, SECTION 742, TABLE A, TABLE C, and
TABLE E (SPLP Results for RCRA 8 metals); TIERED APPROACH TO
CORRECTIVE ACTION OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 742.
e. Provide certification and a copy of the analytical results of imported backfill materials
from each source stating that the imported materials do not contain chemicals
exceeding the values as listed in APPENDIX B, SECTION 742, TABLE A; TIERED
APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE ACTION OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM.
CODE 742 values for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List
(TCL) parameters, Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH-GRO+DRO), and SPLP
Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For Target Compound Listed parameters known as
PNAs, Appendix A TABLE H (Concentrations of Polynuclear Hydrocarbon Chemicals
in background Soils) values may be used. For samples from virgin sources, if no
letter certifying virgin material is received, one representative sample must be
analyzed for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL)
parameters and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For inorganic parameters over
background values shown for metropolitan properties in Appendix A, TABLE G,
SROs must additionally meet pH-Specific values provided in Appendix B, TABLE C.
RCRA 8 Inorganics tested with SPLP must meet values shown for Class II
groundwater in 742 Appendix B TABLE E. No recycled stone/concrete will be
permitted. A copy of the analytical results shall be submitted at least one week prior
to depositing backfill or top soil on site. The date of the analysis shall be within 60
days of importing such material to the project.
f. Contractor shall provide one sample per material type at a rate of on sample per
1,000 tons imported.
B.
1.2
Related Documents: All terms and conditions of the Contract apply to this Section.
DEFINITIONS
A. Agency: Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (IEPA).
B. Backfill means granular or cohesive material used to fill the excavation to design grade as
referenced in design plans and specifications.
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 2
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
C. CU Structural Soil means a uniformly blended mixture of crushed stone, clay, loam and hydrogel
by weight consisting of approximately 83% crushed limestone (3/4 to 1.5 inch, highly angular with
limited fines), 17% clay loam and hydrogel (1 oz. per 200 pounds of stone).
D. Fill means any earthen or non-earthen materials including but not limited to any sediment,
granular or cohesive non-native earthen materials, cinders, ash, wood, and brick, concrete, and
asphalt fragments, glass, and building debris encountered above naturally occurring undisturbed
soils or bedrock in built-up areas.
E. General Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris means non-hazardous, uncontaminated
materials resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition of utilities, structures,
and roads as defined in Public Act 92-0574, The Environmental Protection Act, 415 ILCS 5
Section 3.160 and regulated under Title 35: Environmental Protection; Subtitle G: Waste
Disposal; Chapter I: Pollution Control Board; Subchapter i: Solid Waste and Special Waste
Hauling. General Construction and demolition (C&D) debris may include soil, wall coverings,
reclaimed asphalt pavement, rock, plaster, glass, non-hazardous painted wood, drywall, plastics,
non-hazardous coated wood, non-asbestos insulation, bricks, wood products, roofing shingles,
concrete, and general roof coverings.
F. Open and active Permitted Subtitle D landfill means any open and active solid waste landfill
facility in any state licensed and permitted to accept non-hazardous waste including both nonspecial waste soils and non-hazardous special waste soils, fill, general construction and
demolition debris are to be deposited. If the landfill facility is located in Illinois, the landfill must be
licensed/ open, active and permitted by the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency and other
applicable local regulatory agencies as applicable. If the landfill is located outside of Illinois, the
landfill facility must be open, active and permitted by applicable state and local regulatory
agencies.
G.
Owner: Chicago Park District.
H.
CDL: Commercial Driver’s License.
I.
CFR: Code of Federal Regulations.
J.
Licensed Disposal Facility: means any landfill licensed/permitted by Illinois EPA, US. EPA, other
states approving agencies, or local government agencies to accept non-hazardous special waste,
or general construction and demolition debris. Non-Hazardous special waste shall be disposed of
at only state permitted facilities authorized to accept Non-Hazardous Special Waste licensed
pursuant to Subtitle D of RCRA.
K.
Owner’s Representative: means the entity that will perform oversight on the behalf of the Owner.
Contractor shall coordinate all soil excavation and placement remediation activities with the
Owner’s Representative.
L.
Hazardous Waste means a waste, or combination of wastes, which has been identified by
characteristics or listing as hazardous pursuant to Section 3001 of the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act of 1976, P.L. 94-580, 40 CFR part 261, Illinois Environmental protection Act
415 ILCS 5/3.220, and Section 809.103 of Title 35: Environmental Protection; Subtitle G: Waste
Disposal; Chapter I: Pollution Control Board. A waste is classified as hazardous if it exhibits any
of the following characteristics: 1) ignitability, 2) corrosivity, 3) reactivity, or 4) toxicity, and as
defined in Illinois Administrative Code Title 35, Section 721.103 (35 IAC 721.103).
M.
IDOT: Illinois Department of Transportation.
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 3
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
N.
Manifest: means the form provided or prescribed by IEPA and used for identifying name, quality,
routing, and destination of special waste, non-hazardous and hazardous waste during its
transportation from point of generation to the point of disposal, treatment, or storage.
O.
MWRDGC: Metropolitan Water Reclamation District of Greater Chicago
P.
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
Q.
RCRA 8: Resource Conservation Recovery Act (RCRA) 8 metals: Arsenic, Barium, Cadmium,
Chromium, Lead, Mercury, Selenium, Silver
R.
Remediation Area: Areas on the site where underground storage tanks, or contaminated soil is
present as shown in the Remediation Plan.
S.
SROs: Soil remediation objectives for various exposure routes identified in 35 Illinois
Administrative Code 742: Tiered Approach To Corrective Action Objectives (TACO), or site
specific approved by the Illinois EPA.
T.
SPLP: Synthetic Precipitation Leaching Procedure (EPA Method 1312)
U.
TACO: 35 Illinois Administrative Code 742: TIERED APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE ACTION
OBJECTIVES (TACO).
V.
Tier 1 SROs: Means Tier 1 SROs for the most restrictive values for residential properties use as
listed in PART 742, APPENDIX B, TABLE A; TIERED APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE ACTION
OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 742. For inorganic parameters over background
values shown for metropolitan properties in Appendix A, TABLE G, SROs must additionally meet
pH-Specific values provided in Appendix B, Table C. RCRA 8 Inorganics tested with SPLP must
meet values shown for Class II groundwater in 742 Appendix B TABLE E.
W.
USEPA - United States Environmental Protection Agency.
1.3
SITE ASSESSMENT
The site is currently enrolled in the Site Remediation Program (SRP) in order to obtain an NFR Letter.
Several environmental site assessments and a site investigation have been completed at the site. The
following is a summary of the site environmental investigation findings:
A. Phase I ESA (December 2012): Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon) performed A Phase I
Environmental Site Assessment (ESA). Recognized Environmental Conditions (RECs) identified
in the Phase I ESA include the following:
Identified impacts found in samples collected during the removal of a heating oil
Underground Storage Tank (UST); and associated open LUST incident;
The potential for impacts from the past and present operation of a UST on the east
adjoining property;
Documented on-site urban fill material.
B. Comprehensive Site Investigation (CSI/ROR/RAP (March 2013) – The CSI by Terracon
included soil sampling activities at the Site on October 2012. The CSI was performed to
characterize the extent of the contaminants of concern detected in prior UST release and
Recognized Environmental Concerns (RECs) identified in the Phase I ESA as required by the
IEPA, IAC Title 35, Part 740. The sampling plan consisted of advancing twelve soil borings and
installing three temporary monitoring wells. Several PNA constituents, Lead, and Arsenic
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 4
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
exceeded the Tier 1 SROs. The LUST incident (20101033) was recorded during the removal of
the heating oil tank in 2010 that was formerly located in the south-central portion of the site. The
LUST incident is planned for closure within the SRP.
The available Laboratory Data is included as an Attachment to this section.
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to obtain copies of the above reports. The contractor shall
be responsible for reviewing all above reports and understanding all data associated with these reports.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A. Copies of the following submittals shall be prepared and submitted to the Owner’s Representative
at Contractor’s own cost:
1. Contractor’s Site Specific Health and Safety Plan for all workers engaged in construction
activities in the vicinity of contaminated soils above the IEPA Soil Remediation Objectives
(SROs) for Construction Workers. The plan shall comply with all OSHA requirements. The
plan should at a minimum include the following:
a. Name of key personnel and alternates responsible for site safety.
b. Describe the risks associated with each operation conducted.
c. Type of personnel training and responsibilities and to handle the specific hazardous
situations they may encounter.
d. Describe the protective clothing and equipment to be worn by personnel during various
site operations.
e. Describe any site specific medical surveillance requirements.
f.
Describe the program for the periodic air monitoring, personnel monitoring, and
environmental sampling if needed.
g. Describe the actions to be taken to mitigate existing hazards to make the work
environment less hazardous.
h. Define site control measures including a site map.
i.
Establish procedures for personnel and equipment and transporting trucks to ensure
that impacted soils are not tracked off site on to non impacted areas of the site.
j.
Set forth the site Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs). SOPs are those activities that
can be standardized (i.e., decontamination procedures and respirator fit testing).
k. Set forth a Contingency Plan for the safe and effective response to emergencies.
2. Proof of OSHA training in compliance with the Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency
Response Standard (29 CFR 1910.120) for applicable workers.
3. Soil Management Plan outlining proposed excavation work sequences and soil handling and
management procedures. The Soil Management Plan shall show the locations of each type
of material to be stored on site and the materials to be stored at the site for reuse, and
location of material to be stored on site for future disposal.
4. Decontamination Plan outlining procedures and list of equipment for decontamination of
personnel, materials and equipment employed in performing remediation work at the site.
Decontamination Plan outlining decontamination procedures, dust control, and mud cleaning
from all field equipment and trucks prior to leaving the site.
5. Storm Water Management Plan - prior to commencing work, the contractor shall provide a
Storm Water Management Plan stipulating provisions for dewatering, pumping, collection,
temporary storage, and discharge or disposal of storm water, perched water and other
liquids, contaminated and/or uncontaminated, at the site so as to facilitate soil removal and
minimize disposal costs of contaminated fluids. The plan should include list of permits to be
secured for the disposal of water accumulated/collected during site excavation activities. The
Plan should also include provisions for control rainwater run-off from entering excavation
areas. This may include, but not limited to, surface grading, pumping and/or combination of
silt fence, sandbags, tarpaulins, plastic sheeting, and movable straw bales.
6. Copies of analytical results for each waste stream to be removed from the site as applicable.
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 5
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
The name and address and telephone number of the laboratory that will be used by the
Contractor to perform analytical testing for waste stream authorization.
Name, address, and telephone number of the licensed/permitted disposal sites where
contaminated soil will be disposed of. This submittal must be made prior to removal of any
materials from the site. This information should include, at a minimum, the following:
a. Facility Name and Address and Telephone Number.
b. Site Contact.
c. Facility Identification Number issued by Illinois, U.S. EPA, or other state licensing
agencies for site outside Illinois
Copies for special waste hauler licenses. A copy of the license shall be maintained in all
trucks leaving the site at all times.
Copies of all daily reports, transport manifests, weight tickets and disposal receipts to the
Construction Manager and/or Project Manager on a daily basis.
Any air sampling data collected during the course of the Work, including OSHA compliance
air monitoring, if needed.
Prior to importing any backfill to the site, provide copies of analytical results of for each
source of backfill materials verifying that the backfill does not exceed the values listed in
APPENDIX B, SECTION 742, TABLE A; TIERED APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE ACTION
OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 742 values for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740
APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL) parameters, Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH-GRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For Target Compound Listed
parameters known as PNAs, Appendix A TABLE H (Concentrations of Polynuclear
Hydrocarbon Chemicals in background Soils) values may be used. For samples from virgin
sources, if no letter certifying virgin material is received, one representative sample must be
analyzed for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL) parameters
and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For inorganic parameters over background values
shown for metropolitan properties in Appendix A, TABLE G, SROs must additionally meet
pH-Specific values provided in Appendix B, TABLE C. RCRA 8 Inorganics tested with SPLP
must meet values shown for Class II groundwater in 742 Appendix B TABLE E. No recycled
stone/concrete will be permitted. A copy of the analytical results shall be submitted at least
one week prior to depositing backfill or top soil on site. The date of the analysis shall be
within 60 days of importing such material to the project.
Contractor shall provide one sample per material type at a rate of on sample per 1,000 tons
imported.
B. Submittal Review:
Review of submittals or any comments made does not relieve the Contractor from compliance
with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. The purpose of this check is to review
for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the
information given in the contract documents. The Contractor is responsible for confirming and
correlating all quantities and dimensions, electing techniques of construction, coordinating the
Work, and performing the Work in a safe and satisfactory manner.
1.5
NOTIFICATIONS
A. The Contractor shall notify the owner/owner’s representative, in writing, not less than forty-eight
(48) hours prior to excavating, loading, and transporting any materials from the site.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
CONTAMINATED SOIL REMOVAL
A. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary means, products, tools, personal protective equipment,
and equipment required to remove contaminated soil from the site.
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 6
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.0
MATERIAL SAMPLING
A
3.1
The Contractor shall collect sufficient amount of representative sample(s) from the materials
require removal from the site for analytical testing to obtaining waste stream authorization from a
licensed/permitted disposal sites. The contractor is responsible for acquisition of any required
permits and payment of all required fees.
AUTHORIZATIONS
A. Obtain authorization from a Subtitle D landfill for the disposal of access stockpiled soils and other
excavated materials from the site. The Authorization must be signed by the property owner and
shall state that the property owner has received a copy of one or more laboratory analyses of
representative sample(s) collected from the site by the contractor and has agreed to accept the
material. The Authorization shall further state that the site owner agrees to accept the material for
permanent placement on their site and that the material will not be removed from their site unless
required by a local, State or Federal Authority. The Authorization further shall state that the site
complies with all local zoning codes, State, Federal and Local laws, rules, and regulations.
B. Obtain authorization from the Commission’s Representative prior to performing any backfilling
activities. All backfill placement and compaction requirements shall comply with the requirements
of the Architectural/Engineering design plans and project specifications.
C. Haulers for transportation of soils, backfill and top soil shall hold, and present upon request, a
current valid Commercial Driver’s License (CDL).
3.2
EXCAVATION
A
Contractor shall coordinate all soil excavation and hauling from the site activities with the Owner’s
Representative. The Contractor must provide a written notification to the Owner’s Representative
at least 48-hour prior to starting any soil excavation or hauling from the site.
B
Contractor shall slope the side of excavations to comply with local codes, authorities having
jurisdiction, and the City of Chicago, and maintain same. Contractor shall maintain sides and
slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling.
C
Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the structural integrity of all surrounding streets,
underground utilities, buildings, and structures (walkways, sidewalks, underground tunnels, etc.).
Contractor shall secure, shore, and brace where sloping is not possible either because of space
restrictions or stability of material excavated. Excavations shall be braced or sloped in compliance
to the latest Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements. Provide
materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers and cross braces, in
good serviceable conditions. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of the time
period excavations will remain open. Carry down shoring and bracing as the excavation
progresses.
D
The Contractor shall excavate contaminated soil to the extent required by the proposed new
construction as shown the Architectural/Engineering design drawings and specifications. The
contractor shall also excavate and remove contaminated soil to the depth shown in the
Remediation Plan drawing. The Contractor shall then perform the following:
1
Stockpile onsite contaminated soil which is suitable for use as backfill. Contractor shall refer
to the Architect/Engineer specification for the definition of suitable backfill materials.
Contaminated suitable onsite backfill soil shall be used as backfill only beneath the concrete
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 7
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
slab and below three feet of clean fill. Excess contaminated soil shall be disposed at the
approved licensed/permitted disposal facility. No contaminated soil shall be placed in areas
where soil below TACO Tier 1 SROs is present.
2
Contaminated soil which will not be reused on site shall be loaded directly into hauling trucks
for transportation to the approved landfill. Contaminated soil may be stored on site for a
maximum of five (5) working days prior to its disposal.
3
All contaminated soil stockpiles shall be placed upon and covered by 6-mil polyethylene
sheeting (visqueen) all the times. The integrity of the visqueen shall be inspected at the end
of each working day and corrective measures should be implemented to ensure no portion of
stockpiled soil is exposed at the end of each working day.
4
Maintain a minimum three (3) feet cover below final grade consisting of imported clean fill/top
soil over all areas at the site, including areas covered by pea gravel, artificial turf or other
surfaces (as indicated in Drawing No. R2.0.). In areas covered by concrete, concrete plus
underlying clean fill must total three (3) feet. Place orange snow fence indicator barrier at
landscape areas at 3 feet below finished grade.
5
In the proposed landscaped and tree planting areas, per the Site Remediation Plan (R2.0),
the contractor shall excavate contaminated soil and construction debris to a minimum depth
of three (3) feet below the proposed finished grade, and backfill with clean soil. Place orange
snow fence indicator barrier at landscape areas at 3 feet below finished grade.
6
In the proposed underground utilities sewer trenching areas, the contractor shall excavate
contaminated soil to a depth required by the new development. Contaminated suitable
backfill materials can be used as backfill to a depth up to 3 feet below finished grade.
7
For the water main connection, excavate contaminated soil to a depth of 2 feet below the
water main invert and backfill with clean fill. The width of the water main trench should be at
least 4 feet larger than the pipe diameter. A minimum of 2 feet of clean fill should be placed
at each side of the water main.
8
In the proposed areas covered by concrete, pea gravel, artificial turf, or tree planting areas,
the contractor shall remove contaminated soil up to the extent required to complete work, but
not less than 3 feet below finished elevation.
E
The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the contaminated soil separated from the clean
soil/materials. If the contaminated soil comes in contact with the clean soil, the Contractor shall
dispose of the clean soil as contaminated soil at the Contractor’s own expense.
F
The Contractor shall retain the services of an independent Illinois Licensed Surveyor to record the
original ground topography, the after excavation (pre- engineered barrier installation) topography
and the final grade (post- engineered barrier installation) topography for the site. The Licensed
Surveyor shall measure elevations using 30-feet grid to produce data to verify the size and depth
of excavation areas for each type of material excavated from the site. The Licensed Surveyor
shall provide a minimum of 5 survey points for each excavation area less than 30 feet long (one
at each corner and one point at the center). The original ground and after excavation survey data
with copies of all applicable field notes and survey readings as backup, shall be submitted to the
Environmental Consultant for approval within ten (10) working days of conducting the survey. All
survey data shall be sealed and signed by an Illinois Licensed Surveyor. The Contractor shall
also provide an electronic copy of all topographic surveys in AutoCAD format.
G
The Owner’s Representative may collect soil samples for laboratory analysis or field Photoionization Detector (PID) screening, or liquid samples for laboratory analysis during site
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 8
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
excavation activities. Contractor shall provide all necessary equipment and manpower to assist
the Owner’s Representative in collecting all required samples at no additional cost to the Owner.
H
3.3
If contaminated soil is discovered during excavation work in areas not identified in the Drawings,
the Contractor shall stop excavation work and immediately inform the Owner’s Representative.
The Owner’s Representative will assess the site conditions and instruct the Contractor how to
proceed with the work.
WATER MANAGEMENT
A. The Contractor shall subscribe to a weather notification system and manage the work so as
not to accumulate storm water on the site during excavation.
B. The Contractor shall implement all measures provided in the Storm Water Management Plan
to minimize the volume of water entering excavation areas.
C. Storm Water Run-on /Run-off and Dewatering: If perched water/groundwater or rainwater is
accumulated in excavation areas, the Contractor shall not discharge onsite water into the
MWRDGC or the City of Chicago sewer without first obtaining all required permits from the
City of Chicago and MWRD. This shall includes performing the followings:
1. Collect representative water samples from each excavation area. The samples should
be analyzed for the chemical of concerns identified at each excavation area.
2. Obtain Water Discharge permit from the City of Chicago Water Management Department
– Sewer Section if the analytical results revealed no detection of any of the chemical of
concerns constituents.
3. If the water samples analytical results show presence of chemicals of concern in the
water sample, Contractor shall obtain Water Discharge permit into the City of Chicago
sewer system from City of Chicago Water Management – Sewer Section, and a Special
Discharge permit from MWRDGC. This permit application is normally submitted to
MWRDGC after the City of Chicago issued its permit to allow discharging water into the
sewer.
4. If MWRDGC does not approve water discharge permit in the sewer, then no water should
be discharge into the sewer even if the City of Chicago issued a permit. In this case,
water should be transferred into a vacuum truck and should be discharged at a treatment
facility.
3.4
DECONTAMINATION
A.
The Contractor shall decontaminate all heavy equipment after each use in the
contaminated soil areas using steam cleaning and/or hand scrubbing methods. Run-off
from the decontamination area must be prevented using polyethylene plastic sheeting
and a sump system.
B.
The Contractor shall remove soils, dusts and rocks from the exterior of trucks, tractortrailers and other heavy equipment which are used in the contaminated soil areas prior to
leaving the site. Contractor shall not allow equipment to leave with water leaking or mud
dripping or caked to the equipment.
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 9
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
3.5
3.6
HAULING AND TRANSPORTATION
A.
All excavated materials shall be hauled off-site using only covered trucks. All trucks must
be covered prior to leaving the site.
B.
Contractor shall conduct soils removal in a manner that ensures minimum interference
with roads; streets, walks and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. Do not close
or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without permission from the
applicable governing agency and the Owner. Provide alternate routes around closed or
obstructed traffic ways if required by the governing agency.
C.
The non-hazardous special waste shall be transported by a licensed hauler to transport
non-hazardous special waste by the State of Illinois, and by any other state agencies if
the soil is transported to other states. Hauling trucks shall maintain a copy of the
transporter’s special waste hauling permit in the truck.
D.
Contractor shall provide and complete copies of all daily reports, weight tickets and
receipts (as applicable) for transportation and ultimate off site placement of materials
removed from the property to the Owner, review and signature as required.
E.
Contractor shall remove soils, dusts, rocks, etc. from the exterior of trucks, trailers, or
other heavy equipment leaving the site before they leave the site.
F.
Contractor shall not create dust and shall maintain adequate dust suppression equipment
on site if conditions warrant.
DUST CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall control dust by all necessary means, including but not limited to covering
trucks, stockpiles and open materials, watering haul roads, sweeping paved roads, and
limiting the speed of all on-site vehicles.
B. The Contractor shall not create dust and shall maintain adequate dust suppression
equipment on site if conditions warrant.
C. The Contractor shall maintain streets clean and free of mud and dirt.
3.7
STOCKPILING
A. Contractor may stockpile special wastes, non-hazardous special waste, or general
construction and demolition debris/materials on site for a maximum of five (5) working days.
The Contractor shall keep special wastes, non-hazardous special waste, or soil generated
from site excavation activities, covered with 6-mil polyethylene visqueen or containerized until
subsequent, placement on site, or loading, transportation and disposal. For stockpiled soils,
provide a 12" to 18" berm around the stockpile. Base sheeting shall overlap the dike.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping such soil (Soil above Tier 1 SROs) separated
from soils/materials that are not designated as special wastes, non-hazardous special waste,
or general construction and demolition debris.
If said soil comes in contact with
soils/materials that are not designated as special wastes or non-hazardous special waste, the
Contractor shall dispose of newly contaminated soils/materials as special wastes, nonhazardous special waste, or hazardous waste soil/materials at his own expense. The
Contractor will be responsible for sampling analysis costs associated with Characterization of
newly contaminated soils/materials as special wastes, non-hazardous special waste, or
hazardous waste soil/materials.
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 10
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
C. The location of the stockpiles area shall be coordinated with the Owner Representative. The
Contractor shall not allow runoff from stockpiled soil/materials to enter storm drains or leave
the site
3.8
3.9
QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Visual inspections and damage repairs shall be made daily by the Contractor and/or as
directed by the Owner’s Representative to assure that erosion, drainage and containment
control measures are functioning properly.
B.
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect structures, equipment,
pavement, walks, and utilities against movement or settlement during the course of work.
C.
Damages: Promptly replace or repair any damage caused to adjacent pavement, utilities
or facilities by removal operations at no additional cost. Work shall be performed to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
D.
Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities and protect against damage during removal
operations.
BACKFILL
A.
Prior to importing any backfill materials, Contractor shall provide the name and location of
all sources to be used to import the backfill.
B.
For each off-site source of imported materials, including top soil, cohesive, granular and
other fill materials; Contractor shall provide to the Owner’s Representative certification
and IEPA-approved laboratory analyses showing that all imported materials do not
exceed the values those listed in PART 742, APPENDIX B, TABLE A, TABLE C, and
TABLE E (SPLP Results); TIERED APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE ACTION
OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 742. The Contractor shall collect sufficient
number of conformation soil samples throughout the backfilling activities to verify that all
imported soils do not exceed the TACO values. The date of the analytical results shall be
within 60 days of importing such material to the site. Provide a copy of the certification
prior to importing the materials to the site.
C.
Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner’s Representative regarding backfilling
activities.
If the Contractor backfills areas without obtaining approval from the
Environmental Consultant, the backfill materials shall be excavated, if required, at the
Contractor’s expense.
D.
The Owner’s Representative may collect confirmation samples of materials imported and
placed at the site. Contractor will be required to remove and replace any materials found
to contain chemicals exceeding the Tier 1 SROs for residential properties at the
Contractor’s own expense.
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 11
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
4.1
Volume determination and pricing shall be in accordance with the contract documents.
ATTACHMENTS
1.
2.
3.
Tables – Soil Analytical Results
Soil Borings Location Map
Site Waste Characterization Laboratory Information, Collected 10/24/2012
END OF SECTION
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02316 - 12
SOIL HANDLING AND MANAGEMENT
Table Notes
Remediation Objectives from 35 Illinois Administrative Code Chapter 742: Tiered Approach to Corrective
Action Objectives (TACO).
Remediation Objectives for Non-TACO compounds from Illinois Environmental Protection Agency's (IEPA's)
web site (http://www.epa.state.il.us/land/taco/chemicals-not-in-taco-tier-1-tables.html).
mg/L = milligrams per liter, generally equivalent to parts per million (ppm)
mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram, generally equivalent to ppm
TCLP = Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure
SPLP = Synthetic Precipitation Leaching Procedure
NA = Not analyzed for this constituent
= Highlighted cells indicate exceedances of Tier 1 SRO/GRO values. Background considered SRO value for many PNA constituents.
Bold = Analyte concentrations above background concentrations.
Samples BP-01 through BP-05 collected on November 8, 2010 by Tecnica Environmental Services, Inc.
** Hexavalent Chromium run on this sample to evaluate highest concentration at site.
SRP Tables_Skinner_Class2-GW.xlsx
Page 1 of 1
Table 1 - Terracon Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 1 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
B-102
(1-3)
1' - 3'
Date Collected 10/24/2012
B-102
(4-6)
4' - 6'
B-102
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-104
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-104
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-105
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-106
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-107
(1-3)
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
Units
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
---------------------------------------------------------------------
0.68
1.2
0.07
70
0.2
25
160
0.3
110
1.1
3.4
2.9
0.1
17
9.6
0.33
0.6
0.15
0.02
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.17
0.8
0.32
2.5
1.3
0.3
29
3.3
6.5
19
18
150
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Volatile Organic Analytical Parameters
74-87-3
74-83-9
75-01-4
75-00-3
75-09-2
67-64-1
75-15-0
75-35-4
75-34-3
156-59-2
156-60-5
67-66-3
107-06-2
78-93-3
71-55-6
56-23-5
75-27-4
78-87-5
542-75-6
79-01-6
124-48-1
79-00-5
71-43-2
75-25-2
1634-04-4
108-10-1
591-78-6
127-18-4
108-88-3
79-34-5
108-90-7
100-41-4
100-42-5
1330-20-7
Chloromethane
Bromomethane
Vinyl Chloride
Chloroethane
Methylene Chloride
Acetone
Carbon Disulfide
1,1-Dichloroethene
1,1-Dichloroethane
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene
Chloroform
1,2-Dichloroethane
2-Butanone
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Carbon Tetrachloride
Bromodichloromethane
1,2-Dichloropropane
1,3-Dichloropropene (cis + trans)
Trichloroethene
Dibromochloromethane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
Benzene
Bromoform
Methyl Tertiary-Butyl Ether
4-Methyl-2-pentanone
2-Hexanone
Tetrachloroethene
Toluene
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Chlorobenzene
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
Xylenes (total)
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
< 0.01
< 0.01
< 0.005
< 0.01
< 0.01
< 0.075
< 0.05
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.075
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.002
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.015
< 0.01
< 0.01
< 0.005
< 0.01
< 0.01
< 0.075
< 0.05
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.075
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.002
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.005
< 0.015
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0053
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0053
NA
NA
< 0.0053
NA
< 0.016
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0046
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0046
NA
NA
0.0054
NA
< 0.014
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0049
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0049
NA
NA
< 0.0049
NA
< 0.015
< 0.0098
< 0.0098
< 0.0049
< 0.0098
< 0.0098
< 0.074
< 0.049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.074
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.002
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.015
< 0.0098
< 0.0098
< 0.0049
< 0.0098
< 0.0098
< 0.074
< 0.049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.074
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.002
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.02
< 0.02
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.0049
< 0.015
310
110
0.46
31000
85
70000
7800
3900
7800
780
1600
100
7
47000
--5
10
9
6.4
58
1600
310
12
81
780
--3100
12
16000
4700
1600
7800
16000
16000
110
10
0.28
1500
13
100000
720
290
1300
1200
3100
0.3
0.4
25000
1200
0.3
3000
15
1.1
5
1300
1800
0.8
53
8800
3100
70
11
650
2000
130
400
1500
320
820
1000
170
82000
12000
--20000
10000
200000
20000
41000
2000
1400
120000
--410
2000
1800
1200
1200
41000
8200
2300
16000
2000
--8200
2400
410000
12000
4100
20000
41000
41000
1.1
3.9
1.1
94
34
100000
9
3
130
1200
3100
0.76
0.99
710
1200
0.9
3000
0.5
0.39
12
1300
1800
2.2
140
140
340
0.72
28
42
2000
1.3
58
430
5.6
Table 1 - Terracon Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 2 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
B-107
(8-10)
8' - 10'
Date Collected 10/24/2012
B-108
(0-2)
0' - 2'
B-108
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-109
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-110
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-111
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-111
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-112
(1-3)
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
Units
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
---------------------------------------------------------------------
0.68
1.2
0.07
70
0.2
25
160
0.3
110
1.1
3.4
2.9
0.1
17
9.6
0.33
0.6
0.15
0.02
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.17
0.8
0.32
2.5
1.3
0.3
29
3.3
6.5
19
18
150
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Volatile Organic Analytical Parameters
74-87-3
74-83-9
75-01-4
75-00-3
75-09-2
67-64-1
75-15-0
75-35-4
75-34-3
156-59-2
156-60-5
67-66-3
107-06-2
78-93-3
71-55-6
56-23-5
75-27-4
78-87-5
542-75-6
79-01-6
124-48-1
79-00-5
71-43-2
75-25-2
1634-04-4
108-10-1
591-78-6
127-18-4
108-88-3
79-34-5
108-90-7
100-41-4
100-42-5
1330-20-7
Chloromethane
Bromomethane
Vinyl Chloride
Chloroethane
Methylene Chloride
Acetone
Carbon Disulfide
1,1-Dichloroethene
1,1-Dichloroethane
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene
Chloroform
1,2-Dichloroethane
2-Butanone
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Carbon Tetrachloride
Bromodichloromethane
1,2-Dichloropropane
1,3-Dichloropropene (cis + trans)
Trichloroethene
Dibromochloromethane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
Benzene
Bromoform
Methyl Tertiary-Butyl Ether
4-Methyl-2-pentanone
2-Hexanone
Tetrachloroethene
Toluene
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Chlorobenzene
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
Xylenes (total)
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
< 0.009
< 0.009
< 0.0045
< 0.009
< 0.009
< 0.067
< 0.045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.067
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0018
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.018
< 0.018
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.013
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0088
< 0.0088
< 0.0044
< 0.0088
< 0.0088
< 0.066
< 0.044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.066
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0018
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.018
< 0.018
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.013
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0051
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0051
NA
NA
< 0.0051
NA
< 0.015
< 0.0087
< 0.0087
< 0.0044
< 0.0087
< 0.0087
< 0.066
< 0.044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.066
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0017
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.017
< 0.017
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.0044
< 0.013
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0053
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.0053
NA
NA
< 0.0053
NA
< 0.016
< 0.0089
< 0.0089
< 0.0045
< 0.0089
< 0.0089
< 0.067
< 0.045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.067
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0018
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.018
< 0.018
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.0045
< 0.013
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
310
110
0.46
31000
85
70000
7800
3900
7800
780
1600
100
7
47000
--5
10
9
6.4
58
1600
310
12
81
780
--3100
12
16000
4700
1600
7800
16000
16000
110
10
0.28
1500
13
100000
720
290
1300
1200
3100
0.3
0.4
25000
1200
0.3
3000
15
1.1
5
1300
1800
0.8
53
8800
3100
70
11
650
2000
130
400
1500
320
820
1000
170
82000
12000
--20000
10000
200000
20000
41000
2000
1400
120000
--410
2000
1800
1200
1200
41000
8200
2300
16000
2000
--8200
2400
410000
12000
4100
20000
41000
41000
1.1
3.9
1.1
94
34
100000
9
3
130
1200
3100
0.76
0.99
710
1200
0.9
3000
0.5
0.39
12
1300
1800
2.2
140
140
340
0.72
28
42
2000
1.3
58
430
5.6
Table 1 - Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 3 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
BP-01
BP-02
BP-03
BP-04
BP-05
-
-
-
-
-
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
Date Collected 11/8/2010
Units
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
---------------------------------------------------------------------
0.68
1.2
0.07
70
0.2
25
160
0.3
110
1.1
3.4
2.9
0.1
17
9.6
0.33
0.6
0.15
0.02
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.17
0.8
0.32
2.5
1.3
0.3
29
3.3
6.5
19
18
150
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Volatile Organic Analytical Parameters
74-87-3
74-83-9
75-01-4
75-00-3
75-09-2
67-64-1
75-15-0
75-35-4
75-34-3
156-59-2
156-60-5
67-66-3
107-06-2
78-93-3
71-55-6
56-23-5
75-27-4
78-87-5
542-75-6
79-01-6
124-48-1
79-00-5
71-43-2
75-25-2
1634-04-4
108-10-1
591-78-6
127-18-4
108-88-3
79-34-5
108-90-7
100-41-4
100-42-5
1330-20-7
Chloromethane
Bromomethane
Vinyl Chloride
Chloroethane
Methylene Chloride
Acetone
Carbon Disulfide
1,1-Dichloroethene
1,1-Dichloroethane
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene
Chloroform
1,2-Dichloroethane
2-Butanone
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Carbon Tetrachloride
Bromodichloromethane
1,2-Dichloropropane
1,3-Dichloropropene (cis + trans)
Trichloroethene
Dibromochloromethane
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
Benzene
Bromoform
Methyl Tertiary-Butyl Ether
4-Methyl-2-pentanone
2-Hexanone
Tetrachloroethene
Toluene
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
Chlorobenzene
Ethylbenzene
Styrene
Xylenes (total)
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
NA
< 0.005
NA
< 0.005
310
110
0.46
31000
85
70000
7800
3900
7800
780
1600
100
7
47000
--5
10
9
6.4
58
1600
310
12
81
780
--3100
12
16000
4700
1600
7800
16000
16000
110
10
0.28
1500
13
100000
720
290
1300
1200
3100
0.3
0.4
25000
1200
0.3
3000
15
1.1
5
1300
1800
0.8
53
8800
3100
70
11
650
2000
130
400
1500
320
820
1000
170
82000
12000
--20000
10000
200000
20000
41000
2000
1400
120000
--410
2000
1800
1200
1200
41000
8200
2300
16000
2000
--8200
2400
410000
12000
4100
20000
41000
41000
1.1
3.9
1.1
94
34
100000
9
3
130
1200
3100
0.76
0.99
710
1200
0.9
3000
0.5
0.39
12
1300
1800
2.2
140
140
340
0.72
28
42
2000
1.3
58
430
5.6
Table 1 - Terracon Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 4 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
B-102
(1-3)
1' - 3'
Date Collected 10/24/2012
B-102
(4-6)
4' - 6'
B-102
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-104
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-104
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-105
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-106
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-107
(1-3)
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
Units
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
------------------------------------0.04
--------------------0.03
----0.09
------------0.1
-------------
100
0.0004
4
43
1
11
15
2.4
0.2
0.00005
2.6
0.1
8
--9
--1
53
18
0.7
15
120
36
2200
0.77
1400
240
0.14
380
420
0.0007
0.01
2900
0.2
--30
0.0008
470
--2800
0.1
--5.6
--11
0.14
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Semivolatile Organic Analytical Parameters - PNAs
108-95-2
111-44-4
95-57-8
95-50-1
541-73-1
106-46-7
95-48-7
108-60-1
106-44-5
621-64-7
67-72-1
98-95-3
78-59-1
88-75-5
105-67-9
111-91-1
120-83-2
120-82-1
91-20-3
106-47-8
87-68-3
59-50-7
91-57-6
77-47-4
88-06-2
95-95-4
91-58-7
88-74-4
131-11-3
208-96-8
606-20-2
99-09-2
83-32-9
51-28-5
100-02-7
132-64-9
121-14-2
84-66-2
7005-72-3
86-73-7
100-01-6
534-52-1
86-30-6
101-55-3
118-74-1
87-86-5
Phenol
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether
2-Chlorophenol
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
2-Methylphenol
2,2'-oxybis (1-chloropropane)
4-Methylphenol
N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
Hexachloroethane
Nitrobenzene
Isophorone
2-Nitrophenol
2,4-Dimethylphenol
bis(2-Chloroethoxy) methane
2,4-Dichlorophenol
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
Naphthalene
4-Chloroaniline
Hexachlorobutadiene
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
2-Methylnaphthalene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
2-Chloronaphthalene
2-Nitroaniline
Dimethylphthalate
Acenaphthylene
2,6-dinitrotoluene
3-Nitroanaline
Acenaphthene
2,4-Dinitrophenol
4-Nitrophenol
Dibenzofuran
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
Diethylphthalate
4-Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether
Fluorene
4-Nitroaniline
4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol
N-nitrosodiphenylamine
4-Bromophenyl-phenyl ether
Hexachlorobenzene
Pentachlorophenol
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.038
< 0.19
< 0.038
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.038
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.38
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.19
0.42
< 0.038
< 0.19
0.053
< 0.95
< 0.38
< 0.19
< 0.038
< 0.19
< 0.19
0.1
< 0.19
< 0.38
< 0.038
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.05
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.74
NA
NA
0.086
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.15
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.074
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.18
NA
NA
0.12
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.15
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.32
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1.9
NA
NA
2.7
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
3.6
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.036
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.036
NA
NA
< 0.036
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.036
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.037
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.037
NA
NA
< 0.037
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.037
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.056
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.24
NA
NA
0.085
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.15
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
23000
0.6
390
7000
70
--3900
3100
390
0.09
78
39
15600
--1600
--230
780
1600
310
16
5500
310
550
58
7800
6300
230
780000
2300
0.9
23
4700
160
630
160
0.9
63000
--3100
230
7.8
130
--0.4
3
--0.2
53000
560
570
11000
--1300
------92
4600
--------3200
170
--1000
----10
200
----35
1300
----250
----------2000
----1000
------1
---
61000
75
10000
18000
180
--100000
8200
1000
18
2000
1000
410000
--41000
--610
2000
4100
820
41
41000
820
14000
11000
200000
160000
610
1000000
61000
180
61
120000
410
16000
4100
180
1000000
--82000
610
820
4100
--78
520
--0.66
53000
310
570
340
--1300
------9.4
4600
--------920
1.8
--180
----1.1
540
----3.6
1300
----26
----------2000
----110
--1.8
--2.6
---
Table 1 - Terracon Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 5 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
B-107
(8-10)
8' - 10'
Date Collected 10/24/2012
B-108
(0-2)
0' - 2'
B-108
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-109
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-110
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-111
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-111
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-112
(1-3)
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
Units
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
------------------------------------0.04
--------------------0.03
----0.09
------------0.1
-------------
100
0.0004
4
43
1
11
15
2.4
0.2
0.00005
2.6
0.1
8
--9
--1
53
18
0.7
15
120
36
2200
0.77
1400
240
0.14
380
420
0.0007
0.01
2900
0.2
--30
0.0008
470
--2800
0.1
--5.6
--11
0.14
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Semivolatile Organic Analytical Parameters - PNAs
108-95-2
111-44-4
95-57-8
95-50-1
541-73-1
106-46-7
95-48-7
108-60-1
106-44-5
621-64-7
67-72-1
98-95-3
78-59-1
88-75-5
105-67-9
111-91-1
120-83-2
120-82-1
91-20-3
106-47-8
87-68-3
59-50-7
91-57-6
77-47-4
88-06-2
95-95-4
91-58-7
88-74-4
131-11-3
208-96-8
606-20-2
99-09-2
83-32-9
51-28-5
100-02-7
132-64-9
121-14-2
84-66-2
7005-72-3
86-73-7
100-01-6
534-52-1
86-30-6
101-55-3
118-74-1
87-86-5
Phenol
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether
2-Chlorophenol
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
2-Methylphenol
2,2'-oxybis (1-chloropropane)
4-Methylphenol
N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
Hexachloroethane
Nitrobenzene
Isophorone
2-Nitrophenol
2,4-Dimethylphenol
bis(2-Chloroethoxy) methane
2,4-Dichlorophenol
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
Naphthalene
4-Chloroaniline
Hexachlorobutadiene
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
2-Methylnaphthalene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
2-Chloronaphthalene
2-Nitroaniline
Dimethylphthalate
Acenaphthylene
2,6-dinitrotoluene
3-Nitroanaline
Acenaphthene
2,4-Dinitrophenol
4-Nitrophenol
Dibenzofuran
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
Diethylphthalate
4-Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether
Fluorene
4-Nitroaniline
4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol
N-nitrosodiphenylamine
4-Bromophenyl-phenyl ether
Hexachlorobenzene
Pentachlorophenol
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.35
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.31
NA
NA
0.42
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.53
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.042
< 0.21
< 0.042
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.042
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.42
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.042
< 0.042
< 0.21
< 0.042
<1
< 0.42
< 0.21
< 0.042
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.042
< 0.21
< 0.42
< 0.042
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.042
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.038
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1.3
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1.3
NA
NA
4.6
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
6
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.04
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.04
NA
NA
< 0.04
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.04
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.05
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.05
NA
NA
< 0.05
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.05
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
23000
0.6
390
7000
70
--3900
3100
390
0.09
78
39
15600
--1600
--230
780
1600
310
16
5500
310
550
58
7800
6300
230
780000
2300
0.9
23
4700
160
630
160
0.9
63000
--3100
230
7.8
130
--0.4
3
--0.2
53000
560
570
11000
--1300
------92
4600
--------3200
170
--1000
----10
200
----35
1300
----250
----------2000
----1000
------1
---
61000
75
10000
18000
180
--100000
8200
1000
18
2000
1000
410000
--41000
--610
2000
4100
820
41
41000
820
14000
11000
200000
160000
610
1000000
61000
180
61
120000
410
16000
4100
180
1000000
--82000
610
820
4100
--78
520
--0.66
53000
310
570
340
--1300
------9.4
4600
--------920
1.8
--180
----1.1
540
----3.6
1300
----26
----------2000
----110
--1.8
--2.6
---
Table 1 - Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 6 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
BP-01
BP-02
BP-03
BP-04
BP-05
-
-
-
-
-
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
Date Collected 11/8/2010
Units
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
------------------------------------0.04
--------------------0.03
----0.09
------------0.1
-------------
100
0.0004
4
43
1
11
15
2.4
0.2
0.00005
2.6
0.1
8
--9
--1
53
18
0.7
15
120
36
2200
0.77
1400
240
0.14
380
420
0.0007
0.01
2900
0.2
--30
0.0008
470
--2800
0.1
--5.6
--11
0.14
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Semivolatile Organic Analytical Parameters - PNAs
108-95-2
111-44-4
95-57-8
95-50-1
541-73-1
106-46-7
95-48-7
108-60-1
106-44-5
621-64-7
67-72-1
98-95-3
78-59-1
88-75-5
105-67-9
111-91-1
120-83-2
120-82-1
91-20-3
106-47-8
87-68-3
59-50-7
91-57-6
77-47-4
88-06-2
95-95-4
91-58-7
88-74-4
131-11-3
208-96-8
606-20-2
99-09-2
83-32-9
51-28-5
100-02-7
132-64-9
121-14-2
84-66-2
7005-72-3
86-73-7
100-01-6
534-52-1
86-30-6
101-55-3
118-74-1
87-86-5
Phenol
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether
2-Chlorophenol
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
2-Methylphenol
2,2'-oxybis (1-chloropropane)
4-Methylphenol
N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
Hexachloroethane
Nitrobenzene
Isophorone
2-Nitrophenol
2,4-Dimethylphenol
bis(2-Chloroethoxy) methane
2,4-Dichlorophenol
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
Naphthalene
4-Chloroaniline
Hexachlorobutadiene
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
2-Methylnaphthalene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
2-Chloronaphthalene
2-Nitroaniline
Dimethylphthalate
Acenaphthylene
2,6-dinitrotoluene
3-Nitroanaline
Acenaphthene
2,4-Dinitrophenol
4-Nitrophenol
Dibenzofuran
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
Diethylphthalate
4-Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether
Fluorene
4-Nitroaniline
4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol
N-nitrosodiphenylamine
4-Bromophenyl-phenyl ether
Hexachlorobenzene
Pentachlorophenol
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.948
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.47
NA
NA
0.651
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.997
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.149
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.459
NA
NA
0.245
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.398
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.266
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.142
NA
NA
0.284
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.368
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.025
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.05
NA
NA
<0.05
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.05
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.025
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.05
NA
NA
<0.05
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.05
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
23000
0.6
390
7000
70
--3900
3100
390
0.09
78
39
15600
--1600
--230
780
1600
310
16
5500
310
550
58
7800
6300
230
780000
2300
0.9
23
4700
160
630
160
0.9
63000
--3100
230
7.8
130
--0.4
3
--0.2
53000
560
570
11000
--1300
------92
4600
--------3200
170
--1000
----10
200
----35
1300
----250
----------2000
----1000
------1
---
61000
75
10000
18000
180
--100000
8200
1000
18
2000
1000
410000
--41000
--610
2000
4100
820
41
41000
820
14000
11000
200000
160000
610
1000000
61000
180
61
120000
410
16000
4100
180
1000000
--82000
610
820
4100
--78
520
--0.66
53000
310
570
340
--1300
------9.4
4600
--------920
1.8
--180
----1.1
540
----3.6
1300
----26
----------2000
----110
--1.8
--2.6
---
Table 1 - Terracon Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 7 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
B-102
(4-6)
4' - 6'
B-102
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-104
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-104
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-105
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-106
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-107
(1-3)
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
1.3
0.62
< 0.19
< 0.19
4.2
5.4
< 0.19
< 0.19
3.3
3.2
< 0.95
< 0.19
2.3
2.2
2.9
1.7
1.1
1.7
2
1
NA
NA
8.1
9.4
NA
NA
6.2
6.1
NA
NA
4.5
3.2
5.2
2.9
1.8
3
< 0.038
< 0.038
NA
NA
< 0.038
< 0.038
NA
NA
< 0.038
< 0.038
NA
NA
< 0.038
< 0.038
< 0.038
< 0.038
< 0.038
< 0.038
2.2
0.41
NA
NA
3.5
3.2
NA
NA
1.8
2
NA
NA
1.9
1.5
1.9
1.4
0.76
1.6
7.9
1
NA
NA
0.87
0.71
NA
NA
0.38
0.37
NA
NA
0.3
0.23
0.33
0.2
0.13
0.22
0.52
0.097
NA
NA
0.74
0.69
NA
NA
0.39
0.41
NA
NA
0.37
0.26
0.35
0.24
0.15
0.27
0.05
< 0.037
NA
NA
0.075
0.072
NA
NA
0.042
0.045
NA
NA
0.04
< 0.037
< 0.037
< 0.037
< 0.037
< 0.037
1.5
0.47
NA
NA
3.2
3.4
NA
NA
2
2
NA
NA
1.5
1.4
1.8
1.1
0.67
1.2
2300
23000
32
7800
3100
2300
16000
1
0.9
88
46
1600
0.9
9
0.09
0.9
0.09
2300
------2300
----930
------31000
10000
-------------
61000
610000
6200
200000
82000
61000
410000
280
170
17000
4100
4100
170
1700
17
170
17
61000
------2300
----930
------31000
10000
-------------
1.3
0.25
----2.7
1.9
----1.1
1.2
----1.5
0.99
1.3
0.86
0.2
0.68
1000
59000
2.8
2300
21000
21000
930
0.033
8
800
31000
10000
25
250
82
69
7.6
130000
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.0018
< 0.038
< 0.091
< 0.091
< 0.091
< 0.091
< 0.091
< 0.091
< 0.091
< 0.637
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.1
----0.5
0.1
0.04
0.07
470
0.04
2
23
470
3
470
2
390
23
23
1.8
1.8
0.6
--------------1
0.8
------0.1
3
5
--1
------------------72
72
89
-----------------
20
----96
28
6.1
2.7
1200
7.8
370
61
1200
520
1200
100
1000
61
61
100
100
110
--------------1
2.1
------16
9.3
13
--3.1
----------2100
------22
22
240
-----------------
-----------------------------------------------------------
0.003
----0.047
110
2.5
3.3
90
0.02
270
5
90
80
90
160
780
5
5
48
48
150
-----------------
B-102
(1-3)
1' - 3'
Date Collected 10/24/2012
Units
85-01-8 Phenanthrene
mg/kg
120-12-7 Anthracene
mg/kg
86-74-8 Carbazole
mg/kg
84-74-2 Di-n-butylphthalate
mg/kg
206-44-0 Fluoranthene
mg/kg
129-00-0 Pyrene
mg/kg
85-68-7 Butylbenzylphthalate
mg/kg
91-94-1 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
mg/kg
56-55-3 Benzo(a)anthracene
mg/kg
218-01-9 Chrysene
mg/kg
117-81-7 bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate
mg/kg
117-84-0 Di-n-octylphthalate
mg/kg
205-99-2 Benzo(b)fluoranthene
mg/kg
207-08-9 Benzo(k)fluoranthene
mg/kg
50-32-8 Benzo(a)pyrene
mg/kg
193-39-5 Indeno(1,2,3-c,d)pyrene
mg/kg
53-70-3 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
mg/kg
191-24-2 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
mg/kg
Pesticide and Aroclors Organic Analytical Parameters
319-84-6 alpha-BHC
mg/kg
319-85-7 beta-BHC
mg/kg
319-86-8 delta-BHC
mg/kg
58-89-9 gamma-BHC
mg/kg
76-44-8 Heptachlor
mg/kg
309-00-2 Aldrin
mg/kg
1024-57-3 Heptachlor epoxide
mg/kg
959-98-8 Endosulfan I
mg/kg
60-57-1 Dieldrin
mg/kg
72-55-9 4,4'-DDE
mg/kg
72-20-8 Endrin
mg/kg
33213-65-9 Endosulfan II
mg/kg
72-54-8 4,4'-DDD
mg/kg
1031-07-8 Endosulfan sulfate
mg/kg
50-29-3 4,4'-DDT
mg/kg
72-43-5 Methoxychlor
mg/kg
53494-70-5 Endrin ketone
mg/kg
7421-93-4 Endrin aldehyde
mg/kg
5103-71-9 alpha-Chlordane
mg/kg
5566-34-7 gamma-Chlordane
mg/kg
8001-35-2 Toxaphene
mg/kg
12674-11-2 Aroclor - 1016
mg/kg
11104-28-2 Aroclor - 1221
mg/kg
11141-16-5 Aroclor - 1232
mg/kg
53469-21-9 Aroclor - 1242
mg/kg
12672-29-6 Aroclor - 1248
mg/kg
11097-69-1 Aroclor - 1254
mg/kg
11096-82-5 Aroclor - 1260
mg/kg
1336-36-3 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) mg/kg
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Table 1 - Terracon Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 8 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
B-108
(0-2)
0' - 2'
B-108
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-109
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-110
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-111
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-111
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-112
(1-3)
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
0.041
< 0.038
NA
NA
< 0.038
< 0.038
NA
NA
< 0.038
< 0.038
NA
NA
< 0.038
< 0.038
< 0.038
< 0.038
< 0.038
< 0.038
6.1
1.4
NA
NA
7.7
6.2
NA
NA
3.2
3.3
NA
NA
2.5
2.6
3
1.8
0.98
1.9
0.22
0.048
< 0.21
< 0.21
0.34
0.3
< 0.21
< 0.21
0.17
0.17
<1
< 0.21
0.14
0.13
0.15
0.097
0.06
0.11
0.11
< 0.038
NA
NA
0.29
0.28
NA
NA
0.15
0.16
NA
NA
0.13
0.12
0.15
0.099
< 0.038
0.13
0.51
0.08
NA
NA
0.79
0.81
NA
NA
0.36
0.45
NA
NA
0.33
0.31
0.37
0.24
0.13
0.28
64
18
NA
NA
84
66
NA
NA
35
36
NA
NA
27
23
30
19
10
21
< 0.04
< 0.04
NA
NA
< 0.04
< 0.04
NA
NA
< 0.04
< 0.04
NA
NA
< 0.04
< 0.04
< 0.04
< 0.04
< 0.04
< 0.04
0.11
< 0.05
NA
NA
0.21
0.21
NA
NA
0.12
0.13
NA
NA
0.11
0.095
0.12
0.073
< 0.05
0.084
2300
23000
32
7800
3100
2300
16000
1
0.9
88
46
1600
0.9
9
0.09
0.9
0.09
2300
------2300
----930
------31000
10000
-------------
61000
610000
6200
200000
82000
61000
410000
280
170
17000
4100
4100
170
1700
17
170
17
61000
------2300
----930
------31000
10000
-------------
1.3
0.25
----2.7
1.9
----1.1
1.2
----1.5
0.99
1.3
0.86
0.2
0.68
1000
59000
2.8
2300
21000
21000
930
0.033
8
800
31000
10000
25
250
82
69
7.6
130000
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.002
< 0.042
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.1
< 0.7
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.1
----0.5
0.1
0.04
0.07
470
0.04
2
23
470
3
470
2
390
23
23
1.8
1.8
0.6
--------------1
0.8
------0.1
3
5
--1
------------------72
72
89
-----------------
20
----96
28
6.1
2.7
1200
7.8
370
61
1200
520
1200
100
1000
61
61
100
100
110
--------------1
2.1
------16
9.3
13
--3.1
----------2100
------22
22
240
-----------------
-----------------------------------------------------------
0.003
----0.047
110
2.5
3.3
90
0.02
270
5
90
80
90
160
780
5
5
48
48
150
-----------------
B-107
(8-10)
8' - 10'
Date Collected 10/24/2012
Units
85-01-8 Phenanthrene
mg/kg
120-12-7 Anthracene
mg/kg
86-74-8 Carbazole
mg/kg
84-74-2 Di-n-butylphthalate
mg/kg
206-44-0 Fluoranthene
mg/kg
129-00-0 Pyrene
mg/kg
85-68-7 Butylbenzylphthalate
mg/kg
91-94-1 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
mg/kg
56-55-3 Benzo(a)anthracene
mg/kg
218-01-9 Chrysene
mg/kg
117-81-7 bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate
mg/kg
117-84-0 Di-n-octylphthalate
mg/kg
205-99-2 Benzo(b)fluoranthene
mg/kg
207-08-9 Benzo(k)fluoranthene
mg/kg
50-32-8 Benzo(a)pyrene
mg/kg
193-39-5 Indeno(1,2,3-c,d)pyrene
mg/kg
53-70-3 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
mg/kg
191-24-2 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
mg/kg
Pesticide and Aroclors Organic Analytical Parameters
319-84-6 alpha-BHC
mg/kg
319-85-7 beta-BHC
mg/kg
319-86-8 delta-BHC
mg/kg
58-89-9 gamma-BHC
mg/kg
76-44-8 Heptachlor
mg/kg
309-00-2 Aldrin
mg/kg
1024-57-3 Heptachlor epoxide
mg/kg
959-98-8 Endosulfan I
mg/kg
60-57-1 Dieldrin
mg/kg
72-55-9 4,4'-DDE
mg/kg
72-20-8 Endrin
mg/kg
33213-65-9 Endosulfan II
mg/kg
72-54-8 4,4'-DDD
mg/kg
1031-07-8 Endosulfan sulfate
mg/kg
50-29-3 4,4'-DDT
mg/kg
72-43-5 Methoxychlor
mg/kg
53494-70-5 Endrin ketone
mg/kg
7421-93-4 Endrin aldehyde
mg/kg
5103-71-9 alpha-Chlordane
mg/kg
5566-34-7 gamma-Chlordane
mg/kg
8001-35-2 Toxaphene
mg/kg
12674-11-2 Aroclor - 1016
mg/kg
11104-28-2 Aroclor - 1221
mg/kg
11141-16-5 Aroclor - 1232
mg/kg
53469-21-9 Aroclor - 1242
mg/kg
12672-29-6 Aroclor - 1248
mg/kg
11097-69-1 Aroclor - 1254
mg/kg
11096-82-5 Aroclor - 1260
mg/kg
1336-36-3 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) mg/kg
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Table 1 - Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 9 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
BP-01
BP-02
BP-03
BP-04
BP-05
-
-
-
-
-
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
6.4
1.48
NA
NA
8.59
5.73
NA
NA
3.92
3.42
NA
NA
4.21
2.87
4.47
3.16
0.805
2.9
1.64
0.911
NA
NA
6.06
4.81
NA
NA
3.32
2.59
NA
NA
2.36
2.81
3.46
2.13
0.639
1.87
2.86
0.586
NA
NA
3.98
2.38
NA
NA
1.61
1.41
NA
NA
1.43
1.7
1.79
1.35
0.335
1.23
<0.05
<0.05
NA
NA
<0.05
<0.05
NA
NA
<0.0087
<0.05
NA
NA
<0.011
<0.011
<0.015
<0.029
<0.02
<0.05
<0.05
<0.05
NA
NA
<0.05
<0.05
NA
NA
<0.0087
<0.05
NA
NA
<0.011
<0.011
<0.015
<0.029
<0.02
<0.05
2300
23000
32
7800
3100
2300
16000
1
0.9
88
46
1600
0.9
9
0.09
0.9
0.09
2300
------2300
----930
------31000
10000
-------------
61000
610000
6200
200000
82000
61000
410000
280
170
17000
4100
4100
170
1700
17
170
17
61000
------2300
----930
------31000
10000
-------------
1.3
0.25
----2.7
1.9
----1.1
1.2
----1.5
0.99
1.3
0.86
0.2
0.68
1000
59000
2.8
2300
21000
21000
930
0.033
8
800
31000
10000
25
250
82
69
7.6
130000
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.1
----0.5
0.1
0.04
0.07
470
0.04
2
23
470
3
470
2
390
23
23
1.8
1.8
0.6
--------------1
0.8
------0.1
3
5
--1
------------------72
72
89
-----------------
20
----96
28
6.1
2.7
1200
7.8
370
61
1200
520
1200
100
1000
61
61
100
100
110
--------------1
2.1
------16
9.3
13
--3.1
----------2100
------22
22
240
-----------------
-----------------------------------------------------------
0.003
----0.047
110
2.5
3.3
90
0.02
270
5
90
80
90
160
780
5
5
48
48
150
-----------------
Date Collected 11/8/2010
Units
85-01-8 Phenanthrene
mg/kg
120-12-7 Anthracene
mg/kg
86-74-8 Carbazole
mg/kg
84-74-2 Di-n-butylphthalate
mg/kg
206-44-0 Fluoranthene
mg/kg
129-00-0 Pyrene
mg/kg
85-68-7 Butylbenzylphthalate
mg/kg
91-94-1 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
mg/kg
56-55-3 Benzo(a)anthracene
mg/kg
218-01-9 Chrysene
mg/kg
117-81-7 bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate
mg/kg
117-84-0 Di-n-octylphthalate
mg/kg
205-99-2 Benzo(b)fluoranthene
mg/kg
207-08-9 Benzo(k)fluoranthene
mg/kg
50-32-8 Benzo(a)pyrene
mg/kg
193-39-5 Indeno(1,2,3-c,d)pyrene
mg/kg
53-70-3 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
mg/kg
191-24-2 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
mg/kg
Pesticide and Aroclors Organic Analytical Parameters
319-84-6 alpha-BHC
mg/kg
319-85-7 beta-BHC
mg/kg
319-86-8 delta-BHC
mg/kg
58-89-9 gamma-BHC
mg/kg
76-44-8 Heptachlor
mg/kg
309-00-2 Aldrin
mg/kg
1024-57-3 Heptachlor epoxide
mg/kg
959-98-8 Endosulfan I
mg/kg
60-57-1 Dieldrin
mg/kg
72-55-9 4,4'-DDE
mg/kg
72-20-8 Endrin
mg/kg
33213-65-9 Endosulfan II
mg/kg
72-54-8 4,4'-DDD
mg/kg
1031-07-8 Endosulfan sulfate
mg/kg
50-29-3 4,4'-DDT
mg/kg
72-43-5 Methoxychlor
mg/kg
53494-70-5 Endrin ketone
mg/kg
7421-93-4 Endrin aldehyde
mg/kg
5103-71-9 alpha-Chlordane
mg/kg
5566-34-7 gamma-Chlordane
mg/kg
8001-35-2 Toxaphene
mg/kg
12674-11-2 Aroclor - 1016
mg/kg
11104-28-2 Aroclor - 1221
mg/kg
11141-16-5 Aroclor - 1232
mg/kg
53469-21-9 Aroclor - 1242
mg/kg
12672-29-6 Aroclor - 1248
mg/kg
11097-69-1 Aroclor - 1254
mg/kg
11096-82-5 Aroclor - 1260
mg/kg
1336-36-3 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) mg/kg
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Table 1 - Terracon Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 10 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
B-102
(1-3)
1' - 3'
Date Collected 10/24/2012
B-102
(4-6)
4' - 6'
B-102
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-104
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-104
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-105
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-106
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-107
(1-3)
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
Units
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Inorganic Analytical Parameters
7429-90-5 Aluminum
7440-36-0 Antimony
7440-38-2 Arsenic
7440-39-3 Barium
7440-41-7 Beryllium
7440-43-9 Cadmium
7440-70-2 Calcium
7440-47-3 Chromium
7440-48-4 Cobalt
7440-50-8 Copper
7439-89-6 Iron
7439-92-1 Lead
7439-95-4 Magnesium
7439-96-5 Manganese
7439-97-6 Mercury
7440-02-0 Nickel
7440-09-7 Potassium
7782-49-2 Selenium
7440-22-4 Silver
7440-23-5 Sodium
7440-28-0 Thallium
7440-62-2 Vanadium
7440-66-6 Zinc
57-12-5 Cyanide
Inorganic Analytical Parameters (SPLP)
7429-90-5 Aluminum
7440-48-4 Cobalt
7439-89-6 Iron
7439-92-1 Lead
7782-49-2 Selenium
7439-92-1 Lead (TCLP)
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
6300
< 2.3
7.4
49
< 0.58
< 0.58
35000
11
6.2
17
13000
66
17000
370
0.31
17
890
< 1.2
< 1.2
240
< 1.2
19
60
< 0.29
NA
NA
5.8
35
NA
< 0.6
NA
8.1
NA
NA
NA
54
NA
NA
0.068
NA
NA
< 1.2
< 1.2
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
10
290
NA
1.2
NA
10
NA
NA
NA
520
NA
NA
0.53
NA
NA
< 1.3
< 1.3
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
6.5
43
NA
< 0.54
NA
9.2
NA
NA
NA
87
NA
NA
0.033
NA
NA
1.3
< 1.1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
8.8
64
NA
< 0.58
NA
9.5
NA
NA
NA
110
NA
NA
0.16
NA
NA
< 1.2
< 1.2
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
2.8
18
NA
< 0.58
NA
4.4
NA
NA
NA
33
NA
NA
0.024
NA
NA
< 1.2
< 1.2
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
6.2
56
NA
< 0.56
NA
11
NA
NA
NA
71
NA
NA
0.096
NA
NA
< 1.1
< 1.1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
78000
31
13
5500
160
78
--230
4700
2900
--400
325000
1600
23
1600
--390
390
--6.3
550
23000
1600
1000000
--750
690000
1300
1800
--270
----------69000
10
13000
-----------------
410000
82
61
14000
410
200
--4100
12000
8200
--700
730000
4100
61
4100
--1000
1000
--160
1400
61000
4100
870000
--25000
870000
44000
59000
--690
----------8700
0.1
440000
-----------------
9500
4.0
13
110
0.59
0.6
9300
16.2
8.9
19.6
15900
36
4820
636
0.06
18
1268
0.48
0.55
130
0.32
25.2
95
0.51
-------------------------------------------------
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.059
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
< 0.004
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
5
1
5
0.1
0.05
0.1
Table 1 - Terracon Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 11 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
B-107
(8-10)
8' - 10'
Date Collected 10/24/2012
B-108
(0-2)
0' - 2'
B-108
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-109
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-110
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-111
(1-3)
1' - 3'
B-111
(8-10)
8' - 10'
B-112
(1-3)
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
10/24/2012
Units
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Inorganic Analytical Parameters
7429-90-5 Aluminum
7440-36-0 Antimony
7440-38-2 Arsenic
7440-39-3 Barium
7440-41-7 Beryllium
7440-43-9 Cadmium
7440-70-2 Calcium
7440-47-3 Chromium
7440-48-4 Cobalt
7440-50-8 Copper
7439-89-6 Iron
7439-92-1 Lead
7439-95-4 Magnesium
7439-96-5 Manganese
7439-97-6 Mercury
7440-02-0 Nickel
7440-09-7 Potassium
7782-49-2 Selenium
7440-22-4 Silver
7440-23-5 Sodium
7440-28-0 Thallium
7440-62-2 Vanadium
7440-66-6 Zinc
57-12-5 Cyanide
Inorganic Analytical Parameters (SPLP)
7429-90-5 Aluminum
7440-39-3 Barium
7440-43-9 Cadmium
7440-48-4 Cobalt
7440-50-8 Copper
7439-89-6 Iron
7439-92-1 Lead
7440-02-0 Nickel
7782-49-2 Selenium
7440-22-4 Silver
7439-92-1 Lead (TCLP)
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
NA
NA
6.6
76
NA
< 0.57
NA
20
NA
NA
NA
18
NA
NA
< 0.022
NA
NA
< 1.1
< 1.1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
2.9
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
120
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
13000
< 2.3
12
59
0.57
< 0.57
74000
18
11
23
25000
23
31000
570
0.028
34
2300
< 1.1
< 1.1
440
< 1.1
21
47
0.34
NA
NA
2.3
16
NA
< 0.62
NA
4.9
NA
NA
NA
23
NA
NA
0.07
NA
NA
< 1.2
< 1.2
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
8.7
120
NA
< 0.56
NA
8.4
NA
NA
NA
400
NA
NA
0.24
NA
NA
< 1.1
< 1.1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
19
310
NA
3
NA
21 / <0.58**
NA
NA
NA
760
NA
NA
0.47
NA
NA
1.6
1.3
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
4.8
66
NA
< 0.61
NA
13
NA
NA
NA
14
NA
NA
< 0.022
NA
NA
1.4
< 1.2
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
3.7
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
21
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
78000
31
13
5500
160
78
--230
4700
2900
--400
325000
1600
23
1600
--390
390
--6.3
550
23000
1600
1000000
--750
690000
1300
1800
--270
----------69000
10
13000
-----------------
410000
82
61
14000
410
200
--4100
12000
8200
--700
730000
4100
61
4100
--1000
1000
--160
1400
61000
4100
870000
--25000
870000
44000
59000
--690
----------8700
0.1
440000
-----------------
9500
4.0
13
110
0.59
0.6
9300
16.2
8.9
19.6
15900
36
4820
636
0.06
18
1268
0.48
0.55
130
0.32
25.2
95
0.51
-------------------------------------------------
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1.6
NA
NA
< 0.004
< 0.02
1.8
NA
< 0.008
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
0.023
< 0.002
NA
NA
NA
0.011
NA
NA
< 0.05
0.12
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
-----------------------
-----------------------
-----------------------
-----------------------
-----------------------
5
2
0.05
1
0.65
5
0.1
2
0.05
--0.1
Table 1 - Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 12 of 12
Sample Location/Identification
Sample Depth (feet)
BP-01
BP-02
BP-03
BP-04
BP-05
-
-
-
-
-
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
11/8/2010
Date Collected 11/8/2010
Units
Chicago
Soil Component
of the
Groundwater
Ingestion Route
Values
Class II
Tier 1 Soil Remediation Objectives for Residential
Properties
Construction
Workers
Ingestion Inhalation Ingestion Inhalation
Occupants
Background
Inorganic Analytical Parameters
7429-90-5 Aluminum
7440-36-0 Antimony
7440-38-2 Arsenic
7440-39-3 Barium
7440-41-7 Beryllium
7440-43-9 Cadmium
7440-70-2 Calcium
7440-47-3 Chromium
7440-48-4 Cobalt
7440-50-8 Copper
7439-89-6 Iron
7439-92-1 Lead
7439-95-4 Magnesium
7439-96-5 Manganese
7439-97-6 Mercury
7440-02-0 Nickel
7440-09-7 Potassium
7782-49-2 Selenium
7440-22-4 Silver
7440-23-5 Sodium
7440-28-0 Thallium
7440-62-2 Vanadium
7440-66-6 Zinc
57-12-5 Cyanide
Inorganic Analytical Parameters (SPLP)
7429-90-5 Aluminum
7440-48-4 Cobalt
7439-89-6 Iron
7439-92-1 Lead
7782-49-2 Selenium
7439-92-1 Lead (TCLP)
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
mg/kg
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
78000
31
13
5500
160
78
--230
4700
2900
--400
325000
1600
23
1600
--390
390
--6.3
550
23000
1600
1000000
--750
690000
1300
1800
--270
----------69000
10
13000
-----------------
410000
82
61
14000
410
200
--4100
12000
8200
--700
730000
4100
61
4100
--1000
1000
--160
1400
61000
4100
870000
--25000
870000
44000
59000
--690
----------8700
0.1
440000
-----------------
9500
4.0
13
110
0.59
0.6
9300
16.2
8.9
19.6
15900
36
4820
636
0.06
18
1268
0.48
0.55
130
0.32
25.2
95
0.51
-------------------------------------------------
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
-------------
5
1
5
0.1
0.05
0.1
Table 2 - Terracon pH-Specific Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 1 of 2
CAS Number
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-41-7
7440-43-9
18540-29-9
7440-50-8
57-12-5
7439-92-1
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7782-49-2
7440-22-4
7440-28-0
7440-62-2
7440-66-6
95-57-8
120-83-2
87-86-5
95-95-4
88-06-2
534-52-1
100-02-7
Sample Location
B‐102 (1‐3)
Sample Depth (feet)
Date Sampled
pH (Standard Units)
Chemical
Units
Antimony
mg/kg
Arsenic
mg/kg
Barium
mg/kg
Beryllium
mg/kg
Cadmium
mg/kg
Chromium *
mg/kg
Copper
mg/kg
Cyanide
mg/kg
Lead
mg/kg
Mercury
mg/kg
Nickel
mg/kg
Selenium
mg/kg
Silver
mg/kg
Thallium
mg/kg
Vanadium
mg/kg
Zinc
mg/kg
2-Chlorophenol
mg/kg
2,4-Dichlorophenol
mg/kg
Pentachlorophenol
mg/kg
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
mg/kg
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
mg/kg
4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol mg/kg
4-Nitrophenol
mg/kg
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
B‐102 (4‐6)
Class II
Objective
8.3
< 2.3
7.4
49
< 0.58
< 0.58
NA
17
< 0.29
66
0.31
17
< 1.2
< 1.2
< 1.2
19
60
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.038
< 0.19
< 0.19
< 0.38
< 0.38
4' - 6'
10/24/2012
B‐104 (1‐3)
Class II
Objective
8.3
20
130
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
120
1420
NE
NE
1.8
NE
44
NE
NE
2.2
0.56
0.1
36
0.07
0.0031
0.23
NA
5.8
35
NA
< 0.6
NA
NA
NA
54
0.068
NA
< 1.2
< 1.2
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
B‐104 (8‐10)
Class II
Objective
8.9
20
130
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
120
1420
NE
NE
1.8
NE
44
NE
NE
2.2
0.56
0.1
36
0.07
0.0031
0.23
NA
10
290
NA
1.2
NA
NA
NA
520
0.53
NA
< 1.3
< 1.3
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Notes:
Remediation Objectives from 35 Illinois Administrative Code Chapter 742: Tiered Approach to Corrective Action Objectives .
mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram, generally equivalent to ppm
NA = Not Applicable
NE = Not Established
* Hexavalent Chromium
8' - 10'
10/24/2012
B‐105 (1‐3)
Class II
Objective
10.6
20
130
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
120
3760
NE
NE
1.3
NE
49
NE
NE
1.5
0.48
0.1
26
0.07
0.0031
0.23
NA
6.5
43
NA
< 0.54
NA
NA
NA
87
0.033
NA
1.3
< 1.1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
B‐106 (1‐3)
Class II
Objective
8
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NA
8.8
64
NA
< 0.58
NA
NA
NA
110
0.16
NA
< 1.2
< 1.2
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
Class II
Objective
8
20
120
2100
1000000
4300
NE
330000
120
1420
40
76000
2.4
NE
38
NE
110000
3.1
0.69
0.1
64
0.07
0.0031
0.23
NA
2.8
18
NA
< 0.58
NA
NA
NA
33
0.024
NA
< 1.2
< 1.2
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
20
120
2100
1000000
4300
NE
330000
120
1420
40
76000
2.4
NE
38
NE
110000
3.1
0.69
0.1
64
0.07
0.0031
0.23
Table 2 - Terracon pH-Specific Soil Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 2 of 2
CAS Number
7440-36-0
7440-38-2
7440-39-3
7440-41-7
7440-43-9
18540-29-9
7440-50-8
57-12-5
7439-92-1
7439-97-6
7440-02-0
7782-49-2
7440-22-4
7440-28-0
7440-62-2
7440-66-6
95-57-8
120-83-2
87-86-5
95-95-4
88-06-2
534-52-1
100-02-7
Sample Location
B‐107 (1‐3)
Sample Depth (feet)
Date Sampled
pH (Standard Units)
Chemical
Units
Antimony
mg/kg
Arsenic
mg/kg
Barium
mg/kg
Beryllium
mg/kg
Cadmium
mg/kg
Chromium *
mg/kg
Copper
mg/kg
Cyanide
mg/kg
Lead
mg/kg
Mercury
mg/kg
Nickel
mg/kg
Selenium
mg/kg
Silver
mg/kg
Thallium
mg/kg
Vanadium
mg/kg
Zinc
mg/kg
2-Chlorophenol
mg/kg
2,4-Dichlorophenol
mg/kg
Pentachlorophenol
mg/kg
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
mg/kg
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
mg/kg
4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol mg/kg
4-Nitrophenol
mg/kg
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
B‐107 (8‐10)
Class II
Objective
8.4
NA
6.2
56
NA
< 0.56
NA
NA
NA
71
0.096
NA
< 1.1
< 1.1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
8' - 10'
10/24/2012
B‐108 (8‐10)
Class II
Objective
8.2
20
130
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
120
1420
NE
NE
1.8
NE
44
NE
NE
2.2
0.56
0.1
36
0.07
0.0031
0.23
NA
6.6
76
NA
< 0.57
NA
NA
NA
18
< 0.022
NA
< 1.1
< 1.1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
8' - 10'
10/24/2012
B‐109 (1‐3)
Class II
Objective
10.6
20
120
2100
1000000
4300
NE
330000
120
1420
40
76000
2.4
NE
38
NE
110000
3.1
0.69
0.1
64
0.07
0.0031
0.23
< 2.3
12
59
0.57
< 0.57
NA
23
0.34
23
0.028
34
< 1.1
< 1.1
< 1.1
21
47
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.042
< 0.21
< 0.21
< 0.42
< 0.42
Notes:
Remediation Objectives from 35 Illinois Administrative Code Chapter 742: Tiered Approach to Corrective Action Objectives .
mg/kg = milligrams per kilogram, generally equivalent to ppm
NA = Not Applicable
NE = Not Established
* Hexavalent Chromium
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
B‐110 (1‐3)
Class II
Objective
8.9
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NA
2.3
16
NA
< 0.62
NA
NA
NA
23
0.07
NA
< 1.2
< 1.2
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
B‐111 (1‐3)
Class II
Objective
8.7
20
130
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
120
3760
NE
NE
1.3
NE
49
NE
NE
1.5
0.48
0.1
26
0.07
0.0031
0.23
NA
8.7
120
NA
< 0.56
NA
NA
NA
400
0.24
NA
< 1.1
< 1.1
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1' - 3'
10/24/2012
B‐111 (8‐10)
Class II
Objective
8.4
20
130
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
120
1420
NE
NE
1.8
NE
44
NE
NE
2.2
0.56
0.1
36
0.07
0.0031
0.23
NA
19
310
NA
3
< 0.58
NA
NA
760
0.47
NA
1.6
1.3
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
8' - 10'
10/24/2012
Class II
Objective
8.1
20
130
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
120
1420
NE
NE
1.8
NE
44
NE
NE
2.2
0.56
0.1
36
0.07
0.0031
0.23
NA
4.8
66
NA
< 0.61
NA
NA
NA
14
< 0.022
NA
1.4
< 1.2
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
20
120
2100
1000000
4300
NE
330000
120
1420
40
76000
2.4
NE
38
NE
110000
3.1
0.69
0.1
64
0.07
0.0031
0.23
Table 3 - Terracon Groundwater Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 1 of 3
Sample Location/Identification
Date Collected
Volatile Organic Analytical Parameters
74-87-3
Chloromethane
74-83-9
Bromomethane
75-01-4
Vinyl Chloride
75-00-3
Chloroethane
75-09-2
Methylene Chloride
67-64-1
Acetone
75-15-0
Carbon Disulfide
75-35-4
1,1-Dichloroethene
75-34-3
1,1-Dichloroethane
156-59-2
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene
156-60-5
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene
67-66-3
Chloroform
107-06-2
1,2-Dichloroethane
78-93-3
2-Butanone
71-55-6
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
56-23-5
Carbon Tetrachloride
75-27-4
Bromodichloromethane
78-87-5
1,2-Dichloropropane
542-75-6
1,3-Dichloropropene (cis + trans)
79-01-6
Trichloroethene
124-48-1
Dibromochloromethane
79-00-5
1,1,2-Trichloroethane
71-43-2
Benzene
75-25-2
Bromoform
1634-04-4 Methyl Tertiary-Butyl Ether
108-10-1
4-Methyl-2-pentanone
591-78-6
2-Hexanone
127-18-4
Tetrachloroethene
108-88-3
Toluene
79-34-5
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
108-90-7
Chlorobenzene
100-41-4
Ethylbenzene
100-42-5
Styrene
1330-20-7 Xylenes (total)
Units
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
MW‐101
MW‐105
MW‐112
10/31/2012
10/31/2012
10/31/2012
Tier 1
Groundwater
Remediation
Objectives
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0050
<0.0050
<0.0050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0050
<0.0050
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0050
<0.0050
<0.0050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0050
<0.0050
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0050
<0.0050
<0.0050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.0050
<0.0050
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
<0.00050
<0.0010
<0.0010
Class II
0.14
0.049
0.01
14
0.05
6.3
3.5
0.035
3.5
0.2
0.5
0.001
0.025
4.2
1.0
0.025
0.0002
0.025
0.0025
0.025
0.14
0.05
0.025
0.001
0.07
0.56
0.28
0.025
2.5
0.42
0.5
1.0
0.5
10.0
Table 3 - Terracon Groundwater Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 2 of 3
Sample Location/Identification
Date Collected
Semivolatile Organic Analytical Parameters
108-95-2
Phenol
111-44-4
bis(2-Chloroethyl) ether
95-57-8
2-Chlorophenol (pH 4.9-7.3)
95-57-8
2-Chlorophenol (pH 7.4-8.0)
95-50-1
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
541-73-1
1,3-Dichlorobenzene
106-46-7
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
95-48-7
2-Methylphenol
108-60-1
2,2'-oxybis (1-chloropropane)
106-44-5
4-Methylphenol
621-64-7
N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
67-72-1
Hexachloroethane
98-95-3
Nitrobenzene
78-59-1
Isophorone
88-75-5
2-Nitrophenol
105-67-9
2,4-Dimethylphenol
111-91-1
bis(2-Chloroethoxy) methane
120-83-2
2,4-Dichlorophenol
120-82-1
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene
91-20-3
Naphthalene
106-47-8
4-Chloroaniline
87-68-3
Hexachlorobutadiene
59-50-7
4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
91-57-6
2-Methylnaphthalene
77-47-4
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
88-06-2
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol (pH 4.9-6.8)
88-06-2
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol (pH 6.9-8.0)
95-95-4
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol (pH 4.9-7.8)
95-95-4
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol (pH 7.9-8.0)
91-58-7
2-Chloronaphthalene
88-74-4
2-Nitroaniline
131-11-3
Dimethylphthalate
208-96-8
Acenaphthylene
606-20-2
2,6-dinitrotoluene
99-09-2
3-Nitroanaline
83-32-9
Acenaphthene
51-28-5
2,4-Dinitrophenol
100-02-7
4-Nitrophenol
132-64-9
Dibenzofuran
121-14-2
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
84-66-2
Diethylphthalate
7005-72-3 4-Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether
86-73-7
Fluorene
100-01-6
4-Nitroaniline
534-52-1
4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol
86-30-6
N-nitrosodiphenylamine
101-55-3
4-Bromophenyl-phenyl ether
118-74-1
Hexachlorobenzene
87-86-5
Pentachlorophenol
85-01-8
Phenanthrene
120-12-7
Anthracene
86-74-8
Carbazole
84-74-2
Di-n-butylphthalate
206-44-0
Fluoranthene
129-00-0
Pyrene
85-68-7
Butylbenzylphthalate
91-94-1
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
56-55-3
Benzo(a)anthracene
218-01-9
Chrysene
117-81-7
bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate
117-84-0
Di-n-octylphthalate
205-99-2
Benzo(b)fluoranthene
207-08-9
Benzo(k)fluoranthene
50-32-8
Benzo(a)pyrene
193-39-5
Indeno(1,2,3-c,d)pyrene
53-70-3
Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
191-24-2
Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
MW‐101
MW‐105
MW‐112
10/31/2012
10/31/2012
10/31/2012
Tier 1
Groundwater
Remediation
Objectives
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.0020
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.0020
NA
NA
<0.0020
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.0020
<0.0020
NA
NA
<0.0020
<0.0020
NA
NA
<0.00026
<0.0010
NA
NA
<0.00034
<0.00036
<0.00040
<0.00040
<0.00060
<0.0020
<0.010
<0.0040
<0.010
<0.010
<0.0040
<0.0040
<0.0040
<0.0040
<0.0040
<0.0040
<0.0010
<0.010
<0.0020
<0.0040
<0.020
<0.020
<0.0040
<0.020
<0.0040
<0.0020
<0.020
<0.010
<0.020
<0.0010
<0.040
<0.010
<0.010
<0.020
<0.020
<0.0040
<0.010
<0.0040
<0.0020
<0.0010
<0.020
<0.0020
<0.040
<0.040
<0.0040
<0.0020
<0.0040
<0.010
<0.0020
<0.020
<0.040
<0.0020
<0.010
<0.0010
<0.040
<0.0020
<0.0020
<0.010
<0.010
<0.0020
<0.0020
<0.0040
<0.010
<0.00026
<0.0010
<0.020
<0.020
<0.00034
<0.00036
<0.00040
<0.00040
<0.00060
<0.0020
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.0020
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.0020
NA
NA
<0.0020
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.0020
<0.0020
NA
NA
<0.0020
<0.0020
NA
NA
0.00019
<0.0010
NA
NA
0.00018
0.00019
0.00019
<0.00040
<0.00060
<0.0020
Class II
0.1
0.01
0.175
0.035
1.5
0.0315
0.375
0.35
0.28
0.035
0.0018
0.035
0.0035
1.4
--0.14
--0.021
0.7
0.22
0.028
0.007
2.45
0.14
0.5
0.05
0.01
3.5
0.7
2.8
0.021
70
1.05
0.00031
0.0021
2.1
0.014
0.056
0.07
0.00002
5.6
--1.4
0.021
0.0007
0.016
--0.0003
0.005
1.05
10.5
--3.5
1.4
1.05
7
0.1
0.00065
0.0075
0.06
0.7
0.0009
0.00085
0.002
0.00215
0.0015
1.05
Table 3 - Terracon Groundwater Analytical Results
Proposed Skinner Park
1352 - 1358 W Monroe St, Chicago, Illinois
Page 3 of 3
Sample Location/Identification
Date Collected
MW‐101
MW‐105
MW‐112
10/31/2012
10/31/2012
10/31/2012
Tier 1
Groundwater
Remediation
Objectives
Pesticide and Aroclors Organic Analytical Parameters
319-84-6
alpha-BHC
319-85-7
beta-BHC
319-86-8
delta-BHC
58-89-9
gamma-BHC
76-44-8
Heptachlor
309-00-2
Aldrin
1024-57-3 Heptachlor epoxide
959-98-8
Endosulfan I
60-57-1
Dieldrin
72-55-9
4,4'-DDE
72-20-8
Endrin
33213-65-9 Endosulfan II
72-54-8
4,4'-DDD
1031-07-8 Endosulfan sulfate
50-29-3
4,4'-DDT
72-43-5
Methoxychlor
53494-70-5 Endrin ketone
7421-93-4 Endrin aldehyde
57-74-9
Chlordane
8001-35-2 Toxaphene
12674-11-2 Aroclor - 1016
11104-28-2 Aroclor - 1221
11141-16-5 Aroclor - 1232
53469-21-9 Aroclor - 1242
12672-29-6 Aroclor - 1248
11097-69-1 Aroclor - 1254
11096-82-5 Aroclor - 1260
1336-36-3 Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000096
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000096
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000096
<0.000048
<0.000048
<0.000096
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.00048
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000093
<0.000047
<0.000047
<0.000093
<0.00047
<0.00047
<0.00047
<0.00047
<0.00047
<0.00047
<0.00047
<0.00047
<0.00047
Class II
0.00055
----0.001
0.002
0.07
0.001
0.21
0.045
0.05
0.01
0.21
0.07
0.21
0.03
0.2
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.015
--------------0.0025
Herbicide Analytical Parameters
1918-00-9 Dicamba
94-75-7
2,4-D
93-72-1
Silvex (2,4,5-TP)
93-76-5
2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic Acid
1918-02-1 Picloram
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.00093
<0.00093
<0.00093
<0.00093
<0.00047
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Class II
0.21
0.35
0.25
1.4
5.0
NA
NA
<0.010
0.20
NA
0.0009
NA
<0.010
NA
NA
NA
0.006
NA
NA
<0.00020
NA
NA
<0.010
<0.0050
NA
NA
NA
NA
Class II
5
0.024
0.2
2
0.5
0.05
--1
1
0.65
5
0.1
--10
0.01
2
--0.05
----0.02
0.1
10
Inorganic Analytical Parameters
7429-90-5 Aluminum
7440-36-0 Antimony
7440-38-2 Arsenic
7440-39-3 Barium
7440-41-7 Beryllium
7440-43-9 Cadmium
7440-70-2 Calcium
7440-47-3 Chromium
7440-48-4 Cobalt
7440-50-8 Copper
7439-89-6 Iron
7439-92-1 Lead
7439-95-4 Magnesium
7439-96-5 Manganese
7439-97-6 Mercury
7440-02-0 Nickel
7440-09-7 Potassium
7782-49-2 Selenium
7440-22-4 Silver
7440-23-5 Sodium
7440-28-0 Thallium
7440-62-2 Vanadium
7440-66-6 Zinc
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
NA
NA
<0.010
0.18
NA
0.0012
NA
<0.010
NA
NA
NA
0.0028
NA
NA
<0.00020
NA
NA
<0.010
<0.0050
NA
NA
NA
NA
<0.10
0.004
0.0016
0.19
<0.0010
<0.00050
290.00
<0.0050
0.0012
0.0025
<0.10
<0.00050
82.00
0.82
<0.00020
0.0035
20.00
<0.0025
<0.00050
27.00
<0.0020
0.0011
<0.020
1
2
3
4
ANALYTICAL REPORT
TestAmerica Laboratories, Inc.
TestAmerica Chicago
2417 Bond Street
University Park, IL 60484
Tel: (708)534-5200
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
Client Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
For:
Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
650 West Lake Street
Suite 420
Chicago, Illinois 60661
Attn: Richard M O'Brien
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Authorized for release by:
10/30/2012 3:53:48 PM
Jim Knapp
Customer Service Manager
jim.knapp@testamericainc.com
The test results in this report meet all 2003 NELAC and 2009 TNI requirements for accredited
parameters, exceptions are noted in this report. This report may not be reproduced except in full,
and with written approval from the laboratory. For questions please contact the Project Manager
at the e-mail address or telephone number listed on this page.
This report has been electronically signed and authorized by the signatory. Electronic signature is
intended to be the legally binding equivalent of a traditionally handwritten signature.
Results relate only to the items tested and the sample(s) as received by the laboratory.
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
Table of Contents
Cover Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Case Narrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detection Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Method Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sample Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client Sample Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QC Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surrogate Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QC Sample Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chronicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certification Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chain of Custody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receipt Checklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
14
16
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
25
26
28
29
12
13
14
15
Page 2 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
Case Narrative
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
1
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Job ID: 500-51668-1
Laboratory: TestAmerica Chicago
4
Narrative
5
Job Narrative
500-51668-1
6
Comments
No additional comments.
7
Receipt
The sample was received on 10/24/2012 3:42 PM; the sample arrived in good condition, properly preserved and, where required, on ice.
The temperature of the cooler at receipt was 4.4º C.
8
9
GC/MS VOA
No analytical or quality issues were noted.
10
GC/MS Semi VOA
Method(s) 8270C: The matrix spike (MS) recovery for Pyridine and for two surrogates in sample -1 was above the control limits. The
associated laboratory control sample (LCS) recovery met acceptance criteria. No corrective action was required. B-100-WC (500-51668-1)
11
12
No other analytical or quality issues were noted.
13
GC Semi VOA
No analytical or quality issues were noted.
14
Metals
No analytical or quality issues were noted.
15
General Chemistry
No analytical or quality issues were noted.
Organic Prep
No analytical or quality issues were noted.
Page 3 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
Detection Summary
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Analyte
Flashpoint
Analyte
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1
Result Qualifier
NONE
>176
Result Qualifier
pH
7.95
Paint Filter
pass
NONE Unit
Degrees F
RL
0.200
MDL Unit
0.200 SU
mL/100g
Dil Fac D Method
1
1010
Dil Fac D Method
Prep Type
Total/NA
Prep Type
1
9045C
Total/NA
1
9095A
Total/NA
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Page 4 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
Method Summary
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
1
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
Method
Method Description
Protocol
Laboratory
8260B
TCLP Volatiles
SW846
TAL CHI
8270C
TCLP Semivolatiles
SW846
TAL CHI
8082
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) by Gas Chromatography
SW846
TAL CHI
6010B
TCLP Metals (ICP)
SW846
TAL CHI
7470A
TCLP Mercury
SW846
TAL CHI
1010
Ignitability, Pensky-Martens Closed-Cup Method
SW846
TAL CHI
7.3.4
Reactive Sulfide
EPA
TAL CHI
9014
Reactive Cyanide
SW846
TAL CHI
9023
Organic Halides, Extractable (EOX)
SW846
TAL NSH
9045C
pH
SW846
TAL CHI
9066
Phenolics, Total Recoverable
SW846
TAL CHI
9095A
Paint Filter
SW846
TAL CHI
Moisture
Percent Moisture
EPA
TAL CHI
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Protocol References:
EPA = US Environmental Protection Agency
11
SW846 = "Test Methods For Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods", Third Edition, November 1986 And Its Updates.
12
Laboratory References:
TAL CHI = TestAmerica Chicago, 2417 Bond Street, University Park, IL 60484, TEL (708)534-5200
13
TAL NSH = TestAmerica Nashville, 2960 Foster Creighton Drive, Nashville, TN 37204, TEL (615)726-0177
14
15
Page 5 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
Sample Summary
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Matrix
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Solid
Collected
Received
10/24/12 14:00
10/24/12 15:42
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Page 6 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
Client Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1
Date Collected: 10/24/12 14:00
Date Received: 10/24/12 15:42
Matrix: Solid
4
Method: 8260B - TCLP Volatiles - TCLP
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Benzene
<0.020
0.020
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 15:07
20
Carbon tetrachloride
<0.020
0.020
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 15:07
20
Chlorobenzene
<0.020
0.020
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 15:07
20
Chloroform
<0.020
0.020
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 15:07
20
1,2-Dichloroethane
<0.020
0.020
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 15:07
20
1,1-Dichloroethene
<0.020
0.020
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 15:07
20
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
<0.10
0.10
0.050 mg/L
10/29/12 15:07
20
Tetrachloroethene
<0.020
0.020
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 15:07
20
Trichloroethene
<0.020
0.020
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 15:07
20
Vinyl chloride
<0.020
0.020
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 15:07
20
Surrogate
%Recovery Qualifier
RL
MDL Unit
D
Limits
Prepared
Prepared
Analyzed
Analyzed
Dil Fac
Dil Fac
1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 (Surr)
109
75 - 131
10/29/12 15:07
20
Toluene-d8 (Surr)
100
80 - 120
10/29/12 15:07
20
97
79 - 120
10/29/12 15:07
20
111
74 - 123
10/29/12 15:07
20
4-Bromofluorobenzene (Surr)
Dibromofluoromethane
Prepared
Analyzed
2-Methylphenol
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Hexachlorobenzene
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Hexachloro-1,3-butadiene
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Hexachloroethane
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Nitrobenzene
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Pentachlorophenol
<0.50
0.50
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Pyridine
<0.20
0.20
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
<0.50
0.50
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
3 & 4 Methylphenol
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Surrogate
Result Qualifier
%Recovery Qualifier
RL
MDL Unit
D
Dil Fac
Limits
Prepared
Analyzed
2-Fluorophenol
45
20 - 100
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Phenol-d5
42
20 - 100
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Nitrobenzene-d5
101
41 - 110
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
2-Fluorobiphenyl
106
48 - 110
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
2,4,6-Tribromophenol
117
50 - 129
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Terphenyl-d14
102
44 - 132
10/29/12 08:02
10/30/12 14:31
1
Dil Fac
Method: 8082 - Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) by Gas Chromatography
Analyte
Result Qualifier
D
Prepared
Analyzed
PCB-1016
<0.020
0.020
mg/Kg
☼
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:40
1
PCB-1221
<0.020
0.020
mg/Kg
☼
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:40
1
PCB-1232
<0.020
0.020
mg/Kg
☼
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:40
1
PCB-1242
<0.020
0.020
mg/Kg
☼
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:40
1
PCB-1248
<0.020
0.020
mg/Kg
☼
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:40
1
PCB-1254
<0.020
0.020
mg/Kg
☼
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:40
1
PCB-1260
<0.020
0.020
mg/Kg
☼
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:40
1
Surrogate
Tetrachloro-m-xylene
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Method: 8270C - TCLP Semivolatiles - TCLP
Analyte
3
%Recovery Qualifier
75
RL
MDL Unit
Limits
Prepared
Analyzed
50 - 116
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:40
Page 7 of 30
Dil Fac
Dil Fac
1
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
14
15
Client Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1
Date Collected: 10/24/12 14:00
Date Received: 10/24/12 15:42
Matrix: Solid
Percent Solids: 82.8
Method: 8082 - Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) by Gas Chromatography (Continued)
Surrogate
%Recovery Qualifier
DCB Decachlorobiphenyl
96
Limits
Prepared
Analyzed
48 - 142
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:40
Dil Fac
1
Method: 6010B - TCLP Metals (ICP) - TCLP
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Arsenic
<0.050
Barium
RL
0.050
Prepared
Analyzed
0.010 mg/L
MDL Unit
D
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 20:03
Dil Fac
1
<0.50
0.50
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 20:03
1
Cadmium
<0.0050
0.0050
0.0020 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 20:03
1
Chromium
<0.025
0.025
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 20:03
1
Lead
<0.050
0.050
0.0050 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 20:03
1
Selenium
<0.050
0.050
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 20:03
1
Silver
<0.025
0.025
0.0050 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 20:03
1
Prepared
Analyzed
10/29/12 16:00
10/30/12 12:35
Prepared
Analyzed
Mercury
Result Qualifier
<0.00020
RL
0.00020
MDL Unit
D
mg/L
Dil Fac
1
General Chemistry
Analyte
Flashpoint
Analyte
Sulfide, Reactive
Result Qualifier
NONE
D
Degrees F
>176
Result Qualifier
NONE Unit
RL
MDL Unit
Dil Fac
10/27/12 14:00
D
Prepared
Analyzed
1
Dil Fac
<48
48
mg/Kg
10/30/12 12:07
10/30/12 12:42
1
<0.48
0.48
0.12 mg/Kg
10/25/12 17:00
10/25/12 20:50
1
<60
60
42 mg/Kg
10/25/12 12:52
10/27/12 14:38
1
7.95
0.200
10/29/12 09:30
1
Phenolics, Total Recoverable
<0.53
0.53
10/30/12 08:45
1
Paint Filter
pass
10/27/12 15:33
1
Cyanide, Reactive
Halogens, Extractable Organic
pH
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Method: 7470A - TCLP Mercury - TCLP
Analyte
3
0.200 SU
mg/Kg
mL/100g
Page 8 of 30
☼
☼
10/29/12 10:15
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
12
13
14
15
Definitions/Glossary
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
1
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Qualifiers
GC/MS Semi VOA
Qualifier
Qualifier Description
X
Surrogate is outside control limits
E
Result exceeded calibration range.
F
MS or MSD exceeds the control limits
4
5
6
General Chemistry
Qualifier
Qualifier Description
J
Result is less than the RL but greater than or equal to the MDL and the concentration is an approximate value.
7
8
Glossary
Abbreviation
These commonly used abbreviations may or may not be present in this report.
☼
Listed under the "D" column to designate that the result is reported on a dry weight basis
%R
Percent Recovery
CNF
Contains no Free Liquid
DL, RA, RE, IN
Indicates a Dilution, Reanalysis, Re-extraction, or additional Initial metals/anion analysis of the sample
EDL
Estimated Detection Limit
EPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
MDL
Method Detection Limit
ML
Minimum Level (Dioxin)
ND
Not detected at the reporting limit (or MDL or EDL if shown)
PQL
Practical Quantitation Limit
QC
Quality Control
RL
Reporting Limit
RPD
Relative Percent Difference, a measure of the relative difference between two points
TEF
Toxicity Equivalent Factor (Dioxin)
TEQ
Toxicity Equivalent Quotient (Dioxin)
9
10
11
12
13
14
Page 9 of 30
15
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
QC Association Summary
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
GC/MS VOA
Leach Batch: 167486
4
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
1311
LB 500-167486/1-A LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
1311
Prep Batch
5
6
Analysis Batch: 167637
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
8260B
LCS 500-167637/4
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
8260B
MB 500-167637/6
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
8260B
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
LB 500-167486/1-A LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
8260B
LCS 500-167704/5
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
8260B
MB 500-167704/7
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
8260B
Prep Batch
167486
7
8
9
Analysis Batch: 167704
Prep Batch
167486
10
11
12
GC/MS Semi VOA
Leach Batch: 167581
13
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
Prep Batch
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
1311
500-51668-1 MS
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
1311
LB 500-167581/1-B LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
1311
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
3510C
167581
500-51668-1 MS
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
3510C
167581
LB 500-167581/1-B LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
3510C
167581
LCS 500-167646/2-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
3510C
MB 500-167646/1-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
3510C
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
LB 500-167581/1-B LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
8270C
167646
LCS 500-167646/2-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
8270C
167646
MB 500-167646/1-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
8270C
167646
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
8270C
167646
500-51668-1 MS
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
8270C
167646
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
3541
LCS 500-167228/3-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
3541
MB 500-167228/1-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
3541
14
15
Prep Batch: 167646
Prep Batch
Analysis Batch: 167690
Prep Batch
Analysis Batch: 167798
Prep Batch
GC Semi VOA
Prep Batch: 167228
Page 10 of 30
Prep Batch
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
QC Association Summary
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
GC Semi VOA (Continued)
Analysis Batch: 167675
4
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
Prep Batch
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
8082
167228
LCS 500-167228/3-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
8082
167228
MB 500-167228/1-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
8082
167228
Metals
5
6
7
Leach Batch: 167581
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
Prep Batch
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
1311
LB 500-167581/1-D LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
1311
LB 500-167581/1-E LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
1311
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
7470A
167581
LB 500-167581/1-D LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
7470A
167581
LCS 500-167681/8-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
7470A
LCSD 500-167681/10-A
Lab Control Sample Dup
Total/NA
Solid
7470A
MB 500-167681/7-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
7470A
8
9
10
Prep Batch: 167681
Prep Batch
11
12
13
14
Prep Batch: 167682
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
3010A
Prep Batch
167581
LB 500-167581/1-E LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
3010A
167581
LCS 500-167682/2-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
3010A
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
6010B
167682
LB 500-167581/1-E LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
6010B
167682
LCS 500-167682/2-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
6010B
167682
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
TCLP
Solid
7470A
167681
LB 500-167581/1-D LB
Method Blank
TCLP
Solid
7470A
167681
LCS 500-167681/8-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
7470A
167681
LCSD 500-167681/10-A
Lab Control Sample Dup
Total/NA
Solid
7470A
167681
MB 500-167681/7-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
7470A
167681
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9023
500-51668-1 MS
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9023
500-51668-1 MSD
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9023
LCS 490-30924/1-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
9023
MB 490-30924/2-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
9023
Analysis Batch: 167791
Prep Batch
Analysis Batch: 167850
Prep Batch
General Chemistry
Prep Batch: 30924
Page 11 of 30
Prep Batch
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
15
QC Association Summary
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
General Chemistry (Continued)
Analysis Batch: 31571
4
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
Prep Batch
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9023
30924
500-51668-1 MS
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9023
30924
500-51668-1 MSD
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9023
30924
LCS 490-30924/1-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
9023
30924
MB 490-30924/2-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
9023
30924
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9010B
LCS 500-167307/2-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
9010B
MB 500-167307/1-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
9010B
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
Moisture
500-51668-1 DU
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
Moisture
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9014
167307
LCS 500-167307/2-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
9014
167307
MB 500-167307/1-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
9014
167307
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9095A
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
1010
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
Distill/Phenol
500-51668-1 MS
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
Distill/Phenol
500-51668-1 MSD
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
Distill/Phenol
LCS 500-167659/15-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
Distill/Phenol
MB 500-167659/14-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
Distill/Phenol
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9045C
500-51668-1 DU
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9045C
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9066
167659
500-51668-1 MS
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9066
167659
500-51668-1 MSD
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
9066
167659
LCS 500-167659/15-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
9066
167659
MB 500-167659/14-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
9066
167659
5
6
7
Prep Batch: 167307
Prep Batch
9
10
Analysis Batch: 167392
Prep Batch
11
12
Analysis Batch: 167433
Prep Batch
Analysis Batch: 167560
Prep Batch
Analysis Batch: 167562
Prep Batch
Prep Batch: 167659
Prep Batch
Analysis Batch: 167711
Prep Batch
Analysis Batch: 167811
Page 12 of 30
8
Prep Batch
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
13
14
15
QC Association Summary
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
General Chemistry (Continued)
Prep Batch: 167833
4
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
Prep Batch
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
7.3.4
500-51668-1 MS
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
7.3.4
500-51668-1 MSD
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
7.3.4
LCS 500-167833/2-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
7.3.4
MB 500-167833/1-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
7.3.4
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
7.3.4
167833
500-51668-1 MS
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
7.3.4
167833
500-51668-1 MSD
B-100-WC
Total/NA
Solid
7.3.4
167833
LCS 500-167833/2-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Solid
7.3.4
167833
MB 500-167833/1-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Solid
7.3.4
167833
5
6
7
Analysis Batch: 167852
Prep Batch
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Page 13 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
Surrogate Summary
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Method: 8260B - TCLP Volatiles
Matrix: Solid
Prep Type: Total/NA
4
Percent Surrogate Recovery (Acceptance Limits)
12DCE
TOL
BFB
DBFM
(75-131)
(80-120)
(79-120)
(74-123)
Lab Control Sample
99
99
98
97
Lab Control Sample
99
99
98
101
MB 500-167637/6
Method Blank
103
98
96
100
MB 500-167704/7
Method Blank
99
98
93
101
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
LCS 500-167637/4
LCS 500-167704/5
5
6
7
Surrogate Legend
8
12DCE = 1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 (Surr)
TOL = Toluene-d8 (Surr)
9
BFB = 4-Bromofluorobenzene (Surr)
DBFM = Dibromofluoromethane
10
Method: 8260B - TCLP Volatiles
Matrix: Solid
Prep Type: TCLP
12
Percent Surrogate Recovery (Acceptance Limits)
12DCE
TOL
BFB
DBFM
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
(75-131)
(80-120)
(79-120)
(74-123)
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
109
100
97
111
LB 500-167486/1-A LB
Method Blank
100
98
93
106
11
13
14
Surrogate Legend
15
12DCE = 1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 (Surr)
TOL = Toluene-d8 (Surr)
BFB = 4-Bromofluorobenzene (Surr)
DBFM = Dibromofluoromethane
Method: 8270C - TCLP Semivolatiles
Matrix: Solid
Prep Type: Total/NA
Percent Surrogate Recovery (Acceptance Limits)
2FP
PHL
NBZ
FBP
TBP
TPH
(20-100)
(20-100)
(41-110)
(48-110)
(50-129)
(44-132)
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
LCS 500-167646/2-A
Lab Control Sample
58
36
88
94
108
104
MB 500-167646/1-A
Method Blank
60
36
93
89
103
101
Surrogate Legend
2FP = 2-Fluorophenol
PHL = Phenol-d5
NBZ = Nitrobenzene-d5
FBP = 2-Fluorobiphenyl
TBP = 2,4,6-Tribromophenol
TPH = Terphenyl-d14
Method: 8270C - TCLP Semivolatiles
Matrix: Solid
Prep Type: TCLP
Percent Surrogate Recovery (Acceptance Limits)
2FP
PHL
NBZ
FBP
TBP
TPH
(20-100)
(20-100)
(41-110)
(48-110)
(50-129)
(44-132)
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
45
42
101
106
117
102
500-51668-1 MS
B-100-WC
60
44
101
113 X
130 X
109
LB 500-167581/1-B LB
Method Blank
57
34
96
96
113
97
Page 14 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
Surrogate Summary
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
1
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Surrogate Legend
2FP = 2-Fluorophenol
4
PHL = Phenol-d5
NBZ = Nitrobenzene-d5
5
FBP = 2-Fluorobiphenyl
TBP = 2,4,6-Tribromophenol
6
TPH = Terphenyl-d14
7
Method: 8082 - Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) by Gas Chromatography
Matrix: Solid
Prep Type: Total/NA
8
Percent Surrogate Recovery (Acceptance Limits)
TCX1
DCB1
(50-116)
(48-142)
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
500-51668-1
B-100-WC
75
96
LCS 500-167228/3-A
Lab Control Sample
69
106
MB 500-167228/1-A
Method Blank
102
107
9
10
11
Surrogate Legend
TCX = Tetrachloro-m-xylene
12
DCB = DCB Decachlorobiphenyl
13
14
15
Page 15 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
QC Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Method: 8260B - TCLP Volatiles
Lab Sample ID: MB 500-167637/6
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167637
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: Total/NA
5
MB MB
Analyte
Result Qualifier
RL
MDL Unit
D
Prepared
Analyzed
Dil Fac
Benzene
<0.0010
0.0010
0.00050 mg/L
10/29/12 09:49
1
Carbon tetrachloride
<0.0010
0.0010
0.00050 mg/L
10/29/12 09:49
1
Chlorobenzene
<0.0010
0.0010
0.00050 mg/L
10/29/12 09:49
1
Chloroform
<0.0010
0.0010
0.00050 mg/L
10/29/12 09:49
1
1,2-Dichloroethane
<0.0010
0.0010
0.00050 mg/L
10/29/12 09:49
1
1,1-Dichloroethene
<0.0010
0.0010
0.00050 mg/L
10/29/12 09:49
1
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
<0.0050
0.0050
0.0025 mg/L
10/29/12 09:49
1
Tetrachloroethene
<0.0010
0.0010
0.00050 mg/L
10/29/12 09:49
1
Trichloroethene
<0.0010
0.0010
0.00050 mg/L
10/29/12 09:49
1
Vinyl chloride
<0.0010
0.0010
0.00050 mg/L
10/29/12 09:49
1
%Recovery Qualifier
1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 (Surr)
Toluene-d8 (Surr)
4-Bromofluorobenzene (Surr)
Dibromofluoromethane
Limits
Prepared
Analyzed
Dil Fac
103
75 - 131
10/29/12 09:49
1
98
80 - 120
10/29/12 09:49
1
96
79 - 120
10/29/12 09:49
1
100
74 - 123
10/29/12 09:49
1
Lab Sample ID: LCS 500-167637/4
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167637
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
Spike
LCS LCS
%Rec.
Analyte
Added
Result Qualifier
Unit
Benzene
0.0500
0.0458
mg/L
92
74 - 115
Carbon tetrachloride
0.0500
0.0476
mg/L
95
72 - 124
Chlorobenzene
0.0500
0.0440
mg/L
88
80 - 120
Chloroform
0.0500
0.0463
mg/L
93
76 - 117
1,2-Dichloroethane
0.0500
0.0463
mg/L
93
76 - 117
1,1-Dichloroethene
0.0500
0.0434
mg/L
87
58 - 115
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
0.0500
0.0531
mg/L
106
53 - 140
Tetrachloroethene
0.0500
0.0484
mg/L
97
71 - 120
Trichloroethene
0.0500
0.0481
mg/L
96
75 - 120
Vinyl chloride
0.0500
0.0511
mg/L
102
51 - 149
D
%Rec
Limits
LCS LCS
Surrogate
%Recovery Qualifier
Limits
1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 (Surr)
99
75 - 131
Toluene-d8 (Surr)
99
80 - 120
4-Bromofluorobenzene (Surr)
98
79 - 120
Dibromofluoromethane
97
74 - 123
Lab Sample ID: MB 500-167704/7
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167704
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: Total/NA
MB MB
Analyte
Result Qualifier
6
7
8
9
10
11
MB MB
Surrogate
4
RL
MDL Unit
D
Prepared
Analyzed
Dil Fac
Benzene
<0.0010
0.0010
mg/L
10/29/12 22:47
1
Carbon tetrachloride
<0.0010
0.0010
mg/L
10/29/12 22:47
1
Chlorobenzene
<0.0010
0.0010
mg/L
10/29/12 22:47
1
Chloroform
<0.0010
0.0010
mg/L
10/29/12 22:47
1
1,2-Dichloroethane
<0.0010
0.0010
mg/L
10/29/12 22:47
1
Page 16 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
12
13
14
15
QC Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Method: 8260B - TCLP Volatiles (Continued)
Lab Sample ID: MB 500-167704/7
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167704
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: Total/NA
5
MB MB
Analyte
4
Result Qualifier
RL
MDL Unit
D
Prepared
Analyzed
Dil Fac
6
1,1-Dichloroethene
<0.0010
0.0010
mg/L
10/29/12 22:47
1
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
<0.0050
0.0050
mg/L
10/29/12 22:47
1
Tetrachloroethene
<0.0010
0.0010
mg/L
10/29/12 22:47
1
Trichloroethene
<0.0010
0.0010
mg/L
10/29/12 22:47
1
Vinyl chloride
<0.0010
0.0010
mg/L
10/29/12 22:47
1
8
Dil Fac
9
MB MB
Surrogate
%Recovery Qualifier
Limits
Prepared
Analyzed
7
1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 (Surr)
99
75 - 131
10/29/12 22:47
1
Toluene-d8 (Surr)
98
80 - 120
10/29/12 22:47
1
4-Bromofluorobenzene (Surr)
93
79 - 120
10/29/12 22:47
1
101
74 - 123
10/29/12 22:47
1
11
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
12
Dibromofluoromethane
Lab Sample ID: LCS 500-167704/5
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167704
Spike
LCS LCS
13
%Rec.
Analyte
Added
Result Qualifier
Unit
Benzene
0.0500
0.0498
mg/L
D
%Rec
100
74 - 115
Carbon tetrachloride
0.0500
0.0514
mg/L
103
72 - 124
Chlorobenzene
0.0500
0.0479
mg/L
96
80 - 120
Chloroform
0.0500
0.0527
mg/L
105
76 - 117
1,2-Dichloroethane
0.0500
0.0513
mg/L
103
76 - 117
1,1-Dichloroethene
0.0500
0.0475
mg/L
95
58 - 115
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
0.0500
0.0589
mg/L
118
53 - 140
Tetrachloroethene
0.0500
0.0523
mg/L
105
71 - 120
Trichloroethene
0.0500
0.0523
mg/L
105
75 - 120
Vinyl chloride
0.0500
0.0565
mg/L
113
51 - 149
Limits
14
15
LCS LCS
Surrogate
%Recovery Qualifier
Limits
1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 (Surr)
99
75 - 131
Toluene-d8 (Surr)
99
80 - 120
4-Bromofluorobenzene (Surr)
98
79 - 120
101
74 - 123
Dibromofluoromethane
Lab Sample ID: LB 500-167486/1-A LB
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167704
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: TCLP
LB LB
RL
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Benzene
<0.020
0.020
mg/L
10/29/12 23:35
20
Carbon tetrachloride
<0.020
0.020
mg/L
10/29/12 23:35
20
Chlorobenzene
<0.020
0.020
mg/L
10/29/12 23:35
20
Chloroform
<0.020
0.020
mg/L
10/29/12 23:35
20
1,2-Dichloroethane
<0.020
0.020
mg/L
10/29/12 23:35
20
1,1-Dichloroethene
<0.020
0.020
mg/L
10/29/12 23:35
20
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 23:35
20
Tetrachloroethene
<0.020
0.020
mg/L
10/29/12 23:35
20
Trichloroethene
<0.020
0.020
mg/L
10/29/12 23:35
20
Vinyl chloride
<0.020
0.020
mg/L
10/29/12 23:35
20
Page 17 of 30
MDL Unit
D
Prepared
10
Analyzed
Dil Fac
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
QC Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Method: 8260B - TCLP Volatiles (Continued)
Lab Sample ID: LB 500-167486/1-A LB
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167704
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: TCLP
5
LB LB
Surrogate
%Recovery Qualifier
1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 (Surr)
Limits
Prepared
Analyzed
Dil Fac
100
75 - 131
10/29/12 23:35
20
Toluene-d8 (Surr)
98
80 - 120
10/29/12 23:35
20
4-Bromofluorobenzene (Surr)
93
79 - 120
10/29/12 23:35
20
106
74 - 123
10/29/12 23:35
20
Dibromofluoromethane
Method: 8270C - TCLP Semivolatiles
6
7
8
9
Lab Sample ID: MB 500-167646/1-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167690
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167646
MB MB
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Prepared
Analyzed
2-Methylphenol
<0.010
0.010
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
<0.010
0.010
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
<0.010
Hexachlorobenzene
<0.010
0.010
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
0.010
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
Hexachloro-1,3-butadiene
Hexachloroethane
<0.010
0.010
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
<0.010
0.010
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
Nitrobenzene
<0.010
0.010
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
Pentachlorophenol
<0.050
0.050
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
Pyridine
<0.020
0.020
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
<0.050
0.050
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
<0.010
0.010
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
3 & 4 Methylphenol
<0.010
0.010
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
RL
MDL Unit
D
%Recovery Qualifier
Limits
Prepared
Analyzed
2-Fluorophenol
60
20 - 100
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
Phenol-d5
36
20 - 100
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
Nitrobenzene-d5
93
41 - 110
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
2-Fluorobiphenyl
89
48 - 110
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
2,4,6-Tribromophenol
103
50 - 129
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
Terphenyl-d14
101
44 - 132
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 18:17
1
Lab Sample ID: LCS 500-167646/2-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167690
Dil Fac
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167646
Spike
LCS LCS
%Rec.
Analyte
Added
Result Qualifier
Unit
2-Methylphenol
0.0500
0.0351
mg/L
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
0.0500
0.0357
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
0.0500
0.0504
Hexachlorobenzene
0.0500
Hexachloro-1,3-butadiene
D
%Rec
Limits
70
47 - 100
mg/L
71
34 - 100
mg/L
101
68 - 121
0.0463
mg/L
93
70 - 119
0.0500
0.0378
mg/L
76
32 - 110
Hexachloroethane
0.0500
0.0356
mg/L
71
28 - 100
Nitrobenzene
0.0500
0.0412
mg/L
82
54 - 110
Pentachlorophenol
0.0500
<0.050
mg/L
62
42 - 144
Pyridine
0.0500
0.0208
mg/L
42
10 - 110
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
0.0500
0.0513
mg/L
103
68 - 115
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
0.0500
0.0504
mg/L
101
64 - 110
Page 18 of 30
10
11
Dil Fac
MB MB
Surrogate
4
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
12
13
14
15
QC Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Method: 8270C - TCLP Semivolatiles (Continued)
Lab Sample ID: LCS 500-167646/2-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167690
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167646
Spike
LCS LCS
%Rec.
Analyte
Added
Result Qualifier
Unit
3 & 4 Methylphenol
0.0500
0.0329
mg/L
D
%Rec
66
Limits
%Recovery Qualifier
7
Limits
2-Fluorophenol
58
20 - 100
Phenol-d5
36
20 - 100
Nitrobenzene-d5
88
41 - 110
2-Fluorobiphenyl
94
48 - 110
2,4,6-Tribromophenol
108
50 - 129
Terphenyl-d14
104
44 - 132
8
9
10
Lab Sample ID: LB 500-167581/1-B LB
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167690
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: TCLP
Prep Batch: 167646
LB LB
Analyte
Prepared
Analyzed
2-Methylphenol
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
Hexachlorobenzene
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
Hexachloro-1,3-butadiene
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
Hexachloroethane
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
Nitrobenzene
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
Pentachlorophenol
<0.50
0.50
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
Pyridine
<0.20
0.20
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
<0.50
0.50
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
3 & 4 Methylphenol
<0.10
0.10
mg/L
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
Result Qualifier
RL
MDL Unit
D
Dil Fac
LB LB
Surrogate
%Recovery Qualifier
Limits
Prepared
Analyzed
2-Fluorophenol
57
20 - 100
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
Phenol-d5
34
20 - 100
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
Nitrobenzene-d5
96
41 - 110
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
2-Fluorobiphenyl
96
48 - 110
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
113
50 - 129
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
97
44 - 132
10/29/12 08:02
10/29/12 19:00
1
2,4,6-Tribromophenol
Terphenyl-d14
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1 MS
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167798
Dil Fac
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Prep Type: TCLP
Prep Batch: 167646
Sample Sample
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Spike
Added
5
6
43 - 110
LCS LCS
Surrogate
4
MS MS
Result Qualifier
%Rec.
Unit
2-Methylphenol
<0.10
0.500
0.434
mg/L
1,4-Dichlorobenzene
<0.10
0.500
0.433
2,4-Dinitrotoluene
<0.10
0.500
0.563
Hexachlorobenzene
<0.10
0.500
Hexachloro-1,3-butadiene
<0.10
Hexachloroethane
D
%Rec
Limits
87
47 - 100
mg/L
87
34 - 100
mg/L
113
68 - 121
0.460
mg/L
92
70 - 119
0.500
0.432
mg/L
86
32 - 110
<0.10
0.500
0.428
mg/L
86
28 - 100
Nitrobenzene
<0.10
0.500
0.443
mg/L
89
54 - 110
Pentachlorophenol
<0.50
0.500
0.524
mg/L
105
42 - 144
Page 19 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
11
12
13
14
15
QC Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Method: 8270C - TCLP Semivolatiles (Continued)
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1 MS
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167798
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Prep Type: TCLP
Prep Batch: 167646
Sample Sample
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Spike
MS MS
Added
%Rec.
Result Qualifier
1.03 E F
Unit
D
%Rec
Limits
Pyridine
<0.20
0.500
mg/L
206
10 - 110
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol
<0.50
0.500
0.532
mg/L
106
68 - 115
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
<0.10
0.500
0.516
mg/L
103
64 - 110
3 & 4 Methylphenol
<0.10
0.500
0.444
mg/L
89
43 - 110
%Recovery Qualifier
5
6
7
8
MS MS
Surrogate
4
Limits
2-Fluorophenol
60
20 - 100
Phenol-d5
44
20 - 100
Nitrobenzene-d5
101
41 - 110
2-Fluorobiphenyl
113 X
48 - 110
2,4,6-Tribromophenol
130 X
50 - 129
Terphenyl-d14
109
44 - 132
9
10
11
12
Method: 8082 - Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) by Gas Chromatography
Lab Sample ID: MB 500-167228/1-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167675
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167228
MB MB
Analyte
Result Qualifier
RL
PCB-1016
<0.017
0.017
PCB-1221
<0.017
0.017
PCB-1232
<0.017
PCB-1242
MDL Unit
D
Prepared
Analyzed
Dil Fac
mg/Kg
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:12
1
mg/Kg
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:12
1
0.017
mg/Kg
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:12
1
<0.017
0.017
mg/Kg
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:12
1
PCB-1248
<0.017
0.017
mg/Kg
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:12
1
PCB-1254
<0.017
0.017
mg/Kg
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:12
1
PCB-1260
<0.017
0.017
mg/Kg
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:12
1
MB MB
Surrogate
%Recovery Qualifier
Limits
Prepared
Analyzed
Tetrachloro-m-xylene
102
50 - 116
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:12
1
DCB Decachlorobiphenyl
107
48 - 142
10/25/12 07:18
10/29/12 19:12
1
Lab Sample ID: LCS 500-167228/3-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167675
Dil Fac
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167228
Spike
Analyte
Added
LCS LCS
Result Qualifier
%Rec.
Unit
D
%Rec
Limits
PCB-1016
0.167
0.145
mg/Kg
87
59 - 110
PCB-1260
0.167
0.173
mg/Kg
104
69 - 120
LCS LCS
Surrogate
Tetrachloro-m-xylene
DCB Decachlorobiphenyl
%Recovery Qualifier
Limits
69
50 - 116
106
48 - 142
Page 20 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
13
14
15
QC Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Method: 6010B - TCLP Metals (ICP)
Lab Sample ID: LCS 500-167682/2-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167791
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167682
Spike
Analyte
Added
Arsenic
0.100
Barium
LCS LCS
%Rec.
Result Qualifier
Unit
0.0914
mg/L
D
%Rec
91
80 - 120
Limits
2.00
1.91
mg/L
95
80 - 120
Cadmium
0.0500
0.0473
mg/L
95
80 - 120
Chromium
0.200
0.195
mg/L
98
80 - 120
Lead
0.100
0.0976
mg/L
98
80 - 120
Selenium
0.100
0.0845
mg/L
84
80 - 120
0.0500
0.0472
mg/L
94
80 - 120
Silver
Lab Sample ID: LB 500-167581/1-E LB
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167791
7
8
9
LB LB
Result Qualifier
Arsenic
<0.050
Barium
RL
MDL Unit
0.050
D
Prepared
Analyzed
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 16:55
1
Dil Fac
<0.50
0.50
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 16:55
1
Cadmium
<0.0050
0.0050
0.0020 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 16:55
1
Chromium
<0.025
0.025
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 16:55
1
Lead
<0.050
0.050
0.0050 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 16:55
1
Selenium
<0.050
0.050
0.010 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 16:55
1
Silver
<0.025
0.025
0.0050 mg/L
10/29/12 08:30
10/29/12 16:55
1
Method: 7470A - TCLP Mercury
Lab Sample ID: MB 500-167681/7-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167850
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167681
MB MB
Analyte
Mercury
Result Qualifier
<0.00020
RL
MDL Unit
0.00020
D
mg/L
Lab Sample ID: LCS 500-167681/8-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167850
Prepared
Analyzed
10/29/12 16:00
10/30/12 11:45
Dil Fac
1
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167681
Spike
Analyte
Added
Mercury
0.00200
LCS LCS
%Rec.
Result Qualifier
0.00187
Unit
D
mg/L
Lab Sample ID: LCSD 500-167681/10-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167850
%Rec
94
Limits
80 - 120
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample Dup
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167681
Spike
Analyte
Added
Mercury
0.00200
LCSD LCSD
Result Qualifier
0.00189
%Rec.
Unit
D
mg/L
%Rec
94
Lab Sample ID: LB 500-167581/1-D LB
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167850
RPD
Limits
RPD
Limit
1
20
80 - 120
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: TCLP
Prep Batch: 167681
LB LB
Analyte
Mercury
Result Qualifier
<0.00020
RL
0.00020
Page 21 of 30
MDL Unit
mg/L
D
5
6
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: TCLP
Prep Batch: 167682
Analyte
4
Prepared
Analyzed
10/29/12 16:00
10/30/12 11:49
Dil Fac
1
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
10
11
12
13
14
15
QC Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Method: 7.3.4 - Reactive Sulfide
Lab Sample ID: MB 500-167833/1-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167852
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167833
MB MB
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Sulfide, Reactive
RL
<50
MDL Unit
50
D
mg/Kg
Lab Sample ID: LCS 500-167833/2-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167852
Prepared
Analyzed
10/30/12 11:50
10/30/12 12:40
Analyte
LCS LCS
Added
Sulfide, Reactive
Result Qualifier
168
162
Unit
D
mg/Kg
%Rec
96
Result Qualifier
Sulfide, Reactive
Spike
MS MS
Added
<48
%Rec.
Result Qualifier
161
161
Unit
D
mg/Kg
%Rec
100
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1 MSD
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167852
Result Qualifier
Sulfide, Reactive
Spike
MSD MSD
Added
<48
%Rec.
Result Qualifier
164
152
Unit
D
mg/Kg
%Rec
93
RPD
Limits
RPD
Limit
6
20
75 - 125
Method: 9014 - Reactive Cyanide
Lab Sample ID: MB 500-167307/1-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167433
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167307
MB MB
Analyte
Cyanide, Reactive
Result Qualifier
RL
0.215 J
MDL Unit
0.50
D
0.13 mg/Kg
Lab Sample ID: LCS 500-167307/2-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167433
Prepared
Analyzed
10/25/12 17:00
10/25/12 20:47
Dil Fac
1
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167307
Spike
Analyte
LCS LCS
Added
Cyanide, Reactive
%Rec.
Result Qualifier
5.00
4.86
Unit
D
mg/Kg
%Rec
97
Limits
80 - 120
Method: 9023 - Organic Halides, Extractable (EOX)
Lab Sample ID: MB 490-30924/2-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 31571
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 30924
MB MB
Analyte
Halogens, Extractable Organic
Result Qualifier
<50
RL
50
Page 22 of 30
7
8
MDL Unit
mg/Kg
D
10
11
12
Limits
75 - 125
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167833
Sample Sample
6
9
Limits
80 - 120
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167833
Sample Sample
5
%Rec.
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1 MS
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167852
Analyte
1
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167833
Spike
Analyte
Dil Fac
4
Prepared
Analyzed
10/25/12 08:00
10/27/12 14:38
Dil Fac
1
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
13
14
15
QC Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Method: 9023 - Organic Halides, Extractable (EOX) (Continued)
Lab Sample ID: LCS 490-30924/1-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 31571
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 30924
Spike
Analyte
LCS LCS
Added
Halogens, Extractable Organic
%Rec.
Result Qualifier
1040
992
Unit
D
mg/Kg
%Rec
95
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1 MS
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 31571
Limits
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Halogens, Extractable Organic
<60
Spike
MS MS
Added
1060
Unit
D
%Rec
mg/Kg
☼
84
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1 MSD
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 31571
Sample Sample
Result Qualifier
Halogens, Extractable Organic
<60
Spike
MSD MSD
Added
%Rec.
Result Qualifier
1260
1140
Unit
D
%Rec
mg/Kg
☼
91
RPD
Limits
RPD
Limit
7
20
70 - 130
11
12
14
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1 DU
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167711
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Prep Type: Total/NA
Sample Sample
Analyte
DU DU
Result Qualifier
pH
RPD
Result Qualifier
7.95
8.170
Unit
D
RPD
SU
Limit
3
Method: 9066 - Phenolics, Total Recoverable
Lab Sample ID: MB 500-167659/14-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167811
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167659
MB MB
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Phenolics, Total Recoverable
RL
<0.50
MDL Unit
0.50
D
mg/Kg
Lab Sample ID: LCS 500-167659/15-A
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167811
Prepared
Analyzed
10/29/12 10:15
10/30/12 08:43
Dil Fac
1
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167659
Spike
Analyte
Added
Phenolics, Total Recoverable
10.0
LCS LCS
Result Qualifier
9.24
%Rec.
Unit
D
mg/Kg
%Rec
92
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1 MS
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167811
Limits
90 - 110
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167659
Sample Sample
Phenolics, Total Recoverable
10
13
Method: 9045C - pH
Analyte
8
9
Limits
70 - 130
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 30924
Analyte
7
%Rec.
Result Qualifier
1260
5
6
90 - 110
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 30924
Sample Sample
4
Result Qualifier
<0.53
Spike
Added
10.7
MS MS
Result Qualifier
9.99
Page 23 of 30
%Rec.
Unit
D
%Rec
mg/Kg
☼
93
Limits
75 - 125
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
15
QC Sample Results
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
3
Method: 9066 - Phenolics, Total Recoverable (Continued)
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1 MSD
Matrix: Solid
Analysis Batch: 167811
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Prep Type: Total/NA
Prep Batch: 167659
Sample Sample
Analyte
Phenolics, Total Recoverable
Result Qualifier
<0.53
Spike
Added
10.7
MSD MSD
Result Qualifier
11.0
%Rec.
Unit
D
%Rec
mg/Kg
☼
103
Limits
75 - 125
RPD
RPD
Limit
9
20
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Page 24 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
Lab Chronicle
1
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
Client Sample ID: B-100-WC
Lab Sample ID: 500-51668-1
Date Collected: 10/24/12 14:00
Date Received: 10/24/12 15:42
Matrix: Solid
Batch
Batch
Prep Type
Type
Method
Dilution
Batch
Factor
Number
or Analyzed
TCLP
Leach
1311
TCLP
Analysis
8260B
167486
167637
TCLP
Leach
TCLP
Prep
1311
3510C
TCLP
Analysis
8270C
Total/NA
Prep
3541
Total/NA
Analysis
8082
TCLP
Leach
1311
TCLP
Prep
3010A
TCLP
Analysis
6010B
TCLP
Prep
7470A
TCLP
Analysis
7470A
Total/NA
Prep
9023
Total/NA
Analysis
9023
1
Total/NA
Analysis
Moisture
1
Total/NA
Prep
9010B
Total/NA
Analysis
9014
Total/NA
Analysis
9095A
Run
Prepared
Analyst
Lab
10/26/12 13:00
MP
TAL CHI
10/29/12 15:07
LM
TAL CHI
167581
10/27/12 23:08
PFK
TAL CHI
167646
10/29/12 08:02
SCH
TAL CHI
167798
10/30/12 14:31
DA
TAL CHI
167228
10/25/12 07:18
STW
TAL CHI
167675
10/29/12 19:40
PG
TAL CHI
167581
10/27/12 23:08
PFK
TAL CHI
167682
10/29/12 08:30
LAH
TAL CHI
167791
10/29/12 20:03
TDS
TAL CHI
167681
10/29/12 16:00
BJB
TAL CHI
167850
10/30/12 12:35
BJB
TAL CHI
30924
10/25/12 12:52
SS
TAL NSH
31571
10/27/12 14:38
CLJ
TAL NSH
167392
10/26/12 08:34
CMV
TAL CHI
167307
10/25/12 17:00
EAT
TAL CHI
1
167433
10/25/12 20:50
EAT
TAL CHI
1
167560
APW
TAL CHI
APW
TAL CHI
CLM
TAL CHI
20
1
1
1
1
(Start) 10/27/12 15:33
(End) 10/27/12 15:40
Total/NA
Analysis
1010
1
167562
(Start) 10/27/12 14:00
(End) 10/27/12 15:00
Total/NA
Analysis
9045C
1
167711
(Start) 10/29/12 09:30
(End) 10/29/12 09:33
Total/NA
Prep
Distill/Phenol
Total/NA
Analysis
9066
Total/NA
Prep
7.3.4
Total/NA
Analysis
7.3.4
1
1
167659
10/29/12 10:15
MTB
TAL CHI
167811
10/30/12 08:45
MTB
TAL CHI
167833
10/30/12 12:07
CLM
TAL CHI
167852
10/30/12 12:42
CLM
TAL CHI
Laboratory References:
TAL CHI = TestAmerica Chicago, 2417 Bond Street, University Park, IL 60484, TEL (708)534-5200
TAL NSH = TestAmerica Nashville, 2960 Foster Creighton Drive, Nashville, TN 37204, TEL (615)726-0177
Page 25 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Certification Summary
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
1
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
Laboratory: TestAmerica Chicago
3
All certifications held by this laboratory are listed. Not all certifications are applicable to this report.
Authority
Program
EPA Region
Certification ID
Expiration Date
Alabama
State Program
4
40461
04-30-13
California
NELAC
9
01132CA
04-30-13
Georgia
State Program
4
N/A
04-30-13
Georgia
State Program
4
939
04-30-13
Hawaii
State Program
9
N/A
04-30-13
Illinois
NELAC
5
100201
04-30-13
Indiana
State Program
5
C-IL-02
04-30-13
Iowa
State Program
7
82
05-01-14
Kansas
NELAC
7
E-10161
10-31-12
Kentucky
State Program
4
90023
12-31-12
Kentucky (UST)
State Program
4
66
04-11-13
L-A-B
DoD ELAP
L2304
01-06-13
L-A-B
ISO/IEC 17025
L2304
01-06-13
Louisiana
NELAC
6
30720
06-30-13
Massachusetts
State Program
1
M-IL035
06-30-13
Mississippi
State Program
4
N/A
04-30-13
North Carolina DENR
State Program
4
291
12-31-12
North Dakota
State Program
8
R-194
04-30-13
Oklahoma
State Program
6
8908
08-31-13
South Carolina
State Program
4
77001
04-30-13
Texas
NELAC
6
T104704252-09-TX
02-28-13
USDA
Federal
P330-12-00038
02-06-15
Virginia
NELAC
3
460142
06-14-13
Wisconsin
State Program
5
999580010
08-31-13
Wyoming
State Program
8
8TMS-Q
04-30-13
Certification ID
Expiration Date
0453.07
12-31-13
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Laboratory: TestAmerica Nashville
All certifications held by this laboratory are listed. Not all certifications are applicable to this report.
Authority
Program
A2LA
ISO/IEC 17025
EPA Region
Alabama
State Program
4
41150
05-31-13
Alaska (UST)
State Program
10
UST-087
07-24-13
Arizona
State Program
9
AZ0473
05-05-13
Arkansas DEQ
State Program
6
88-0737
04-25-13
California
NELAC
9
1168CA
10-31-12
Canadian Assoc Lab Accred (CALA)
Canada
3744
03-08-14
Colorado
State Program
8
N/A
02-28-13
Connecticut
State Program
1
PH-0220
12-31-13
Florida
NELAC
4
E87358
06-30-13
Illinois
NELAC
5
200010
12-09-12
Iowa
State Program
7
131
05-01-14
Kansas
NELAC
7
E-10229
10-31-12
Kentucky
State Program
4
90038
12-31-12
Kentucky (UST)
State Program
4
19
09-15-13
Louisiana
NELAC
6
LA120025
12-31-12
Louisiana
NELAC
6
30613
06-30-13
Maryland
State Program
3
316
03-31-13
Massachusetts
State Program
1
M-TN032
06-30-13
Minnesota
NELAC
5
047-999-345
12-31-12
Mississippi
State Program
4
N/A
06-30-13
Montana (UST)
State Program
8
NA
01-01-15
Nevada
State Program
9
TN00032
07-31-13
Page 26 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
Certification Summary
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Project/Site: Skinner Park - (A2127030)
1
TestAmerica Job ID: 500-51668-1
2
Laboratory: TestAmerica Nashville (Continued)
3
All certifications held by this laboratory are listed. Not all certifications are applicable to this report.
Authority
Program
EPA Region
Certification ID
Expiration Date
New Hampshire
NELAC
1
2963
10-09-13
New Jersey
NELAC
2
TN965
06-30-13
New York
NELAC
2
11342
04-01-13
North Carolina DENR
State Program
4
387
12-31-12
North Dakota
State Program
8
R-146
06-30-13
Ohio VAP
State Program
5
CL0033
01-19-14
Oklahoma
State Program
6
9412
08-31-13
Oregon
NELAC
10
TN200001
04-30-13
Pennsylvania
NELAC
3
68-00585
06-30-13
Rhode Island
State Program
1
LAO00268
12-30-12
South Carolina
State Program
4
84009 (001)
02-28-13
South Carolina
State Program
4
84009 (002)
02-23-14
Tennessee
State Program
4
2008
02-23-14
Texas
NELAC
6
T104704077-09-TX
08-31-13
USDA
Federal
S-48469
11-02-13
Utah
NELAC
8
TAN
06-30-13
Virginia
NELAC
3
460152
06-14-13
Washington
State Program
10
C789
07-19-13
West Virginia DEP
State Program
3
219
02-28-13
Wisconsin
State Program
5
998020430
08-31-13
Wyoming (UST)
A2LA
8
453.07
12-31-13
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Page 27 of 30
TestAmerica Chicago
10/30/2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Page 28 of 30
10/30/2012
1
Login Sample Receipt Checklist
2
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Job Number: 500-51668-1
Login Number: 51668
List Source: TestAmerica Chicago
List Number: 1
3
4
5
Creator: Lunt, Jeff T
Question
Answer
Radioactivity wasn't checked or is </= background as measured by a survey
meter.
True
The cooler's custody seal, if present, is intact.
N/A
Sample custody seals, if present, are intact.
True
The cooler or samples do not appear to have been compromised or
tampered with.
True
Samples were received on ice.
True
Cooler Temperature is acceptable.
True
Cooler Temperature is recorded.
True
COC is present.
True
COC is filled out in ink and legible.
True
COC is filled out with all pertinent information.
True
Is the Field Sampler's name present on COC?
True
There are no discrepancies between the containers received and the COC.
True
Samples are received within Holding Time.
True
Sample containers have legible labels.
True
Containers are not broken or leaking.
True
Sample collection date/times are provided.
True
Appropriate sample containers are used.
True
Sample bottles are completely filled.
True
Sample Preservation Verified.
True
There is sufficient vol. for all requested analyses, incl. any requested
MS/MSDs
True
Containers requiring zero headspace have no headspace or bubble is
<6mm (1/4").
True
Multiphasic samples are not present.
True
Samples do not require splitting or compositing.
True
Residual Chlorine Checked.
N/A
6
Comment
7
8
9
4.4
10
11
12
13
14
15
TestAmerica Chicago
Page 29 of 30
10/30/2012
1
Login Sample Receipt Checklist
2
Client: Terracon Consulting Eng & Scientists
Job Number: 500-51668-1
Login Number: 51668
List Source: TestAmerica Nashville
List Number: 1
List Creation: 10/25/12 10:55 AM
Creator: Himelick, John
Question
Answer
Radioactivity wasn't checked or is </= background as measured by a survey
meter.
True
The cooler's custody seal, if present, is intact.
True
Sample custody seals, if present, are intact.
True
The cooler or samples do not appear to have been compromised or
tampered with.
True
Samples were received on ice.
True
Cooler Temperature is acceptable.
True
Cooler Temperature is recorded.
True
COC is present.
True
COC is filled out in ink and legible.
True
COC is filled out with all pertinent information.
True
Is the Field Sampler's name present on COC?
True
There are no discrepancies between the containers received and the COC.
True
Samples are received within Holding Time.
True
Sample containers have legible labels.
True
Containers are not broken or leaking.
True
Sample collection date/times are provided.
True
Appropriate sample containers are used.
True
Sample bottles are completely filled.
True
Sample Preservation Verified.
N/A
There is sufficient vol. for all requested analyses, incl. any requested
MS/MSDs
True
Containers requiring zero headspace have no headspace or bubble is
<6mm (1/4").
True
Multiphasic samples are not present.
True
Samples do not require splitting or compositing.
True
Residual Chlorine Checked.
N/A
4
5
6
Comment
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
TestAmerica Chicago
Page 30 of 30
3
10/30/2012
SECTION 02318
ACCEPTANCE OF BACKFILL, TOP SOIL & CU STRUCTURAL SOIL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
APPLICABILITY:
A.
1.2
This specification is for the historical review, collection and laboratory analysis of
representative samples, and presentation of information for all off-site fill (cohesive and
granular) sources to be utilized at the project site.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Agency means Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (IEPA).
B.
Backfill means any granular or cohesive material used to fill an excavation or bring
property to design grade as specified in the Architect/Engineer drawings and
specifications.
C.
CU Structural Soil means a uniformly blended mixture of crushed stone, clay, loam and
hydrogel by weight consisting of approximately 83% crushed limestone (3/4 to 1.5 inch,
highly angular with no fines), 17% clay loam and hydrogel (1 oz. per 200 pounds of
stone).
D.
IEPA means Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
E.
Owner: Chicago Park District.
F.
Owner’s Authorized Representative means the person designated as the official
representative of the owner in connection with a project.
H.
Environmental Consultant (EC) means the entity with overall responsibility for the
direction and control of the environmental investigations, assessments, designs, and
supervision of remediation work typically hired by the Public Building Commission.
I.
RCRA 8: Resource Conservation Recovery Act (RCRA) 8 metals: Arsenic, Barium,
Cadmium, Chromium, Lead, Mercury, Selenium, Silver.
J.
TACO: 35 Illinois Administrative Code 742: TIERED APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE
ACTION OBJECTIVES (TACO).
K.
Top Soil means any soils placed to design grade and used to promote vegetative growth
and which meets Top Soil criteria (percentages of organic matter, inorganic matter (silt,
clay, and sand)), deleterious material, pH, and mineral and plant-nutrient content as
referenced in the contract specifications and drawings.
L.
Tier 1 SROs: Means Tier 1 SROs for the most restrictive values for residential properties
use as listed in PART 742, APPENDIX B, TABLE A; TIERED APPROACH TO
CORRECTIVE ACTION OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 742. For inorganic
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02318 - 1 BACKFILL, TOPSOIL ENV REQUIREMENTS
parameters over background values shown for metropolitan properties in Appendix A,
TABLE G, SROs must additionally meet pH-Specific values provided in Appendix B,
TABLE C. RCRA 8 Inorganics tested with SPLP must meet values shown for Class II
groundwater in 742 Appendix B TABLE E.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Copies of environmental analytical results of all backfill material, top soil and CU
Structural Soil verifying that these materials do not exceed APPENDIX B, SECTION 742,
TABLE A; TIERED APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE ACTION OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35
ILL. ADM. CODE 742 values for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A Target
Compound List (TCL) parameters, Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH-GRO+DRO), and
SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For Target Compound Listed parameters known as
PNAs, Appendix A TABLE H (Concentrations of Polynuclear Hydrocarbon Chemicals in
background Soils) values may be used. For samples from virgin sources, if no letter
certifying virgin material is received, one representative sample must be analyzed for 35
ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL) parameters, Total
Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH-GRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For
inorganic parameters over background values shown for metropolitan properties in
Appendix A, TABLE G, SROs must additionally meet pH-Specific values provided in
Appendix B, TABLE C. RCRA 8 Inorganics tested with SPLP must meet values shown
for Class II groundwater in 742 Appendix B TABLE E. No recycled stone/concrete will be
permitted. A copy of the analytical results shall be submitted at least one week prior to
depositing backfill or top soil on site. The date of the analysis shall be within 60 days of
importing such material to the project. All material types must obtain samples at a rate of
one approved sample per 1,000 imported cubic yards.
B.
For granular materials originating from a licensed stone quarry (virgin source) a source
certification letter from the quarry owner/operator may be substituted instead of
laboratory analysis, at the sole discretion of the owner.
C.
A summary of the sample collection and data analysis. The report should include a
tabulation of sampling results compared to applicable Tier 1 remediation objectives for
residential properties. For inorganic parameters over background values for metropolitan
properties in 742 Appendix A, TABLE G, a table should be provided to show that the
SROs additionally meet pH-Specific values provided in Appendix B, TABLE C. RCRA 8
Inorganics tested with SPLP must meet values shown for Class II groundwater in 742
Appendix B TABLE E.
D.
Name, Address and Telephone number of the analytical testing laboratory that will be
used by the Contractor to perform the environmental analytical testing for backfill, top soil
and CU Structural Soil samples prior to starting work. The laboratory performing the
analysis must be an IEPA-accredited laboratory.
E.
Name, Company, Address and Telephone number of environmental consultant who
performed sampling analysis and their specific handling criteria for each sample
collected. Consultant to provide soil classification for each homogeneous volume
encountered at source site, source site visit notes as it relates to observing potential
source of contamination surrounding the potential source site.
F.
Source of all imported materials including but not limited to the address of the source site,
latitude/longitude of source material locations on 10-acre plot, the name of the owner of
the source materials, the location where the source materials derived from at the source
site, phone number of the owner contact of the source materials, history of the site usage
(i.e. farm, residential, industrial/commercial, etc.)
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02318 - 2 BACKFILL, TOPSOIL ENV REQUIREMENTS
1.5
G.
Report defining the current and historic uses of the clean soil source material to
determine if the potential for any source contamination is present. Report to include
regulatory environmental database search of site and surrounding properties.
H.
Copies of all daily reports, transport records and receipts to the owner Authorized
Representative on a daily basis.
SUBMITTAL REVIEW
A.
Review of submittals or any comments made does not relieve the Contractor from
compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. The purpose of this
check is to review for general conformance with the design concept of the project and
general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The Contractor
is responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; electing
techniques of construction; coordinating the Work; and performing the Work in a safe and
satisfactory manner.
B.
The Contractor must not begin any Work applicable to this section until all required
submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the owner Authorized representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1.
BACKFILL, TOP SOIL, CU STRUCTURAL SOIL
A.
The contractor shall supply only backfill, top soil and CU Structural Soil that does not
exceed APPENDIX B, SECTION 742, TABLE A; TIERED APPROACH TO
CORRECTIVE ACTION OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 742 values for 35
ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL) parameters, Total
Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH-GRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For
Target Compound Listed parameters known as PNAs, Appendix A TABLE H
(Concentrations of Polynuclear Hydrocarbon Chemicals in background Soils) values may
be used.
For samples from virgin sources, if no letter certifying virgin material is
received, one representative sample must be analyzed for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740
APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL) parameters, Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
(TPH-GRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For inorganic parameters over
background values shown for metropolitan properties in Appendix A, TABLE G, SROs
must additionally meet pH-Specific values provided in Appendix B, TABLE C. RCRA 8
Inorganics tested with SPLP must meet values shown for Class II groundwater in 742
Appendix B TABLE E. No recycled stone/concrete will be permitted. A copy of the
analytical results shall be submitted at least one week prior to depositing backfill or top
soil on site. The date of the analysis shall be within 60 days of importing such material to
the project. All material types must obtain samples at a rate of one approved sample per
1,000 imported cubic yards.
B.
A summary of the sample collection and data analysis. The report should include a
tabulation of sampling results compared to applicable Tier 1 remediation objectives for
residential properties, including pH-specific values for inorganics and SPLP testing for
RCRA 8 metals.
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02318 - 3 BACKFILL, TOPSOIL ENV REQUIREMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
AUTHORIZATIONS
A.
Haulers for transportation of backfill, top soil or CU Structural Soil shall hold and present
upon request a current, valid Commercial Driver’s License (CDL).
B.
Contractor shall have written approval from the owner Authorized Representative prior to
importing any backfill, top soil, or CU Structural Soil to the site.
MATERIAL SAMPLING
A.
The Contractor shall collect sufficient amount of representative (no composite samples)
backfill, top soil and CU Structural Soil sample(s) for analytical testing sufficient to verify
that these materials do not exceed APPENDIX B, SECTION 742, TABLE A; TIERED
APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE ACTION OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE
742 values for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL)
parameters, Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH-GRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for
RCRA 8 metals. For Target Compound Listed parameters known as PNAs, Appendix A
TABLE H (Concentrations of Polynuclear Hydrocarbon Chemicals in background Soils)
values may be used.
For samples from virgin sources, if no letter certifying virgin
material is received, one representative sample must be analyzed for 35 ILL. ADM CODE
740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL) parameters, Total Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (TPH-GRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For inorganic
parameters over background values shown for metropolitan properties in Appendix A,
TABLE G, SROs must additionally meet pH-Specific values provided in Appendix B,
TABLE C. RCRA 8 Inorganics tested with SPLP must meet values shown for Class II
groundwater in 742 Appendix B TABLE E. The contractor is responsible for payment of
all backfill, top soil and CU Structural Soil sampling and analytical fees.
B.
The EC may collect backfill, top soil or CU Structural Soil samples for laboratory analysis
on behalf of the contractor at no additional cost to the project.
C.
The EC may need to collect samples for laboratory analysis or field Photo-ionization
Detector (PID) screening, or liquid samples for laboratory analysis (as required by the
owner in special circumstances.) The Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment
and manpower to assist the EC to collect materials to be sampled at no additional cost to
the project and in compliance with OSHA and all other Rules and Regulations.
HAULING
A.
The Contractor shall not create dust and shall maintain adequate dust suppression
equipment on site if conditions warrant.
B.
The Contractor shall maintain streets clean and free of mud and dirt.
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02318 - 4 BACKFILL, TOPSOIL ENV REQUIREMENTS
C.
3.4
TRANSPORTATION
A.
B.
C.
3.5
The Contractor shall place backfill, top soil and CU Structural Soil to ensure minimum
interference with roads; streets, walks and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without
permission from the applicable governing agency and the owner Authorized
Representative. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if
required by the governing agency.
The Contractor shall provide and complete copies of all daily reports, weight tickets and
receipts (as applicable) for transportation and ultimate placement of the backfill, top soil,
and CU Structural Soil to the owner Authorized Representative, Project Manager and/or
EC for review and signature within seven (7) calendar days or as directed by the owner
Authorized Representative.
The Contractor shall maintain all applicable or potentially affected streets from their
operations clean and free of mud and dirt.
The Contractor shall schedule placement of backfill, top soil, and CU Structural Soil to
ensure minimum interference with roads; streets, walks and other adjacent occupied and
used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities
without permission from the applicable governing agency and the Owner. Provide
alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by the governing
agency.
BACKFILL
A.
The backfill material shall be granular or cohesive material that meets the project
specified requirements.
B.
For each off-site source of backfill materials, the Contractor shall provide to the owner
Authorized Representative, Project Manager and/or EC as required, environmental
laboratory analyses and certification that the imported backfill does not exceed
APPENDIX B, SECTION 742, TABLE A; TIERED APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE
ACTION OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 742 values for 35 ILL. ADM CODE
740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL) parameters, Total Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (TPH-GRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For Target
Compound Listed parameters known as PNAs, Appendix A TABLE H (Concentrations of
Polynuclear Hydrocarbon Chemicals in background Soils) values may be used. For
samples from virgin sources, if no letter certifying virgin material is received, one
representative sample must be analyzed for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A
Target Compound List (TCL) parameters, Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPHGRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For inorganic parameters over
background values shown for metropolitan properties in Appendix A, TABLE G, SROs
must additionally meet pH-Specific values provided in Appendix B, TABLE C. RCRA 8
Inorganics tested with SPLP must meet values shown for Class II groundwater in 742
Appendix B TABLE E. No recycled stone/concrete will be permitted. A copy of the
analytical results shall be submitted at least one week prior to depositing backfill or top
soil on site. The date of the analysis shall be within 60 days of importing such material to
the project. All material types must obtain samples at a rate of one approved sample per
1,000 imported cubic yards.
C.
The contractor shall not import and/or place backfill material without approval of the
owner Authorized Representative. If the Contractor imports backfill material and/or
backfills the excavation area without obtaining approval from the owner Authorized
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02318 - 5 BACKFILL, TOPSOIL ENV REQUIREMENTS
Representative, the backfill materials shall be excavated and disposed off site as per
project specifications Section 02316, if required, at the Contractor’s expense.
3.6
3.7
TOP SOIL
A.
The Top Soil material shall meet the project specified requirements as referenced in Div
2 Section 02900 ”Plantings”.
B.
For each off-site source of top soil, the Contractor shall provide to the owner Authorized
Representative as required, environmental laboratory analyses and certification that the
imported top soil does not exceed APPENDIX B, SECTION 742, TABLE A; TIERED
APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE ACTION OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE
742 values for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL)
parameters and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For Target Compound Listed
parameters known as PNAs, Appendix A TABLE H (Concentrations of Polynuclear
Hydrocarbon Chemicals in background Soils) values may be used. For samples from
virgin sources, if no letter certifying virgin material is received, one representative sample
must be analyzed for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL)
parameters, Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH-GRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for
RCRA 8 metals. For inorganic parameters over background values shown for
metropolitan properties in Appendix A, TABLE G, SROs must additionally meet pHSpecific values provided in Appendix B, TABLE C. RCRA 8 Inorganics tested with SPLP
must meet values shown for Class II groundwater in 742 Appendix B TABLE E. No
recycled stone/concrete will be permitted. A copy of the analytical results shall be
submitted at least one week prior to depositing backfill or top soil on site. The date of the
analysis shall be within 60 days of importing such material to the project. All material
types must obtain samples at a rate of one approved sample per 1,000 imported cubic
yards.
C.
The contractor shall not import and/or place top soil without approval of the owner
Authorized Representative. If the Contractor imports and/or places top soil without
obtaining approval from the owner Authorized Representative, the top soil shall be
excavated and disposed off site as per project specifications Section 02316, if required,
at the Contractor’s expense.
CU STRUCTURAL SOIL
A.
CU Structural Soil shall consist of a uniformly blended mixture of crushed stone, clay,
loam and hydrogel by weight consisting of approximately 83% crushed limestone (3/4 to
1.5 inch, highly angular with no fines), 17% clay loam and hydrogel (1 oz. per 200 pounds
of stone).
B.
For each off-site source of CU Structural Soil, the Contractor shall provide to the owner
Authorized Representative, Project Manager and/or EC, as required, environmental
laboratory analyses and certification that the imported materials do not exceed
APPENDIX B, SECTION 742, TABLE A; TIERED APPROACH TO CORRECTIVE
ACTION OBJECTIVES (TACO): 35 ILL. ADM. CODE 742 values for 35 ILL. ADM CODE
740 APPENDIX A Target Compound List (TCL) parameters, Total Petroleum
Hydrocarbons (TPH-GRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For Target
Compound Listed parameters known as PNAs, Appendix A TABLE H (Concentrations of
Polynuclear Hydrocarbon Chemicals in background Soils) values may be used. For
samples from virgin sources, if no letter certifying virgin material is received, one
representative sample must be analyzed for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02318 - 6 BACKFILL, TOPSOIL ENV REQUIREMENTS
Target Compound List (TCL) parameters, Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPHGRO+DRO), and SPLP Testing for RCRA 8 metals. For inorganic parameters over
background values shown for metropolitan properties in Appendix A, TABLE G, SROs
must additionally meet pH-Specific values provided in Appendix B, TABLE C. RCRA 8
Inorganics tested with SPLP must meet values shown for Class II groundwater in 742
Appendix B TABLE E. No recycled stone/concrete will be permitted. A copy of the
analytical results shall be submitted at least one week prior to depositing backfill or top
soil on site. The date of the analysis shall be within 60 days of importing such material to
the project. All material types must obtain samples at a rate of one approved sample per
1,000 imported cubic yards.
C.
3.8
3.9
The contractor shall not import and/or place CU Structural Soil without approval of the
owner Authorized Representative. If the Contractor imports and/or places CU Structural
Soil without obtaining approval from the owner Authorized Representative, the CU
Structural Soil shall be excavated and disposed off site as per project specifications
Section 02316, if required, at the Contractor’s expense.
DUST CONTROL
A.
The Contractor shall control dust by all necessary means, including but not limited to
covering trucks, stockpiles and open materials, watering haul roads, sweeping paved
roads, and limiting the speed of all on-site vehicles.
B.
The Contractor shall prevent vehicles from tracking mud off site. Contractor shall perform
all necessary activities to keep roadways clean throughout each day and for the duration
of the project.
QUALITY CONTROL
A.
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect structures, equipment,
pavement, walks and utilities against movement or settlement during the course of work.
B.
Damages: Promptly replace or repair any damage caused to adjacent pavement, utilities
or facilities by removal operations at no additional cost. Work shall be performed to the
satisfaction of the OWNER Authorized Representative.
C.
Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities and protect against damage during placement
of backfill, top soil and CU Structural Soil.
D.
Visual Inspections: Perform visual inspections of each load of imported material to ensure
that it is in conformance with the approved source and reject any material that has not
been approved.
E.
Submittal Timeframe Compliance: Ensure that approved source data submitted is in
compliance with time frames specified.
F.
Imported Material Inspections: Perform periodic checks of fill source locations to identify
any change in material characteristics, as applicable.
END OF SECTION 02318
Rev. 07/29/2013
Park # 569
02318 - 7 BACKFILL, TOPSOIL ENV REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 02440
ARTIFICIAL TURF
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to install all artificial grass turf as
indicated on the plans and as specified herein. The installation of all new materials shall be
performed in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and in accordance
with all approved shop drawings.
B. Perimeter edge details required for the system shall be as detailed and recommended by the
Manufacturer, and as approved by the Owner. If applicable, supply and installation of these details
will be under the scope of work of the contractor (see Section 02720- Aggregate Base Course:
Sub-base material), not that of the artificial turf Installer.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02310 - Site Grading.
B. Section 02300 – Excavation and Earthwork
D. Section 02720- Aggregate Base Course
E. Section 12001 - Site Furnishings
1.03 REFERENCES
A. FM P7825 - Approval Guide; Factory Mutual Research Corporation; current edition
B. ASTM Standard Test Methods:
D1577
D5848
D418
D1338
D1682
D5034
- Standard Test Method for Linear Density of Textile Fiber
- Standard Test Method for Mass Per Unit Area of Pile Yarn Floor Covering
- Standard Test Method for Testing Pile Yarn Floor Covering Construction
- Standard Test Method for Tuft Bind of Pile Yarn Floor Coverings
- Standard Method of Test for Breaking Load and Elongation of Textile Fabrics
- Standard Test Method of Breaking Strength and Elongation of Textile Fabrics (Grab
Test)
F1015 - Standard Test Method for Relative Abrasiveness of Synthetic Turf Playing Surfaces
D4491 - Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geo-textiles by Permittivity
D2859 - Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor Covering
Materials
F355 - Standard Test Method for Shock-Absorbing Properties of Playing Surfaces.
F1936 - Standard Test Method for Shock-Absorbing Properties of North American Football
Field Playing Systems as Measured in the Field
C. NCAA and/or National Federation Football Rules and Interpretations; FIFA Rules of the
Game; FIH Rules
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ARTIFICIAL TURF
02440-1
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to the Architect approval of a specified artificial turf system, the Manufacturer shall specify
in writing that bidding their turf system does not violate any other manufacturers’ patents, patents
allowed or patents pending and by so stating agrees to hold the Owner harmless and defend
against any legal actions undertaken as a result of patent litigation.
C. Submit the following with the Bid/Proposal:
1. Submit two samples, 6x6 inch in size, illustrating details of finished product.
2. A letter and specification sheet certifying that the products of this section meet or exceed specified
requirements.
3. Certified copies of independent (third-party) laboratory reports on ASTM tests as follows:
a) Pile Height & Total Fabric Weight, ASTM D418 or D5848
b) Primary & Secondary Backing Weights, ASTM D418 or D5848
4. A sand infill field in play for at least 8 years in the United States.
5. The Turf Contractor and the turf Manufacturer (if different from the company) shall provide a
evidence—either in the form of an executed Policy (not a sample policy or Certificate) or a
certified letter from the insurance carrier --that it offers an eight (8) year pre-paid, non-cancelable
warranty insurance policy underwritten by a Best A rated carrier (or a Warranty Bond) for a
minimum annual aggregate of $5,000,000. The policy must cover catastrophic failure of the turf
area.
6. The Turf Manufacturer shall show certified evidence that it has in place a minimum $500,000 in
cash in a separate warranty reserve account (not a accounting line item) for small Warranty repairs.
D. Prior to ordering of materials:
1. The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings indicating:
a) Turf Layout
b) Roll/Seaming Layout
d) Methods of attachment, field openings and perimeter conditions.
2. The turf Manufacturer must submit the fiber manufacturer's name, type or design of fiber,
composition of fiber, and cross-section of the fiber.
E. Prior to Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner:
1. Three (3) copies of Maintenance Manuals, which will include all necessary instructions for the
proper care and preventative maintenance of the synthetic turf system, including painting and
markings.
2. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of seams, drains or other pertinent
information.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ARTIFICIAL TURF
02440-2
3. Warranty: Submit Manufacturer Warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in
Owner's name and registered with Manufacturer and insurance carrier.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this
section. The Turf Manufacturer shall also act as turf installer.
1. Must be experienced in the manufacture and installation of this specific type of synthetic infill
grass system for at least 8 years.
2. Must have a NCAA division 1 football field in play for at least 5 seasons.
3. Must have a football field in league play in the NFL for at least 4 seasons.
4. Must have a sand/rubber infill field in play for at least 8 years in the United States.
5. Must have installed a minimum of 5 Turf areas or more in the United States in the past two
years with the same fiber manufacturer and product; and the same infill system, that is being
proposed for this field
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section.
1. The Turf Contractor must provide competent workmen skilled in this specific type of synthetic
grass installation.
2. The designated Supervisory Personnel on the project must be certified, in writing by the turf
Manufacturer, as competent in the installation of this material, including sewing seams and
proper installation of the infill mixture.
3. The Manufacturer shall act as the turf installer.
4. The installation team must be skilled in sewing seams and installing inlaid markings by means
of shearing and hot melting turf fabric. Glued seams and inlays cut into the backing and glued
to reinforcing tape are not acceptable.
C. Prior to the beginning of installation, the Installer of the synthetic turf shall inspect the sub-base.
The installer will accept the sub-base in writing when the owner provides test results for
compaction, a survey detailing planarity and tests on permeability that are in compliance with the
synthetic turf manufacturer’s specifications or guidelines. The Installer shall have the dimensions
of the field and locations for markings measured by a registered surveyor to verify conformity to
the specifications and applicable standards.
D. The Turf Contractor shall provide the necessary testing data to the owner that the finished field
meets the required shock attenuation, as per ASTM F1936.
1.06 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING
A. Convene one week before starting work of this section.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ARTIFICIAL TURF
02440-3
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Deliver products to project site in wrapped condition.
B. Store products under cover and elevated above grade.
1.08 WARRANTIES
A. See Section 01700 – Project Closeout for additional warranty requirements.
B. The turf Manufacturer shall provide a Warranty to the owner that covers defects in materials and
workmanship of the turf for a period of 8 years from the date of Substantial Completion. The turf
manufacturer must verify that their work conforms to the manufacturer’s requirements.
C. The Manufacturer’s Warranty shall include general wear and damage caused from UV
degradation. The warranty shall specifically exclude vandalism, and acts of God beyond the
control of the owner or the manufacturer, abuse and neglect.
D. The turf Manufacturer's Warranty must be supported by a prepaid, non-cancelable insurance policy
for the full eight (8) year period, or an 8 year Warranty Bond. The policy must be underwritten by
a Best A Rated insurance carrier or better and must have and annual aggregate of $5,000,000 and a
per claim minimum of at least $600,000 to provide for full removal and replacement of the turf, if
failure occurs.
E. The Turf Manufacturer shall provide a Warranty to the owner that covers defects in the installation
workmanship, and further warrant that the installation was done in accordance with its
recommendations and other written directives of the Manufacturer’s onsite representative.
F. The artificial turf must maintain an ASTM 355 G-max of between 110-200 for the life of the
Warranty. The initial installation must have a Gmax of less than 135 G’s upon completion, per
ASTM F 1936.
1.09 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. The Turf Contractor will train the Owner's facility maintenance staff in the use of the turf
Manufacturer's recommended sweeper and groomer.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Approved manufacturers are as follows:
1. FieldTurf International Inc.
5211 Mitchell Bridge Road
Dalton, GA 30721
USA
Tel:
(800)…724-2969
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ARTIFICIAL TURF
02440-4
Model: Field Turf Duraspine
Or approved equal.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. The component materials of the artificial grass field turf System consist of:
1. A Carpet made of “spined” monofilament polyethylene fibers tufted into a fibrous, nonperforated, porous backing.
2. An Infill that has at least two distinct layers: a. a controlled, homogeneous mixture of graded
silica sand. Note: A bottom layer of pure silica sand is permissible, even preferred.
3. Glue, thread, paint, seaming fabric and other materials used to install and mark the artificial
grass field turf.
B. The installed artificial grass field turf shall have the following properties:
Standard
----
Property
Fiber type
Specification
Polyethylene (extruded through a
spinneret), thickness to be nominal 120 microns
through center of fiber “vein” or “spine”. Flat
monofilaments are not acceptable.
ASTM D1577
ASTM D418/D5848
ASTM D418/D5848
Fiber Denier
Pile Height
Pile Weight
>9000 nominal
2 1/2” nominal
Nominal 36 (+/- 2) oz./sq.
ASTM D1335
ASTM D1682/D5034
ASTM D1682/D5034
ASTM F1015
ASTM D4491
ASTM F355/F1936
Tuft Bind
Grab Tear (width)
Grab Tear (length)
Relative Abrasiveness Index
Carpet Permeability
Impact Attenuation, Gmax
7-8 lbs. (with infill)
200 lbs/force
200 lbs/force
<25
>15 inches/hour
=<135 at installation
=<200 over field life
yd.
C. The Carpet shall consist of fibers tufted into a primary backing with a secondary coating.
1. The Carpet shall be furnished in 15’ wide rolls. Rolls shall be long enough to run from
sideline to sideline without splicing. The perimeter white line shall be tufted into the
individual sideline rolls. Head seams, other than at sidelines, will not be acceptable
2. The Carpet’s primary backing shall be a double-layered polypropylene fabric treated with UV
inhibitors. The secondary coating shall consist of an application of porous, heat-activated
urethane to permanently lock the fiber tufts in place. Perforated (i.e. with punched or burned
holes) backed carpet shall not be acceptable
3. The fiber shall be 9,000 denier, low friction, UV-resistant fiber measuring not less than 2 ½
inches in finished height. The same fiber from the above listed projects (Section 1.04, art. C. 5)
must be used on this project. Systems with less than a 2 ½ - inch fiber and/or shock pad
enhancements will not be accepted as equivalent.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ARTIFICIAL TURF
02440-5
4. The fiber cross-section shall be such that a thicker “spine” shall run through the center of the
fiber, providing additional resilience and memory to the fiber.
5.
The fiber must be a true monofilament, extruded through a spinneret, and developed
specifically for outdoor sports fields, not landscape applications. Fiber shall have a center
spine that is larger that the flat outer portions of the fiber.
D. The Infill materials shall be approved by the Manufacturer. The Infill shall consist of a resilient
layered granular system, comprising selected and graded dust-free silica sand and cryogenically
processed SBR rubber granules. Artificial Grass products without a mix of silica sand and
cryogenically processed rubber—and a finish application of straight rubber cryogenically
processed--will not be acceptable. The sand component of the infill must represent a minimum of
60% or more of the total infill, by weight.
E. Non-tufted or inlaid lines and markings shall be painted with paint approved by the synthetic turf
Manufacturer.
F. Thread for sewing seams of turf shall be as recommended by the synthetic turf Manufacturer.
G. Glue and seaming fabric for inlaying lines and markings shall be as recommended by the
synthetic turf Manufacturer. All turf roll seams must be sewn. Inlays shall be installed without
cutting into the backing of the turf—they shall be sheared and applied using special hot melt
adhesive.
H. Systems that do not have a 2 ½ inch pile height and a sand and rubber Infill (as described in
Section 2.02, Item D) are not acceptable. If the Infill system contains less than 60% sand, by
weight, and at least 3 pounds per square foot of rubber, then the turf must be placed over a
separate, shock-absorbing pad. Shock pad shall be an elastic layer pad, no less than 25 mm in
thickness.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The installation shall be performed in full compliance with approved Shop Drawings.
B. Only trained technicians, skilled in the installation of athletic caliber synthetic turf systems
working under the direct supervision of the approved installer supervisors, shall undertake any
cutting, sewing, gluing, shearing, topdressing or brushing operations.
C. The designated Supervisory personnel on the project must be certified, in writing by the turf
Manufacturer, as competent in the installation of this material, including sewing seams and proper
installation of the Infill mixture.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that all sub-base, drainage and leveling is complete prior to installation.
B. The surface to receive the synthetic turf shall be inspected by the Installer, and prior to the
beginning of installation, the Installer must accept the sub-base in writing. The acceptance may
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ARTIFICIAL TURF
02440-6
depend on the owner providing the installer with test results indicating that compaction, planarity
and permeability are in compliance with the synthetic turf manufacturer’s specifications. The
surface must be perfectly clean as installation commences and shall be maintained in that condition
throughout the process.
C. If applicable, the compaction of the aggregate base shall be 95%, according to the Modified
Proctor procedure (ASTM D1557), and the surface tolerance shall not exceed 0-1/4 inch over 10
feet and 0-½" from design grade. Owner or site contractor shall furnish evidence of same for the
field prior to commencement of the turf installation.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. The Turf Installer shall strictly adhere to the
installation procedures outlined under this section. Any variance from these requirements must be
accepted in writing, by the Manufacturer’s onsite representative, and submitted to the
Architect/Owner, verifying that the changes do not in any way affect the warranty. Infill materials
shall be approved by the Manufacturer and installed in accordance with the Manufacturer’s
standard procedures.
B. The carpet rolls are to be installed directly over the properly prepared aggregate base or other
suitable base. Extreme care should be taken to avoid disturbing the aggregate base, both in regard
to compaction and planarity. It is suggested that a 2-5 ton static roller is on site and available to
repair and properly compact any disturbed areas of the aggregate base.
C. The full width rolls shall be laid out across the field. Turf shall be of sufficient length to permit full
cross-field installation from sideline to sideline. No head or cross seams will be allowed in the
main playing area between the sidelines. Utilizing standard state of the art sewing procedures,
each roll shall be sewn properly to the next. When all of the rolls of the playing surface have been
installed, the sideline areas shall be installed at right angles to the playing field turf. These rolls
shall be sewn as well.
D. This is a basically sewn installation. Gluing of roll seams shall not be acceptable. Minimum gluing
will only be permitted to repair problem areas, corner completions, and to install any logos or
inlaid lines as required by the specifications. All seams shall be sewn using double bagger stitches
and polyester thread or adhered using seaming tape and high grade adhesive (per the
manufacturer’s standard procedures). Seams shall be flat, tight, and permanent with no separation
or fraying.
E. Infill materials shall be applied in numerous thin lifts. The turf shall be brushed as the mixture is
applied. The infill material shall be installed to a depth determined by the Manufacturer.
F. The Infill materials shall be installed to fill the voids between the fibers and allow the fibers to
remain vertical and non-directional. The Infill installation consists of a base layer of sand. The
Infill shall be placed so that there is a void of ¾” to the top of the fibers.
G. Synthetic turf shall be attached to the perimeter edge detail in accordance with the Manufacturer’s
standard procedures.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Protect installed Turf from subsequent construction operations.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ARTIFICIAL TURF
02440-7
B. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor surface.
C. Contractor shall provide the labor, supplies, and equipment as necessary for final cleaning of
surfaces and installed items.
D. All usable remnants of new material shall be come the property of the Owner.
E. The Contractor shall keep the area clean throughout the project and clear of debris.
F. Surfaces, recesses, enclosures, etc., shall be cleaned as necessary to leave the work area in a
clean, immaculate condition ready for immediate occupancy and use by the Owner.
END OF SECTION 02440
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ARTIFICIAL TURF
02440-8
SECTION 02510
WATER DISTRIBUTION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Drawings
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
This section includes the requirements for the installation of water services
1-inch in diameter as shown on the Drawings and specified here.
REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
R.
S.
T.
U.
V.
W.
X.
Y.
AWWA C104 - Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings.
AWWA C105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems.
AWWA C110 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings.
AWWA C111 - Rubber Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe
and Fittings.
AWWA C115 - Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded
Flanges.
AWWA C116 - Protective Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings Int. and Ext. Surf. DuctileIron/Gray-Iron Fittings.
AWWA C150 - Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe.
AWWA C151 - Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast.
AWWA C153 - Ductile Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service.
ASME/ANSI B16.1 - Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
ANSI B16.21 - Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges.
ASME B18.2.1 - Square and Hex Bolts and Screws.
ASME B18.2.2 - Square and Hex Nuts.
ASTM A123 – Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel
Products.
ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel.
ASTM A240 – Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip,
for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications.
ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs.
ASTM A536 - Ductile Iron Castings.
ASTM A767 – Zinc Coated (galvanized) Steel.
ASTM A775 – Epoxy Coated Steel.
ASTM A780-93 – Repair of Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Steel.
ASTM B308 – Stainless Steel Alloy Standard Structural Shapes, Rolled, or Extruded.
ASTM C564 - Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
ANSI A21.5/AWWA C105 - Polyethylene Encasement.
City of Chicago Plumbing Code.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 1
Z.
1.4
1.5
1.6
Follow latest edition of the above references, unless noted by year of issue.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Records and Samples are to be submitted by the
Contractor.
B.
The Contractor shall give notice in writing to the Owner, sufficiently in advance of
contractor’s intention to purchase or place a special order for any pipe required to be
installed under this contract. Fully dimensioned drawings and/or manufactures catalog
cuts are to be submitted for review.
C.
The Contractor shall submit certified copies of all test reports for test conducted on the
pipe by the manufacturer.
D.
The Contractor shall provide a notarized statement that all tests have been made and met
as specified.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Each manufacturer supplying pipe for water mains under this contract shall furnish all
facilities, personnel, and materials to conduct tests required as applicable to the type of
pipe being supplied. The cost of all plant tests required as proof of the acceptability of
the water main pipe will be considered incidental to the Work and no additional payment
will be allowed.
B.
The Work performed on joining all pipe and fittings, shall be performed by a plumber
licensed in the State of Illinois or the City. This Work shall include, but not be limited to,
joining all pipe and fittings, installing joint gaskets, assembling all joints, installing
continuity wedges, and tightening all gland nuts and bolts, as applicable for the
installation.
NOTIFICATION AND LIMITATIONS OF WATER MAIN SHUT DOWNS
A.
Whenever an existing water main or a section thereof is to be shut down during the
course of construction, every individual consumer shall be notified at least seventy-two
(72) hours prior to the shut down. The Contractor shall never operate, under any
circumstances, an existing valve for a shut down or other purpose without first notifying
and obtaining approval from the Commissioner.
B.
The time for a consumer shut down shall not exceed eight (8) hours. Absolutely no shut
downs will be permitted before 8:00 AM without approval from the Commissioner.
C.
In case of emergency shut downs, the Contractor shall notify customers immediately.
Notification may be verbal on a door-to-door basis. However, if a consumer cannot be
contacted, a written notice shall be placed at the property site showing all pertinent
information regarding the shut down. The notice shall show a telephone number the
consumer may call for information or to express any problem that the consumer may
have with the shut down.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 2
D.
If a consumer cannot withstand a planned shut down due to a dialysis machine being
present or other medical reason, the Commissioner shall be notified immediately.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
2.2
DRINKING FOUNTAIN
A.
Design is based upon “Most Dependable Fountains, Inc.” Model: 2008SM, triple bubbler
manufactured by Most Dependable Fountains, Inc., 5705 Commander Drive, Arlington,
TN 38002. Telephone: 800.552.6331 ; 901.867.0039; Fax: 901.867.0159
B.
Color: Black
C.
Pipe and fittings to be Type K copper unless shown otherwise on plans. Insure that a
slope is consistently applied to all piping to ensure positive gravity-assisted drainage or
the entire system. Ensure all fittings are secured to close openings (off season) to protect
water entry back into the piping system.
COPPER PIPE, TYPE K
A.
Seamless copper water tube shall meet the requirements of ASTM B 88, Type K wall.
B.
Seamless copper pipe shall meet the requirements of ANSI H26.1, ASTM B 42, FS WWP-377d, or ASME SB-42.
C.
Threadless copper pipe shall meet the requirements of ANSI H26.2 or ASTM B 302.
D.
Seamless copper tube shall meet the requirements of ANSI H23.3, ASTM B 75, or FS
WW-T-797c.
E.
Copper drainage tube, Type DWV shall meet the requirements of ANSI H23.6, ASTM B
306, or CS 229-60.
F.
Copper water tube, Types K, L, and M shall meet the requirements of ANSI H23.1,
ASTM B 88, FS WW-T-799b-1970, or FSWW-T-799b-1963.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A.
Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C151 and with the
additions or substitutions specified in this Section.
B.
Pipe bells shall be designed to provide a watertight joint without leakage and shall be
capable of withstanding pressures exceeding those that will rupture pipe of this class and
thickness without requiring additional jointing material.
C.
Electrical conductivity shall be provided at each joint on all push-on and mechanical
jointed pipe 16-inches in diameter and smaller, to facilitate thawing of frozen pipe and
building water services. Conductivity is to be accomplished by installing serrated silicon
wedges as recommended or supplied by the pipe manufacture. The use of lead tip
gaskets will not be allowed. Wedges are to be installed in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph C in Articles 3.6 of this specification.
D.
All pipes shall be manufactured so that where a cut is made at any point along the barrel,
the cut end will fit properly into a standard mechanical joint bell and be drip tight at
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 3
hydrostatic test pressure.
2.3
2.4
E.
Exterior of pipe shall be coated with a petroleum asphaltic material in conformance with
AWWA C110, Section 10-10. Interior of pipe shall be cement lined in accordance with
AWWA C104.
F.
Pipe thickness and classes shall conform to standards shown in Table A.
JOINTS
A.
LEAD JOINTS ARE NOT TO BE USED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES.
B.
Pipe joints shall be push-on type joints unless otherwise noted. Push-on type joints shall
conform to AWWA C111.
C.
Flanged joints, shall conform to the following:
1.
Flanged joints shall conform to AWWA C115. Flanges shall be the long hub
type, screwed on the threaded end of the pipe in the shop. There shall be no
leakage through the pipe threads. The flanges shall be designed to prevent
corrosion of the threads from the outside.
2.
Flanges shall be drilled according to the requirements of ANSI/ASME B16.1,
Class 125 unless special drilling is called for on the Drawings. Bolt holes shall
be equally spaced, drilled smooth and true. When stud bolts are used flanges
shall be drilled and tapped to accommodate the studs.
1.
The face of the screwed-on flange and plain-end of the pipe shall be accurately
refaced together, at right angles to the pipe axis. After facing and drilling, the
face of the screwed-on flange shall immediately be covered with an appropriate
rust-preventive coating.
2.
Flanged joints shall be secured with either bolts and nuts, or stud bolts with a
nuts. Bolts, stud bolts, and nuts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A307,
Grade B. Bolts and stud bolts shall conform to ANSI/ASME B18.2.1. Nuts shall
conform to ANSI/ASME B18.2.2. All bolts, stud bolts, and nuts shall be primed
with bitumastic paint after the bolts and nuts have been installed and tightened.
5.
Gaskets shall conform to Section 2.4 of this specification.
FITTINGS
A.
Fittings to be furnished and installed as specified or shown on the Drawings shall be
mechanical joint, ductile iron in accordance with AWWA C110. Laying length of
mechanical joint castings shall be as shown in AWWA C110. Wall thickness and
allowable variation in the thickness of mechanical joint castings shall conform to AWWA
C110 and have a 250-psi pressure rating.
B.
Compact fittings may not be used unless otherwise approved by the Architect.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 4
2.5
2.6
C.
Plain ends of mechanical joint fittings shall be beveled and gauged to properly seat in
push-on joint bells.
D.
The fittings shall be smooth and free from defects of every nature that would make them
unfit for the use that they were intended. Plugging of fittings is not allowed. Repairing of
defects by welding will be allowed if such repairs will not adversely affect the
serviceability of the fittings or their ability to meet the strength requirements of the
referenced AWWA standards.
E.
All castings shall be coated inside and outside with a petroleum asphaltic material in
conformance with Section 4.3 of AWWA C110. A cement-mortar lining is not required.
F.
Flanged fittings shall conform to AWWA C110, and have a 150-pound per square inch
pressure rating.
GASKETS
A.
All gaskets for pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be vulcanized natural or vulcanized
synthetic rubber, non-porous, free of foreign materials and visible defects. Recycled
rubber may not be used.
B.
When soil conditions do not permit the use of natural or synthetic rubber gaskets all
gaskets for pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be Nitrile (acrylonitrile butadiene),
nonporous, free of foreign materials and visible defects.
C.
Gaskets for flanged joints shall be of the ring type, 1/16-inch thick, and meet the
requirements of ANSI Standard B16.21. Acceptable manufactures for gaskets type as
manufactured by the Crane Company; Garlock Packing Company; or U.S. Rubber
Company.
D.
Gaskets shall be stored in a cool place and protected from light, heat, oil, or grease until
installed. Any gasket showing signs of cracking, weathering, abrasion or other
deterioration will be rejected.
POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT
A.
Polyethylene encasement material shall be 4-mil, cross-laminated, high-density
polyethylene tubing in accordance with AWWA C105.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
All ductile iron pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements.
B.
All pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be delivered, unloaded, strung, and laid as
specified here.
C.
The water service pipe shall be laid with depths of cover as indicated under
Article 3.10 of this specification, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. The pipes
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 5
shall be laid true to line and grade.
D.
3.2
3.3
Fittings as specified shall be used where shown on the drawings and where grade or
alignment changes require offsets greater than those recommended by the pipe
manufacturer.
TRANSPORTATION AND DELIVERY
A.
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the pipe during transportation and
delivery. Extreme care shall be taken in loading and unloading the pipe and fittings. Such
work shall be done slowly with skids or suitable power equipment and the pipe shall be
under complete control at all times. Under no conditions may the pipe be dropped,
bumped, dragged, pushed, or moved in any way that will cause damage to the pipe. When
handling the pipe with a crane, a suitable pipe hook or rope sling around the pipe shall be
used. Under no condition may the sling be allowed to pass through the pipe unless
adequate measures are taken to prevent damage to the pipe ends and lining.
B.
If in the process of transportation, handling, or installation, any pipe or fitting is
damaged, such pipe or fitting shall be replaced by the Contractor and be considered
incidental to the construction and no additional payment will be allowed.
C.
The Contractor shall prevent the pipe from rolling. The procedures used to prevent
rolling shall be approved by the Architect.
PREPARATION FOR LAYING PIPE
A.
Materials, coatings, and linings shall be as specified herein, shown on drawings, or
directed by the Owner. Water services shall be installed where shown on the drawings.
Installation shall be in accordance with standards as recommended by the pipe
manufacturer, and as specified herein.
B.
Proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe and convenient cutting, handling,
and laying of the pipe and fittings shall be used.
C.
Before lying, all pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly examined for defects and no piece
may be installed which is known to be defective. If defects are discovered after pipe or
fittings have been installed, the Contractor shall remove the defective pipe and/or fitting
and replace it with a sound one at his expense and to the satisfaction of the Owner.
D.
The pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before they are laid and shall be kept
clean until they are accepted in the finished work. Care shall be exercised to avoid
leaving bits of wood, dirt, rock and other foreign particles in the pipe. If any such
materials are discovered before the final acceptance of the work, they shall be removed
and the pipe and fittings replaced, if necessary. All pipes shall be kept absolutely clean
during construction and shall be stopped off with night plugs at the end of each day's
work. Exposed ends of uncompleted lines and existing water mains and services cut and
not abandoned shall be capped or otherwise temporarily sealed at all times when pipe
laying is not in progress.
E.
When cutting ductile iron pipe, it shall be neatly cut perpendicular to the longitudinal axis
of the pipe without damaging the pipes lining or coating or jointing surface area.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 6
3.4
3.5
3.6
LAYING WATER SERVICE PIPE
A.
All pipelines shall be laid in trench excavations on bedding or other foundations, as
shown on the drawings or specified herein. The pipe shall be properly secured against
movement and pipe joints shall be made in the excavation as required. Pipes shall have
solid bearing throughout their entire length.
B.
Polyethylene encasement is to be installed on all new water service pipe and fittings
before pipe is installed and braced against movement. Care shall be taken so as not to
damage the polyethylene encasement during the installation or blocking of the pipe and
fittings. If damage occurs, the Contractor shall repair or replace the polyethylene
encasement at his expense to the satisfaction of the Owner.
C.
Pipe lying will be permitted only in dry trenches having a stable bottom. Groundwater or
water from other sources shall be removed as per Section 02240 – Dewatering. If the
trench bottom is unsuitable for the pipes foundation, Contractor is to stabilize the trench
bottom to the satisfaction of Owner.
D.
If the Contractor has failed to obtain an acceptably dry trench bottom using conventional
methods of dewatering, the Owner may order the Contractor to excavate below the
intended grade and to place sufficient sub-grade material as may be suitable over the
trench bottom in accordance with Section 02300 – Excavation and Earthwork and Section
02222 - Trench Backfill.
E.
The Contractor shall also take such required precautions to prevent flotation of the new
pipeline.
ASSEMBLY OF FLANGED JOINTS
A.
Flanged joints shall be made with bolts or bolt studs with nuts as specified in Section 2.2
of this specification.
B.
Tighten flange bolts as recommended by the gasket manufacturer to ensure an evenly
compressed gasket and leak tight joint.
C.
After the bolts and nuts have been properly installed, tightened, and cleaned, prime them
with bitumastic paint.
ASSEMBLY OF PUSH-ON RUBBER GASKET JOINTS
A.
Thoroughly brush the gasket seat in the bell with a wire brush and wipe the gasket and
gasket seat with a cloth. Place the gasket in the socket with the large round end entering
first so that the groove fits over the bead in the seat. Apply a thin film of NSF 61
approved joint lubricant to the inside surface of the gasket that will come into contact
with the entering pipe.
B.
Thoroughly brush the plain end of the pipe with a wire brush and placed it in alignment
with the bell of the pipe to which it is to be joined. Make up the joint by exerting
sufficient force on the entering pipe so that its plain end is moved past the gasket until it
makes contact with the base of the socket.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 7
C.
Joints are to be made up to provide electrical continuity from one pipe to another by
installing wedges as specified in Article 2.1, paragraph C of this specification and are to
be installed in the following manner:
1.
3.7
TEMPORARY BULKHEADS
A.
3.8
All cast and ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be encased in polyethylene tubing before
being installed, blocked, or braced.
USE OF DAMAGED, DEFECTIVE, OR NON-SPECIFIED CASTINGS AND FITTINGS
A.
3.10
At ends of constructed sections where adjoining water mains or structures have not been
completed and are not ready to be connected, temporary bulkheads shall be used.
ENCASING DUCTILE IRON PIPE IN POLYETHYLENE
A.
3.9
Use two (2) wedges per joint for 3-inch to 12-inch diameter pipes. Wedges shall
be placed on opposite sides of the joint at an equal distance apart (9 and 3 o’clock
positions) around the joint.
All construction castings and pipe fittings that are determined to be damaged, defective or
do not meet these specifications and are stored within the Work area shall be marked for
non-use and removed and replaced with fittings that conform to these Specifications.
DEPTH OF PIPE COVER
A.
Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all water services shall be installed so a minimum
pipe cover is achieved as shown in Table D.
TABLE D – MINIMUM DEPTH OF COVER FOR WATER SERVICES
Size of Pipe
3/4 to 3-inches
3.11
ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING WATER SERVICE PIPES
A.
3.12
Depth of Cover
5-ft 6-inches + 3-inches
All openings on abandoned pipe or conduit are to be sealed with a concrete mortar plug
of a minimum of one (1) foot in length within the pipe.
DISINFECTION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS
A.
Protect new and existing pipe and fittings from water, debris and foreign materials as
specified in Section 02300 – “Excavation and Earthwork”.
B.
All new pipe, fittings, and valves shall be disinfected in accordance with “Disinfection
and Testing of Water Mains”, as detailed in the latest edition of “Design Guidelines for
Watermain Installation” of the City of Chicago, Department of Water Management and
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 8
the requirements of the Bureau of Water Quality which may be contacted at
312.744.8190.
C.
3.13
SEPARATION BETWEEN WATER SERVICE AND SEWER
A.
3.14
Swab all pipe and fittings that will not be pressure tested or chlorinated with a chlorine
solution during installation. Extra precautions shall be taken to prevent debris or ground
water from entering the section of water main to be swabbed. Incorporate untested
section of water main into the flushing routine when the work is necessitated, or part of, a
water main replacement project. When connecting pipes to the existing city water system
use normal operating pressure to visually inspect for leaks. If feasible, inspect for leaks
prior to backfilling the excavation. Comply with all standards and requirements of the
Bureau of Water Quality.
Water Service and Sewer shall have a clear vertical separation of 18 inches. If this
separation is found to be less than 18 inches then the contractor is to immediately notify
the Owner.
TEST FOR CONTROL
A.
The Contractor shall perform water lines work to the requirement of DWM and obtain
clearance approval from Department of Water Management (DWM) for the water
distribution work performed by the Contractor, this may include water sample testing in
the laboratory, leakage, etc.
END OF SECTION 02510
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 9
SECTION 02511
HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Drawings
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
Section includes hot-mix asphalt paving and pavement markings required to complete the
project.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Submit manufacturers’ product data for demonstrating compliance with
specified requirements.
B.
Material Certificates: Provide copies of materials certificates signed by material
producer and contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or exceeds,
specified requirements.
C.
LEED Submittals:
1.
2.
1.4
LEED Credit MR: Submit product data for products
having recycled content,
documentation indicating percentages by weight of post-consumer and preconsumer recycled content.
a.
Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled
content.
LEED Credit MR: Submit product data for products that have extracted,
harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured within 500 miles of the Project
site.
a.
Include a statement indicating the percentage by weight which is
extracted, harvested, or recovered within 500 miles of the Project site.
REFERENCES
A.
Specified references, or cited portions thereof, current at date of bidding documents
unless otherwise specified, govern the work.
B.
Asphalt Institute (AI) :
1.
ES-11 Asphalt Surface Treatments - Specifications.
2.
ES-12 Asphalt Surface Treatments - Construction Techniques.
3.
MS-1 Thickness Design - Asphalt Pavements for Highways and Streets.
4.
MS-2 Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot-Mix Types.
5.
MS-5 Introduction to Asphalt.
6.
MS-10 Soils Manual.
7.
MS-14 Asphalt Cold-Mix Manual.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVING
02511-1
8.
9.
1.5
MS-17 Asphalt Overlays for Highway and Street Rehabilitation.
MS-22 Construction of Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavements.
C.
The American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1.
ASTM D698 - Tests for Moisture-Density Relationship of Soils and SoilAggregate Mixtures, Using 5 Lb. Rammer and 12 in. Drop.
D.
Illinois Department of Transportation:
1.
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, January 2007,
including all addenda.
2.
Manual of Instructions for Bituminous Proportioning and Testing.
TESTING & INSPECTION
A.
Testing and inspection of bituminous concrete mixes and testing of placed stabilized base
course and bituminous concrete pavement will be performed by an independent testing
laboratory employed by the Contractor.
B.
Allow testing laboratory access to mixing plant for verification of weights or proportions,
character of materials used and determination of temperatures used in preparation of
bituminous concrete mix.
C.
When requested, testing laboratory shall perform tests on proposed bituminous pavement
mixes to determine conformity with specifications.
D.
Testing laboratory shall perform one series of compaction tests for stabilizing base course
and for each bituminous pavement course. The Contractor shall pay for all costs of
additional testing due to improper performance of work.
E.
When stabilizing base course, or portion thereof, has been placed and compacted in
accord with specifications, notify testing laboratory to perform density tests. Do not
place bituminous concrete pavement until satisfactory results have been verified and base
course approved in writing by Owner.
F.
When compaction test results indicate nonconforming work, remove defective work,
replace and retest.
G.
Observe the proof-rolling of the subgrade prior to placing base course materials.
H.
Check base course materials for conformance to specifications.
I.
Perform extraction analysis on samples of bituminous concrete mixes to check for
conformance to the Illinois Department of Transportation Class I requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Stabilizing Base Course: Comply with IDOT, 2012 for gradation CA-6, and Section
02720.
B.
Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving Materials: Comply with IDOT 2012, Section 406:
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVING
02511-2
1.
2.
3.
Hot-mix asphalt surface course: Article 1030, Mix “E”, N30; IL 9.5, PG 64-22.
Hot-mix asphalt binder course: Article 1030, N30; IL 19.0, PG 64-22.
Bituminous Materials: Article 1032.
C.
Pavement Marking:
1.
Comply with requirements of Section 02783 Pavement Marking.
D.
LEED Requirements:
1.
See Section 01352 for LEED requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
3.2
PLACEMENT OF STABILIZING BASE COURSE
A.
3.3
3.4
Provide all items and perform all preparation and work in accord with IDOT 2012,
referenced Sections:
1.
Subgrade: Comply with IDOT 2012, Section 301.
2.
Granular Base: Comply with IDOT 2012, Section 311.
Refer Part 3 of Section 02720 Aggregate base course.
PRIMING PREPARED STABILIZED BASE COURSE
A.
Ensure stabilized base course is dry and free of loose or foreign material before priming.
B.
Apply primer over prepared stabilizing base course at a uniform rate of 0.3 gallon/sq. yd.
Ensure primer is at temperature recommended by manufacturer. Use clean natural sand
to blot excess primer.
C.
Similarly prime surfaces of curbs and gutters which will be in contact with bituminous
pavement.
D.
Coat surfaces of manholes and catch basins that are to remain free of asphalt with oil to
prevent asphalt adhesion.
PLACEMENT OF BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT
A.
Place bituminous pavement within twenty-four (24) hours of priming stabilizing base
course.
B.
Place binder course to compacted depth as shown on Drawings.
C.
Place surface course to compacted depth as shown on Drawings.
D.
Do not place bituminous pavement when surface temperature is 40 F. or lower.
E.
Compact each bituminous paving course to specified density, with approved rolling
equipment. Start compaction as soon as pavement will bear equipment without checking
or undue displacement.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVING
02511-3
3.5
F.
Execute compaction in three operations in pass sequence. Ensure each pass of roller
overlaps previous passes to ensure smooth surface, free of roller marks. Keep roller
wheels sufficiently moist not to pick up material.
G.
Hand tamp in areas not accessible to rolling equipment.
H.
Ensure joints made during paving operations are straight, clean, vertical and free of
broken or loose material. Prime vertical surfaces of joints to ensure tight bond.
I.
Ensure surface of completed bituminous pavement is true to lines, profiles and elevations
indicated, and are free from depressions exceeding 1/4 in. when measured with a 10 ft.
straightedge.
J.
Do not allow vehicular traffic on newly paved areas until surface coat has cooled to
ambient atmospheric temperature.
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
A.
Install pavement markings as shown on the drawings and as per the requirements of
Section 02783.
END OF SECTION 02511
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVING
02511-4
SECTION 02542
METER VAULT
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Drawings
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
This Section includes requirements for construction and/or adjustment of Water meter
vaults using precast concrete.
REFERENCES
A.
ASTM A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings
B.
ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for
Concrete Reinforcement
C.
ASTM A197 - Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron
D.
ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings
E.
ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement
F.
ASTM C55 - Standard Specification for Concrete Building Brick
G.
ASTM C443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes Using
Rubber Gaskets
H.
ASTM C478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections
I.
ASTM C857 – Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for
Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures
K.
ASTM C858 – Standard Specification for Underground Precast Concrete Utility
Structures.
L.
ASTM C990 - Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes and Precast
Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants.
M.
IDOT Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC)
N.
American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials, Standard
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
METER VAULT
02542-1
Specifications for Highway (AASHTO)
O.
1.4
Follow the latest edition of the above references.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Refer to Book 1 for submittal requirements and procedures for Shop Drawings, Product
Data, Records and Samples.
B.
Shop Drawings: When not indicated on the Contract Drawings in sufficient detail or
definition, submit detailed drawings of precast concrete utility structures and related
metal work.
C.
Product Data: Submit manufacturers' product data for standard manufactured precast
concrete sections and structures, for metal gratings and covers, and for other, related
miscellaneous metal items.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
2.3
PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
A.
Fabrication standards - Circular precast concrete base and riser sections furnished for
manholes, valve basins and other structures must conform to ASTM C478. Non-circular
precast concrete monolithic and sectional structures for meter vaults, riser manholes and
other structures must conform to ASTM C858.
B.
Furnish riser sections in various heights, including an offset tapered section, as detailed
on the Drawings.
JOINT SEALANTS
A.
Rubber gaskets must conform to ASTM C443.
B.
Preformed butyl rubber flexible rope type gaskets must conform to ASTM C990.
ADJUSTING RINGS
A.
Adjusting rings are to be precast concrete in conformance with ASTM C478.
B.
Meeting Faces:
1.
2.
3.
Smooth
Parallel
Free from cracks, chips, spalls or casting irregularities interfering with watertight
mating to structure top or casting.
4.
Provide grooves in faces to contain extrudible preformed gasket material when
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
METER VAULT
02542 - 2
possible.
2.4
2.5
CASTINGS
A.
Iron castings are to be ductile iron castings conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 60-40-18,
or gray iron conforming to ASTM A48, free from blowholes, shrinkage, cracks and other
defects.
B.
Allowance for shrinkage must be made in the patterns to meet the specified thickness.
Frames and lids are to seat at all points.
C.
Malleable castings are to conform to ASTM A197.
D.
All castings are to be made accurately to dimensions shown on the plans, and planed,
filed, or ground where otherwise necessary to secure flat and true surfaces.
STEPS
A.
2.6
MORTAR
A.
2.7
Steps anchored to the wall are to be provided as noted on the drawings.
Mortar for brickwork is to be composed of one (1) part Portland cement and
two (2) parts screened sand.
1.
Portland cement must conform to the requirements of Section 1001 of the
SSRBC.
2.
Sand must be class A quality and gradation FA-9 as specified in Article 1003.02
of the SSRBC.
B.
The cement and sand must be proportioned by volume and thoroughly mixed
in a tight box.
C.
After the initial mixing, water is to be added gradually and the ingredients mixed until the
mortar is of proper consistency. The amount of water must be no more than necessary to
produce a workable, plastic mortar.
D.
Prepare only a sufficient amount of mortar for immediate use and any mortar that has
begun to set must not be retempered or used in any way in the Work
VAULT COVERS AND LIDS
A.
Dimensions of the cover must be as noted on the standard detail and from Neenah
Foundry Manufacturer.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
METER VAULT
02542-3
3.1
3.2
3.3
DESCRIPTION
A.
Excavate backfill and compact in accordance with Section 02300 - Excavation, and
Earthwork.
B.
All brick must be thoroughly wetted immediately before being laid.
C.
Old brickwork must be thoroughly cleaned and wetted before new work is jointed thereto.
D.
No masonry work is to be done when the temperature is below 33º F unless otherwise
approved, and then only under conditions for protecting it from frost.
PRE-CAST STRUCTURE INSTALLATION
A.
Carefully place precast sections for all structures on prepared bedding so as to fully and
uniformly support the structure and allow pipes to be laid to proper grade.
B.
All lift holes on precast sections must be completely filled with mortar, smoothed on both
inside and outside surfaces.
C.
Seal joints between riser sections with approved mastic sealant or rubber gaskets, or as
directed by the Owner.
D.
Place one adjusting ring (only) on manhole top. Select thickness of adjusting ring to bring
completed structure to required elevation.
E.
Seal joints between adjusting rings and frames with approved mastic sealant before
backfilling structures.
F.
Install manhole frame and cover.
MASONRY STRUCTURE INSTALLATION
A.
Install precast concrete or cast in place base as shown on the Drawings.
B.
Lay brick courses to the line, straight and parallel, breaking joints with those in adjacent
courses.
C.
Lay brick radially as headers in a full bed of mortar with joints not exceeding 3/8-inch in
thickness.
D.
Fill joints with mortar. Interior joints must be trowel-struck.
E.
Fresh masonry must be plastered inside and outside and must be protected from damage
of all kinds.
F.
New work, unless immediately covered with earth or brick backing, or an approved form
of curing compound, must be kept moist until the mortar has hardened.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
METER VAULT
02542 - 4
G.
3.4
3.5
Install manhole frame and cover.
FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF STRUCTURES
A.
After the base course and binder course have been placed, and prior to placing the surface
course, the structures must be adjusted to match the final pavement elevation.
B.
Remove the binder and base course adjacent to and for a distance not exceeding 12inches outside the base of the castings.
C.
Adjust the castings to final pavement elevation with adjusting rings set in mortar.
D.
Fill the space around the casting with Class SI concrete to the elevation of the surface of
the binder course.
ABANDONMENT OF VALVE BASINS AND OTHER STRUCTURES.
A.
For Valve basins and other structures being abandoned, the Contractor must remove the
existing frame and lid and return it the City as requested by the Owner. The remaining
parts of the structure are to be removed to a depth of 36-inch below grade and filled with
fine graded aggregate or controlled low strength material (CLSM) flowable fill, as
appropriate, or directed by the Owner. CLSM flowable material must meet standards
specified in City of Chicago’s Dept of Water Management, Section 31 23 10 Excavation,
Trenching and Backfilling.
END OF SECTION 02542
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
METER VAULT
02542-5
SECTION 02601
STORM SEWER
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
1.2
Drawings
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
SUMMARY
A.
Furnish and install all labor, materials, tools and equipment required for furnishing and installing
Storm and Sanitary Sewer(s) including, but not necessarily limited to trench excavation and disposal of all
unsuitable material; special fabrication and field installation of pipe; connections to existing catch basins,
inlets and manholes; modifications of existing sewers; bedding, backfilling of trenches with suitable trench
excavated material; and other appurtenant or related work associated with the construction of storm sewers.
B.
1.3
1.4
Except as modified herein, the work shall conform to City of Chicago – Department of
Water Management 2012 Regulations for Sewer Construction and Stormwater Management.
REFERENCES
A.
City of Chicago – Department of Water Management 2012 Regulations for Sewer
Construction and Stormwater Management.
B.
Municipal Code of City of Chicago 2011.
C.
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), January 1, 2007
(Illinois Department of Transportation)
D.
ASTM C-144 – Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
E.
ASTM C-150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement
F.
ASTM C-700 – Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard
Strength, and Perforated.
G.
Compression joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe shall conform to ASTM C-425.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit the following
1.
Samples and/or Product Data
a.
2.
Product Data
Tests Reports
a.
Submit test reports necessary to show compliance with the Contract
Chicago Park District: Park No.569DFA
STORM SEWER
02601 - 1
Documents.
3.
Manufacturer’s Certification
a. Submit certification that product(s) meet(s) or exceed(s) the specified
requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
GENERAL
1.
B.
The pipe shall be the type and class called for on the Plans and shall be in
accordance with requirements of this section.
PIPE
1.
Sewers constructed in sizes 21 inches in diameter and smaller shall be ESVCP,
ASTM Designation C-700 with C-425 joints; DIP, class 52 or equivalent, with push
on self-contained, pre-lubricated gaskets or mechanical joints; or CIP, with hot
poured pure lead firmly packed with oakum or hemp. See Section 18-29-702.3 and
18-29-1102.4 of the Municipal Code of Chicago.
2.
CIP or DIP shall be used under building structures. If the sewer size is less than 24
inches in diameter and the cover is less than 3 feet, then Class 52 or equivalent
pressure DIP shall be used.
3.
DIP encased in polyethylene wrap is the only type of iron pipe allowed for City
sewers. Other means of corrosion protection for iron pipe may be considered for
private sewers.
4.
In new streets, the horizontal clearance between a waterline and sewer shall be 10
feet center to center. If a sewer and waterline (i.e., main or water service) have less
than 10 feet of horizontal clearance, then DIP shall be used if the sewer is less than
18 inches below the waterline. Furthermore, if the sewer is above the waterline, DIP
shall be used regardless of vertical clearance. CIP is not allowed in the right-of-way.
5.
RCP shall be used for sewers 24 inches in diameter and larger, unless prior approved
by the DWM. ASTM Designation C-76, Class-III, Wall-B with O-ring type joints is
the minimum requirement for this type of pipe. If self-lubricating gaskets are used,
the physical properties of the gaskets shall conform to ASTM C-361. RCP may not
be used for pipe 21 inches in diameter and smaller, inside or outside the private
property.
6.
No plastic pipe may be used for any underground sewer or drain inside or outside
the property, except as specifically allowed by the Municipal Code of Chicago. The
Municipal Code of Chicago, Section 18-29-702.3 and 18-29-1102.5, Subsoil Drain
Pipe, allows (1) PVC pipe - ASTM D2729 (type Sewer Pipe, PS25, PS50 and PS
100); or (2) PVC perforated subsurface drain pipe, ASTM F 891 with nylon sock,
filter fabric, ASTM D 3034, SDR 35 (4 inch to 15 inch). No corrugated pipe is
allowed.
Chicago Park District: Park No.569DFA
STORM SEWER
02601 - 2
7.
All inlet connections shall be eight-inch (8") Extra Strength Vitrified Clay Pipe or
Ductile Iron Pipe. All catch basin connections shall be eight-inch (8") inch pipe of
the type and quality specified herein. Catch basin half-traps on proposed catch
basins will not be measured for payment but considered incidental to the item
CATCH BASIN. Where required, catch basin half-traps shall be constructed of
ductile iron pipe and be furnished with fittings conforming to ANSI A21.51, Class
52 Specification, with 0.33-inch wall thickness and have a push-on type bell end.
Ductile iron pipe joints shall be push-on type except that, when required and so
shown on the plans, joints shall be mechanical type and approved by the Owner.
8.
All drain connection replacements and extensions shall match the existing drain size,
type and quality.
9.
The pipe foundation shall consist of moist, well compacted bedding material of at
least 4 inches in depth below the pipe and so placed that at least the lower half of the
pipe will be uniformly supported for its entire length. The cost of furnishing,
placing and compacting the bedding material shall be considered as incidental work,
and no additional compensation will be allowed.
10.
After installing the sewer pipe, trenches shall be backfilled in accordance with
Article 550.07 of the Standard Specifications, Section 2.1 A of 02222 and Section
02310. The method chosen will be subject to the approval of the Owner. Backfill
material shall be sand conforming to Section 1003 of the Standard Specifications
and have a gradation meeting FA-6. The cost of furnishing, placing and compacting
trench backfill material will be considered as incidental work.
11.
Unless otherwise directed by the Owner, all excavated material not needed on the
work shall be legally disposed of beyond the limits of the improvement within 24
hours.
12.
For any proposed excavation 12 feet or greater below grade, the Contractor shall
design an Earth Retention System subject to approval by the Owner. It is the
Contractor’s responsibility to provide shop drawings sealed by a Licensed Structural
Engineer in Illinois and design calculations for temporary earth retention and
associated members, which shall be approved before this work may start. However,
the Owner’s approval shall not relieve the Contractor from his/her sole
responsibility for the successful design, installation and functioning of the temporary
earth retention system (sheeting or shoring). The Contractor shall also provide
temporary support for any adjacent structures and utilities during construction per
details prepared, signed and sealed by a Licensed Structural Engineer registered in
Illinois.
13.
Where a sewer or drain connection is to be made to a proposed ESVCP sewer, a
manufactured Y or T branch shall be installed in the sewer at this junction. Where a
sewer or drain connection is to be made to a proposed RCP sewer, a pipe section
with a pre-drilled hole of the proper diameter shall be installed at this junction. The
junction of the proposed sewers shall be constructed as shown on the Detail
Construction Standards.
14.
Except as specified hereinafter, when a sewer or drain connection is to be made to
an existing sewer, a “T” or "Y” saddle shall be installed per the Detail Construction
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
STORM SEWER
02601-3
Standards. The circular opening in the existing sewer shall be core drilled to the
same size as the external diameter of the proposed sewer or drain connection. The
protrusion of the proposed sewer into the existing sewer shall not exceed a
maximum of one inch (1"). Edge of core holes shall be a minimum of 1.5 feet from
the edge of pipe and a minimum distance of 5 feet horizontally between holes.
Holes shall not be drilled higher than 10 and 2 o'clock. The joint between the
existing sewer and the proposed sewer shall be completely sealed with brick and
mortar as shown in the Standard of City of Chicago – Department of Water
Management 2012 Regulations for Sewer Construction and Stormwater
Management.
15.
If the existing sewer pipe is cracked, broken or otherwise damaged by the Contractor
in making this cored opening, the Contractor shall replace this section of pipe with a
pipe equal to and similar in all respects to the pipe of the existing sewer. The
Contractor shall do this work in a careful, workmanlike manner without extra
compensation, so as not to disturb the adjoining sections of existing pipe. The
junction of the proposed and existing sewers shall be constructed as shown on the
Standard of City of Chicago – Department of Water Management 2012 Regulations
for Sewer Construction and Stormwater Management.
16.
The brick (Grade S.W. Building Brick) shall be laid in mortar as specified for Brick
Masonry under Article 602.05 of the Standard Specifications.
17.
Flow in the sewers shall not be interrupted unless adequate provisions, acceptable to
the Owner, are made to continue service. A temporary flume pipe shall be installed
at the end of each day between the existing and proposed sewers at locations where
an existing sewer is being replaced.
18.
Care shall be taken to prevent mud, sand or other obstructing materials from
entering the sewer. All such materials which enter the sewer shall be removed and
the sewer left clean and unobstructed upon completion of the work. This shall
include all debris created in making the circular opening in existing sewers for
purposes of storm sewer connections and all materials employed to seal the joints.
19.
Where broken tile in the existing sewer is determined, the Contractor shall replace
the broken tile at no additional cost.
20.
The Contractor shall, when directed by the Owner, place riser pipes for future
laterals from their connection with the sewer to such a height as directed.
21.
After installation of the proposed sewer is complete, existing and private drains shall
be connected to the new sewer. Upon completing the connection of existing drains
and private drains to the new sewer, the existing sewer and/or portions thereof shall
be abandoned. The existing sewer shall be bulk headed and grouted as directed by
the Owner. This work will not be paid separately but shall be considered incidental
to the work.
22.
Abandoned sewers and drains, as designated by the Owner, shall be plugged with
Class SI concrete or brick and suitable mortar to the satisfaction of the Owner. This
work will not be paid for separately, but shall be considered as included in the
Contract unit price for the Storm Sewer items.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
STORM SEWER
02601-4
23.
New opening or enlargements of existing openings in existing manholes that are
required to accommodate the proposed sewers will not be measured for payment but
shall be considered incidental to the work.
24.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following for clay pipes:
1.
2.
3.
Can O Lok Pipe
The Logan Clay Products Company
Superior Clay Corp.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PLACEMENT
A.
3.2
3.3
Sewers shall be laid to the lines and grades shown on the Contract Drawings and in
accordance to City of Chicago – Department of Water Management 2012 Regulations for
Sewer Construction and Stormwater Management.
EQUIPMENT
A.
All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of storm drains will be on
the Project, in first-class working condition, and approved by OWNER before construction is
permitted to start.
B.
The Contractor shall provide appropriate hoisting equipment to handle the pipe while
unloading and placing it in the final position without damage to the pipe.
C.
The Contractor shall provide vibratory means to obtain the required compaction of the pipe
bedding and backfill as specified in Section 02222 of these Specifications.
EXCAVATION
A.
The width of the pipe trench shall be sufficient to permit satisfactory jointing of the pipe and
thorough tamping of the bedding material under and around the pipe, but shall not be less
than the external diameter of the pipe plus one (1) foot on each side. The trench walls shall
be approximately vertical except where safety considerations require benching of the trench
walls.
B.
The Contractor shall bear all risk as to the quality of the excavation, its condition as to the
presence or absence of water, and all contingencies attending the Work. The Contractor
shall review the geo-technical information provided in the Contract Documents.
C.
The Contractor shall conduct dewatering as defined in Section 02240, as necessary to
maintain the water table level below the trench bottom prior to and during pipe laying,
jointing, and backfilling. The dewatering operation, however accomplished, shall be carried
out so that it does not destroy or weaken the strength of the soil under or alongside the
trench.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
STORM SEWER
02601-5
3.4
D.
Where rock, hardpan, or other unyielding material is encountered, it shall be removed below
the foundation grade for a depth of at least 8 inches. The excavation below grade shall be
backfilled with trench stabilization stone in accordance with Section 02222 of these
Specifications.
E.
Where a firm foundation is not encountered at the grade established, due to soft, spongy, or
other unstable soil, the unstable soil shall be removed and replaced with Trench Stabilization
Stone as defined by Section 02222 of these Specifications for the full trench width.
F.
The excavation for pipes that are placed in embankment fill shall not be made until the
embankment has been completed to a height above the top of the pipe as shown on the Plans.
G.
The description of soil classifications, including contaminated materials, and their disposal
are contained in Section 02300 of these Specifications.
H.
The Contractor shall construct such trench bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to
perform and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance to governing
laws. The bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall not be removed in one operation but shall be
done in successive stages to prevent overloading of the pipe during backfilling operations.
The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring, and the removal of same, shall be considered
incidental to the work.
I.
Open-cut trenches shall be supported as required to fully protect life, existing utilities,
adjacent structures, pavements, and the Work. Trench support is an integral part of the
Contractor’s means and methods. The Contractor shall employ the services of a registered
(Illinois) Structural Engineer, registered (Illinois) Professional Engineer, Geotechnical
Engineer, and other professionals as necessary to prepare designs of support systems. The
support systems shall conform to Federal laws, State laws and municipal ordinances. The
minimum protection shall conform to the recommendations in O.S.H.A. Safety and Health
Standards for Construction.
BEDDING
A.
3.5
The pipe bedding shall conform to the details as shown on the Plans and in accordance with
Section 02222 - Trench Backfill.
LAYING PIPE
A.
Pipe in Trench
1.
Laying of pipe shall be accomplished to line and grade in the trench only after it has
been dewatered and the bedding and Trench Stabilization Stone (if required) have
been prepared in accordance with Section 02222 of these Specifications. The pipe
shall be laid so that it will be uniformly supported with the entire length of its pipe
barrel fully bearing on the bedding material. Mud, silt, gravel, and other foreign
material shall be kept out of the pipe and off joint surfaces. All pipe laid shall be
retained in position so as to maintain alignment and joint closure until sufficient
backfill has been completed to adequately hold the pipe in place.
2.
Pipe alignment shall not deviate by more than 0.5 inch or 0.25 inch per foot of
diameter, whichever is greater, from true vertical alignment; or 2.0 inches or 0.5
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
STORM SEWER
02601-6
inch per foot of diameter, whichever is greater, from true horizontal alignment, prior
to and following placement and compaction of backfill. Sewers found to vary from
these alignment criteria will be excavated and re-layed or otherwise corrected. No
blocking of any kind will be permitted to adjust the pipe to grade. Contractor shall
check line and grade of each pipe Section installed
3.6
3.
The pipe laying shall begin at the lowest point of the trench and precede upgrade.
The lower segment of the pipe shall be in contact with the bedding throughout its
full length. Bell or groove ends of rigid pipes shall be placed facing upgrade.
4.
Pipe shall not be laid on frozen ground. The Contractor shall provide for the
temporary diversion of flows in order to permit the installation of the pipe under dry
conditions.
5.
Following installation, the pipe shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 02222
of these Specifications and as shown on the Drawings.
JOINING PIPE
A.
ESVCP
1.
3.7
ESVCP joints shall be made to form a flexible watertight seal. Gaskets shall be
installed according to the manufacturer’s requirements. The method of joining pipe
Sections shall be such that the ends are fully entered and the inner surfaces are
reasonably flush and even.
CONNECTION TO STRUCTURES AND PIPES
A.
Where the Plans show connections to existing or proposed pipe or structures, these
connections shall be watertight and made so that a smooth uniform flow line will be obtained
throughout the drainage system.
B.
Connections to existing ESVCP sewers shall be made with a vitrified clay wye junction or a
properly sized saddle. No break-in connections will be allowed o existing clay, concrete
sewers or lined brick sewers. Connections to existing concrete sewers shall be cored. All
connections to brick sewers which comprise one-half or more of the brick sewer’s
diameter require a reinforced concrete collared structural detail, approved by a Licensed
Structural Engineer. City standard connections as shown in Appendices A-20 toA-26 shall be
made.
C.
All branch sewer connections shall meet the structural, jointing, and water-tightness
requirements for the mainline pipe to which they are made. Break-in-connections will not be
allowed. Connections of pipe, 18-inches in diameter or smaller to RCP may be made using
cast-in or cored-in flexible couplings meeting ASTM C-923, or pre-cast wye or tee fittings
Connections of pipe larger than 18-inches in diameter to RCP will be with pre-cast wye or
tee fittings.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
STORM SEWER
02601-7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
BACKWATER VALVE
A.
Install components in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved product
data submittals.
B.
Set plumb, level and rigid.
BACKFILLING
A.
Pipes shall be inspected before any backfill is placed; any pipes found to be out of alignment,
unduly settled, or damaged shall be removed and relaid or replaced at the Contractor’s
expense. Trenches shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 02222 - Trench Backfill.
B.
Backfilling shall be started and completed as quickly as possible after the pipe has been
assembled and placed on its bed.
CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE
A.
After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and
rubbish from the site. The Contractor shall restore disturbed landscape areas to their original
condition. Where the original condition is grass, sod shall be used for restoration. All costs
for restoration shall be included in the Contract. Any future settlement of trenches shall be
restored at the Contractor’s expense.
B.
After all the work is completed, the Contractor shall remove all tools and other equipment,
leaving the entire site free, clear and in good condition.
INSPECTION
A.
The Contractor shall conduct infiltration testing of each manhole-to-manhole Section of pipe
after the pipe is installed and backfilled. Infiltration tests shall be made by measuring the
flow of infiltrating water over a calibrated weir set up in the invert of the sewer. All labor,
equipment, material and water, including gauges and meters, necessary for infiltration testing
shall be furnished by the Contractor.
No additional pipe will be laid until the infiltration test on each manhole/junction chamberto-manhole/junction chamber Section of pipe meets the following specified infiltration limit:
100 gallons per day per inch of pipe diameter per mile of sewer
No visible leaks will be permitted that endanger the pipe or surrounding bedding/backfill.
B.
If the specified infiltration limit is exceeded, the Contractor shall immediately make all
repairs and/or replacements necessary to achieve the specified infiltration limit. After all
repairs are made, the Contractor shall again perform an infiltration test. All costs for testing
and pipe repair or replacement shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost.
C.
For pipes smaller than 72-inches in diameter, an internal television inspection shall be
performed following the completion of open-cut sewer installation, infiltration testing, and
backfill compaction testing. The television camera used shall be high-resolution color, shall
be equipped with a revolving head, and shall be equipped with a footage counter which
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
STORM SEWER
02601-8
records on the videotape. Videotapes in DVD format will be made of the internal
inspections and given to OWNER. The costs associated with televising shall be considered
incidental and no additional payment will be made for this work.
D.
Inspection of Sewers: In conjunction with sewer inspection(s), the Contractor is required to
furnish a videotape of a televised inspection of the interior of all existing and/or proposed
main sewers affected by various work performed under this Contract. The videotape of
existing and/or proposed main sewers shall be recorded under the supervision of OWNER,
and the cost of producing and furnishing same shall be incidental to the Contract. The
videotape is considered a critical item. Videotaping of the sewer shall be performed as soon
as practical and submit a detail report with recommendations of any damaged sewers for
replacement or as directed by OWNER.
The Contractor shall submit at the preconstruction meeting the name, phone number, and
contact person of the firm that is scheduled to perform the videotaping of the sewer.
The sewer shall be cleaned prior to videotaping. The final acceptance of the sewer will be
based on the sewer videotape. All deficiencies exposed on the videotape shall be corrected
by the Contractor within 30 calendar days of notification. All costs incurred by the
Contractor to make the required repairs shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Pavement
sections requiring removal shall be full panel sections and pavement anchors will be required
for pavement restoration. The Contractor is then required to re-videotape the sewer to verify
that the deficiencies noted on any previous videotape have been corrected to the satisfaction
of OWNER. All costs to re-videotape the sewer, regardless of the number of times required,
shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to
correct all deficiencies prior to the placement of the final wearing surface.
If, in the opinion of OWNER, the Contractor has delayed in submitting the videotape, the
placement of the final wearing surface will be suspended. No time extension will be granted
due to this suspension. OWNER will be sole judge as to any delays. All videotape submittals
shall include location maps, pipe routes, legends and descriptions.
END OF SECTION 02601
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
STORM SEWER
02601-9
SECTION 02603
PIPE UNDERDRAINS AND CLEANOUTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
1.2
1.3
1.4
SUMMARY
A.
Furnish and install all Pipe Underdrains in accordance with these Specifications and in
conformity with the lines and grades shown on the Plans.
B.
Furnish and install cleanouts in accordance with these specifications and in reasonably
close uniformity with the requirements shown on the Plans.
REFERENCES
A.
ASTM D1785– Standard Specification for Perforated PVC Pipe
B.
ASTM A-536 – Ductile Iron frame and cover
SUBMITTALS,
A.
1.5
Drawings
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
Submit the following:
1.
Shop Drawings
2.
Samples and/or Product Data
3.
Submit test reports necessary to show compliance with the Contract Documents.
4.
Submit Manufacturer’s Certification that product(s) meet(s) or exceed(s) the
specified requirements.
QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Contractor Qualifications: Installation of pipe underdrains and cleanouts shall be
performed only by a qualified Installer. The term qualified means experienced in
performing the Work required by this Section. The Contractor shall have a minimum of
five (5) years documented experience in Projects similar in size and scope to this Project.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PIPE UNDERDRAINS AND CLEANOUTS
02603-1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
PIPE
1.
PVC perforated subsurface drain pipe, Schedule 40 –ASTM D 3034, SDR
35.
2.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products by one of the following for clay pipes:
a.
b.
c.
B.
Northern Pipe Products
North American Pipe Corp.
National Pipe & Plastics, Inc.
CLEANOUT
1.
Ductile Iron frame and Brass cover for cleanout – ASTM A-536 and proof
loaded as per AASHTO M 306.
2.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products by one of the following for clay pipes:
a.
C.
MORTAR
1.
D.
Plumbing Supply or approved equal.
Mortar shall consist of one part Portland Cement and two parts sand. The Portland
Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 150, Type 1. The sand shall
conform to the requirements of ASTM C 144.
POROUS BACKFILL
1.
Porous backfill shall be washed CA-7, and must conform to the gradation in the
table below when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PIPE UNDERDRAINS AND CLEANOUTS
02603-2
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PIPE UNDERDRAINS AND CLEANOUTS
02603-3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
INSPECTION
A.
Verify job site conditions prior to delivery and installation of any of the items. Any
discrepancies or variations in related Work that may affect the proper installation of the
items shall be reported to the Architect and corrected to the satisfaction of ARCHITECT
before any installation Work is started.
B.
Before commencing installation, examine substrate surfaces to determine that they are free
of conditions which might be detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work.
Start of Work shall indicate acceptance of the substrate.
EXCAVATION
A.
The width of the pipe trench shall be sufficient to permit satisfactory jointing of the pipe
and thorough tamping of the bedding material under and around the pipe, but will not be
less than the external diameter of the pipe plus 6 inches on each side. The trench walls shall
be approximately vertical.
B.
Where rock, hardpan, or other unyielding material is encountered, it shall be removed
below the bottom of foundation grade for a depth of at least 4 inches. The excavation
below grade shall be backfilled with approved fill in accordance with Section 02222 Trench Backfill.
C.
Where a firm foundation is not encountered at the grade established, due to soft, spongy, or
other unstable soil, the unstable soil shall be removed and replaced with approved fill in
accordance with Section 02222 - Trench Backfill for the full trench width. The Owner’s
Testing lab shall determine the depth of removal necessary. The granular material shall be
compacted to provide adequate support for the pipe.
D.
Excavated material not required or acceptable for backfill shall be disposed of by the
Contractor.
E.
The excavation will not be carried below the required depth; when this is done, the trench
shall be backfilled at the Contractor's expense with material approved by the Owners
Testing Lab and compacted to the density of the surrounding earth material.
F.
The bed for the pipe shall be so shaped that at least the lower quarter of the pipe shall be in
continuous contact with the bottom of the trench. Spaces for the pipe bell shall be
excavated accurately to size to clear the bell so that the barrel supports the entire weight of
the pipe.
G.
The Contractor shall do such trench temporary earth retention systems as necessary to
perform and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance to governing
laws. Unless otherwise provide, the temporary earth retention systems shall be removed by
the Contractor after the completion of the backfill to at least 12 inches over the top of the
pipe. The sheathing or shoring shall be pulled as the granular backfill is placed and
compacted to avoid any unfilled spaces between the trench wall and the backfill material.
LAYING AND INSTALLING PIPE
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PIPE UNDERDRAINS AND CLEANOUTS
02603-4
3.4
3.5
A.
The laying of the pipe in the finished trench shall be started at the lowest point and laid
upgrade. When bell and spigot pipe is used, the bells shall be laid upgrade. If tongue and
groove pipe is used, the groove end shall be laid upgrade. Holes in perforated pipe shall be
placed up, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. The pipe shall be firmly and accurately set
to line and grade so that the invert shall be smooth and uniform. Pipe will not be laid on
frozen ground.
B.
Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any settlement after laying, shall be
taken up and relaid without extra compensation.
C.
The upgrade end of pipelines, not terminating in a structure, shall be plugged or capped
D.
Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, a 4-inch bed of granular backfill material shall be
spread in the bottom of the trench throughout the entire length under all perforated pipe
underdrains.
E.
Pipe outlets for the underdrains shall be constructed when required or shown on the Plans.
The pipe shall be laid with tight-fitting joints. Porous backfill is not required around or
over pipe outlets for underdrains. All connections to other drainage pipes or structures
shall be made as required and in a satisfactory manner. If connections are not made to other
pipes or structures, the outlets shall be protected and constructed as shown on the Plans.
F.
Geotextile Fabric shall be installed in conjunction with perforated pipe underdrains as
shown on the Drawings and in accordance with Section 02073 - Geotextiles.
INSTALLING CLEANOUTS
A.
Cleanouts for underdrain systems shall be installed at the locations shown on the Plans to
the details shown on the Plans.
B.
The castings for the cleanout frames and covers shall be tough, close-grained, free from
blowholes, shrinkage and cold shuts and shall be sound, smooth, clean and free from
blisters and all defects. The covers shall be true and shall seat within the ring at all points.
MORTAR
A.
3.6
The mortar shall be of the desired consistency for making connections to other pipes or to
structures only. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall
be discarded. Retempering of mortar will not be permitted.
BACKFILLING
A.
Granular Material - The placement of granular backfill in the trench and about the pipe
shall be as shown on the Plans. Special care shall be taken in placing the backfill. The
granular backfill as defined in Section 02222 shall not contain foreign matter, nor shall
earth from the sides of the trench or from the windrow be allowed to filter into the backfill.
The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth and compacted
by hand and pneumatic tampers to the requirements as given for earth backfill. Backfilling
shall be done in a manner to avoid injurious top or side pressure on the pipe or damage to
the filter fabric.
B.
When perforated pipe is specified, granular backfill material shall be placed along the full
length of the pipe. The position of the granular material shall be as shown on the details in
the Plans.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PIPE UNDERDRAINS AND CLEANOUTS
02603-5
3.7
C.
When porous backfill is to be placed in paved or adjacent areas prior to the completion of
grading or subgrade operations, the backfill material shall be placed immediately after
laying the pipe. The depth of this granular backfill will be not less than 12 inches,
measured from the top of the underdrain. During subsequent construction operations, this
minimum backfill of 12 inches of depth will not be disturbed until such time as the
underdrains are to be completed. When the underdrains are to be completed, the unsuitable
material shall be removed until the porous backfill is exposed. That part of the porous
backfill which contains objectionable material shall be removed and replaced with suitable
material. The cost of removing and replacing any such unsuitable material shall be borne
by the Contractor.
D.
Whenever a granular subbase blanket course is to be used under pavements which extend
several feet beyond the edge of paving to the outside edge of the underdrain trench, the
granular backfill material over the underdrains shall be placed in the trench up to an
elevation of 2 inches above the bottom surface of the granular subbase blanket course.
Immediately prior to the placing of the granular subbase blanket course, the Contractor
shall blade this excess trench backfill from the top of the trench onto the adjacent subgrade
where it can be incorporated into the granular subbase blanket course. Any unsuitable
material which remains over the underdrain trench shall be removed and replaced. The
subbase material shall be placed to provide clean contact between the subbase material and
the underdrain granular backfill material for the full width of the underdrain trench.
CONNECTIONS
A.
3.8
When the Plans call for connections to existing or proposed pipe or structures, these
connections shall be watertight and made so that a smooth uniform flow line shall be
obtained throughout the drainage system.
CLEAN-UP
A.
After the backfill is completed, the Contractor shall dispose of legally all surplus material,
dirt, and rubbish from the site in accordance with Section 02316. The Contractor shall
restore all disturbed areas to their original condition.
END OF SECTION 02603
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PIPE UNDERDRAINS AND CLEANOUTS
02603-6
SECTION 02621
CATCH BASINS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.
1.2
1.3
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings
B.
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
SUMMARY
A.
Furnish and install Manholes and Catch Basins in accordance with these Specifications at the
specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the Plans.
All work must conform to Section 602 of the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction (SSRBC), latest edition by the Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT)
and Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois.
B.
Install products and materials (furnished in other Sections) as shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein.
REFERENCE
A.
ASTM C478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections
B.
ASTM C857 – Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for
Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures
C.
ASTM C858 – Standard Specification for Underground Precast Concrete Utility
Structures.
D.
ASTM C990 - Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes using
Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit the following
1.
Product Data:
a.
Catalog cuts of frame and grates for catch basins and manholes.
b.
Catalog cuts for pre-cast catch basins and manholes, including
accessories.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CATCH BASINS
02621-1
2.
Test Reports
a. Submit test reports necessary to show compliance with the Contract Documents.
3.
Manufacturer’s Certification
a. Submit certification that products meet or exceed the specified requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
1.
Fabrication standards - Circular precast concrete base and riser sections furnished
for manholes, valve basins and other structures must conform to ASTM C478. Noncircular precast concrete monolithic riser manholes and other structures must
conform to ASTM C858.
2.
Furnish riser sections in various heights, including an offset tapered section, as
detailed on the Drawings.
3.
Joint Sealants
4.
a.
Rubber gaskets must conform to ASTM C443.
b.
Preformed butyl rubber flexible rope type gaskets must conform to
ASTM C990.
Adjusting Rings
a.
Adjusting rings are to be precast concrete in conformance with ASTM
C478.
b.
Meeting Faces:
1.
Smooth
2.
Parallel
3.
Free from cracks, chips, spalls or casting irregularities interfering
with watertight mating to structure top or casting.
4.
5.
Provide grooves in faces to contain extrudible preformed gasket
material when possible.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following for precast concrete manholes and catch basins:
a.
b.
c.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
Welch Brothers
National Concrete Pipe Co.
Concrete Specialities Co.
CATCH BASINS
02621-2
B.
MORTAR
1.
C.
The mortar must be composed of 1 part of Portland cement and 2 parts of mortar
sand by volume. The Portland cement must conform to the requirements of
AASHTO M 85. The sand must conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 45.
Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount not to
exceed 15% of the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime must meet the
requirements of ASTM C 206. The water must be clean and free of deleterious
amount of acids, alkalis, or organic material. If the water is of questionable quality,
it must be tested by the contractor in accordance with AASHTO T 26.
FRAMES, COVERS, AND GRATES
1.
Manhole Frames and covers: ASTM A-48, Class 35B, cast gray iron and per current
city code. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover.
a)
b)
D.
2.
Castings for use at locations must conform to the requirements for Cast Iron castings
and requirements of ASTM, and must be proof loaded as per AASHTO M 306.
Acceptable manufacturers are Urban Accessories, Neenah Foundry Company, East
Jordan Iron Works, Inc. and Campbell Foundry.
3.
All castings must conform to the dimensions shown on the Plans and must be
designed to support the loadings specified.
4.
Prior to shipment, all castings must be thoroughly cleaned. After fabrication,
structure steel units must be galvanized to meet the requirements of AASHTO
M 111.
STEPS
1.
E.
Pre-cast concrete grade rings must meet the requirements of ASTM C478.
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
1.
G.
The steps or ladder bars must be gray aluminum. The steps must be the size, length,
and shape shown on the Plans.
GRADE RINGS
1.
F.
Sanitary Sewerage Piping Systems: Raised flush letters per current city
code.
Storm Drainage Piping Systems: Raised flush letters per current city
code
Reinforcing bars must conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615, Grade 60.
NON-SHRINK GROUT
1.
Non-shrink grout must conform to the requirements of Section 1024 of IDOT’s
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition) and meet
the approval of the Owner.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CATCH BASINS
02621-3
H.
EPOXY CONCRETE ADHESIVE
1.
I.
The epoxy concrete adhesive must conform to the requirements of Article 1025.01
of IDOT’ s SSRBC (latest edition) and meet the approval of the Owner.
BEDDING MATERIAL
1.
Bedding under bases or foundations must be fine aggregate trench backfill in
accordance with Section - Trench Backfill.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
GENERAL
A.
The Contractor must do all excavation of structures and structures footings to the lines and
grades or elevations shown on the Contract Documents. The excavation must be of
sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or structure
footing shown.
B.
Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in excavation must be
removed. All rock or other hard foundation material must be cleaned of all loose material
and cut to a firm surface. Rock or other unsuitable material must be removed and replaced
with fine aggregate trench backfill. The foundation for the structure must be undisturbed
ground with a minimum of 6 inches of fine aggregate trench backfill.
C.
The Contractor must furnish and install all temporary earth retention necessary to implement
and protect the excavation and the structures as required for safety or conformance to
governing laws. The temporary earth retention system will be included in this work.
D.
Unless otherwise provided, temporary earth retention system involved in the construction of
this item must be removed by the Contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal
must be effected in a manner which will not disturb or mar finished masonry.
PRE-CAST REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
A.
3.3
Pre-cast reinforced concrete structures must be installed on prepared or previously
constructed slab foundations and must conform to the dimensions and locations shown on
the Contract Documents. All pre-cast reinforced concrete sections necessary to build a
complete structure must be furnished. The different sections must fit together readily, and all
jointing and connections must be cemented with mortar. The top of the upper precast
concrete member must be suitably formed and dimensioned to receive the metal frame and
cover or grate, or other cap, as required. Provision must be made for any connections for
lateral pipe, including drops and leads that may be precast in the structure. The steps which
are embedded or built into the side walls must be aligned and placed at vertical intervals at
16 inches on center or as indicated in the Plans.
INLET AND OUTLET PIPES
A.
Inlet and outlet pipes must extend through the walls of the structure for a sufficient distance
beyond the outside surface to allow for connection but must be cut off flush with the wall on
the inside surface, unless otherwise directed.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CATCH BASINS
02621-4
3.4
3.5
PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS, FRAMES, AND FITTINGS
A.
All castings, frames, and fittings must be placed in the positions indicated on the Plans or as
directed by Owner, and must be set true to line and to correct elevation, all anchors or bolts
must be in place and position before the concrete or mortar is placed. The unit will not be
disturbed until the mortar or concrete has set.
B.
When frames or fittings are to be placed upon previously constructed masonry, the bearing
surface or masonry must be brought true to line and grade and must present an even bearing
surface in order that the entire face or back of the unit must come in contact with the
masonry. The unit must be set in mortar beds and anchored to the masonry as indicated on
the Contract Documents or as directed and approved by Owner. All units must be set firm
and secure.
C.
After the frames or fittings have been set in final position and the concrete or mortar has
been allowed to harden for 7 days, then the grates or covers must be placed and fastened
down.
D.
When pre-cast concrete grade rings are used to reset frames to a new elevation, no more than
four rings may be used. Total adjustment must be less than 12 inches.
INSTALLATION OF STEPS
A.
3.6
3.7
When steps are required with pre-cast concrete structures, they must be cast into the sides of
the concrete structures at the time the sections of the structure are manufactured or the steps
may be set in place after the structure is erected by drilling holes in the concrete and
cementing the steps in place.
BACKFILLING
A.
After a structure has been completed, backfill in accordance with the requirements of the
detailed Drawings and Section 02222 - Trench Backfill.
B.
Backfilling must not be placed against any structure until tests made by the Owners testing
laboratory establish that the concrete has attained or exceeded the strength requirements
stated within these Specifications in order to provide a factor of safety against damage or
strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it.
C.
Backfill will be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor for the structure
involved.
GENERAL CLEAN-UP
A.
All rubbish and debris resulting from the Work of this Section must be collected, removed
from the site and disposed of legally and in accordance with section 02316.
B.
All work areas must be left in a broom clean condition.
END OF SECTION 02621
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CATCH BASINS
02621-5
SECTION 02714
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Furnish and install all Concrete Pavement work as shown on the Contract Documents, and as
specified herein, including but not limited to the following:
1.
Concrete side walks, driveways, curbs, curbs and gutters, concrete pads, etc.
2.
Curing and sealing concrete.
3.
Expansion and contraction joints.
B.
Install colored concrete pavements at locations shown on the drawings.
C.
Install products and materials (furnished in other Sections) as shown on the Drawings, and as
specified.
REFERENCES
A.
1.4
Drawings
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
(Not Used)
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit the following
1.
2.
Samples and/or Product Data
a.
Product Data
b.
Samples
(1)
Joint filler, 12" length of each type.
(2)
Concrete Mix Design.
Test Reports
a.
The Contractor shall employ an approved Quality Control (QC) testing
laboratory which must make tests and perform inspection in accordance
with these Specifications:
(1)
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
Laboratory Test Report for the tests listed below in Section 1.5.
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
02714-1
3.
Manufacturer’s Certification
a. Submit certification that products meet or exceed the specified requirements.
1.5
QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Concrete Quality
1.
Contractor must submit the mix designs prepared by the Concrete supplier to an
independent Quality Control (QC) testing laboratory, employed by the Contractor,
meeting the requirements of ASTM C1077. The testing laboratory must test and
verify the mix designs prepared by Concrete Supplier for compliance with the
Specifications and drawings.
2.
No concrete must be placed until mix designs of 7 and 28 day test results from the
Concrete supplier are submitted by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner.
3.
The adequacy of a design must be verified by QC tests on a minimum of 6 cylinders;
2 tested at 3 days, 2 tested at 7 days and 2 at 28 days, in accordance with ASTMC
192 and C-39; by slump test in accordance with ASTM C 143, air test in accordance
with ASTM C 231, and temperature test in accordance with ASTM C 1064. The
number of tests required must be one (1) set of specimens for each day’s placement
of each 100 cu yards of concrete, or fraction thereof. The Contractor must make and
initially cure and store the test specimens in accordance with ASTM C31. The
Contractor’s technician preparing the specimens must be currently certified to
perform the required concrete sampling and testing. The Contractor must transport
and deliver the test specimens to the testing laboratory for testing. The Contractor
must be responsible for developing a system of recording the initial curing
temperatures and this data must be kept by the Contractor and furnished on demand
by the Owner. The Laboratory will make the actual tests on the specimens in
accordance with ASTM C39.
4.
If at anytime during construction the concrete resulting from the approved mix
design proves to be unsatisfactory for any reason, such as lack of workability, of
insufficient strength, the Contractor must immediately notify the Owner. The
concrete supplier must verify the deficiency with additional testing and modify the
design, subject to the Owner's approval, until a satisfactory concrete is obtained. If
any retesting is required, the Contractor must pay the additional costs for retesting
until the required results are achieved. The Contractor shall cooperate with the
Testing Laboratory in every respect.
5.
Strength requirements of concrete must be as noted on the Drawings. Concrete must
be proportioned to achieve an average strength of 500 psi higher than design
strength shown. If no design strength is shown, the design strength of the concrete
must be 3500 psi at 28 days.
6.
In cases where 28 day strength of cylinders falls below the required strength, the
Owner will have the right to require core tests to be made on portions of concrete
poured represented by the cylinders, at the Contractor's expense. Any portion of
concrete work failing to meet required core tests must be removed and replaced with
satisfactory work at no additional cost to the Owner. In all cases where strength of
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
02714-2
the laboratory control cylinders, shown by these tests for any portion of concrete
poured falls below the minimum ultimate compressive strengths specified, the
Owner will have the right to order a change in mix or in water content for remaining
portions of pavement and to require conditions of temperature and moisture
necessary to secure required strengths.
B.
7.
When an approved water reducing admixture is used in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations, cement requirements may be reduced. Mix
designs must indicate use of admixtures.
8.
Slump must be 3 inches plus or minus 1 inch for footings and foundation walls, and
3 inches plus or minus 1-1/2 inches for balance of concrete work. Slump for
Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) pavement must be ¾ inch to 1-1/2 inches; except
that a slump above 1-1/2” may be used, up to a maximum of 3 inches, provided that
the mixture’s water/cement ratio does not exceed 0.42. Concrete mixes containing
plasticizers must have a maximum slump of 8”. The testing laboratory will have the
right to reject any concrete which arrives at job site in excess of specified slump.
No water will be added to design mix unless as directed in writing by Owner's
representative. Slump must be determined in accordance with ASTM C 143.
9.
All concrete exposed to weather or in contact with earth or backfill must be airentrained. Air-entrained concrete must be made with an air-entraining admixture.
Air content must be within limits of 5 to 8 percent, net at time of placement. Air
content must be determined in accordance with ASTM C 231.
10.
Minimum cement content for PCC pavement must be 5.65 cwt per cu. yd. of central
mixed concrete. Fine aggregate will not be less than 1/3, nor more than ½ of total
aggregate.
11.
A plasticizing admixture may be used when approved by the Owner for the purpose
of reducing water requirements for a given consistency and strength of concrete and
for increasing workability. Mixture must be used in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations. A maximum reduction in cement content of ½ sack of cement
per cubic yard may be made provided all other requirements are met.
12.
The temperature of the mixed concrete must not be less than 50 degrees F and not
more than 90 degrees F at the time of placement. Temperature must be determined
in accordance with ASTM C 1064.
Perform Work in accordance with the latest edition, of the appropriate divisions, of the
following:
1.
ACI 311 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection".
2.
ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing
Concrete", except minimum cement content must be herein specified.
3.
CSI "Manual of Standard Practice"
4.
ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
02714-3
5.
ASTM C 94 "Specifications for Ready Mixed Concrete".
6.
ACI 305 "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting".
7.
ACI 306 "Recommended Practice for Cold weather Concreting".
8.
"Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction" prepared by the Illinois
Department of Transportation latest edition is a separate book. The "Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction" is referred to in the following
articles as the Standard Specifications" and except as may be otherwise stated, the
work to be done under this Section must conform to the requirements of said
"Standard Specifications". Contractor's field office and laboratory is not a
requirement.
a.
Where the "Standard Specification" refers to the "Engineer”, it must be
understood to mean "Owner”, except in cases where it is deemed to be QC
testing by the Contractor.
b.
Unless otherwise noted on Drawings or specified, the applicable articles of
the following Sections of the "Standard Specifications" must govern:
c.
Sections 420, 423 and 424.
(Note: Articles of the SSRBC covering method of measurement and basis
of payment are not applicable.)
1.6
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Temperatures
1.
When hot weather conditions as defined in ACI 305 exist, place and cure concrete in
accordance with same.
2.
When cold weather conditions as defined in ACI 306 exist, place and cure concrete
in accordance with requirements of same.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Portland Cement - ASTM C 150, Type I cement; or Type III (high-early strength cement)
B.
Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete - All fine and coarse aggregate must conform to
IDOT SSRBC Articles 1003.02 and 1004.02, respectively.
1.
Fine Aggregates - Natural hard clean sand.
2.
Coarse Aggregates - Crushed stone or gravel.
C.
Water - Clean, fresh, potable.
D.
Welded Wire Fabric - ASTM Al 85.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
02714-4
E.
Admixtures - Concrete admixtures must comply with ASTM C 494 (Water reducing) or
ASTM C 260 (Air Entraining), produced by recognized manufacturer subject to Owner's
approval.
1.
Air Entraining Admixture - ASTM C 260, "Air Mix" (The Euclid Chemical
Company); "MB-VR" (Master Builders); “Darex" (W.R. Grace & Co.); "Sika AER"
(Sika Chemical Company): Add only to normal Portland cement concrete to meet
requirements specified for air content.
2.
Water Reducing Admixture - ASTM C 494, Type A, and not containing any;
chloride ions added during manufacture, "Eucon WR-75" (The Euclid Chemical
Company); "Pozzolith" 122N (Master Builders); "WRDA with Hycol" (W.R. Grace
& Co.); "Plastocrete" (Sika Chemical Company).
3.
Water Reducing, Retarding Admixture - ASTM C 494, Type D. When high
temperatures, placing or humidity conditions dictate, "Eucon Retarder-75" (The
Euclid Chemical Company); "Pozzolith 100-XR" (Master Builders); "Daratard HC"
(W.R. Grace & Co.); "Plastiment" (Sika Chemical Company).
4.
Plasticizing Admixture - "Pozzolith-N" (Master Builders)- "WRDA" (W.R. Grace &
Co.); 'Plastiment" (Sika Chemical Company); or approved equal. When ambient
temperature is expected to exceed 80 degrees F during placing and finishing
operations, use "Pozzolith - R" (Master Builders); "Daratard" (W.R. Grace & Co.).
5.
Calcium chloride must not be used.
F.
Bonding Agent - Epoxy type, 100 per cent solids "Euco Epoxy #452 (dry surface), #463"
(dry or damp surface), (The Euclid Chemical Company); "Sikadur Hi-Mod" (dry or damp
surface) (Sika Chemical Co.); "Duralbond 102" (dry or damp surface), (Dural International
Corp.).
G.
Patching and Surfacing Compound - Epoxy type, 100 per cent solids, "Euco Epoxy #456
Mortar (dry surface), #460 (dry or damp surface)", (The Euclid Chemical Company);
"Sikadur Lo-Mod Mortar” (dry or damp surface) (Sika Chemical Co.); "Duraltex" (dry or
damp surface), (Dural International Corp.).
H.
Surface Retardant - (Exposed Aggregate finish):
1.
2.
3.
"Lithochrome - Top Surface Grade" (L.M.Scofield Co.).
“MBT REVEAL” – BASF, The Chemical Company
“TOP-STOP” - W.R. MEADOWS, INC.
I.
Form Material - Provide metal or wood templates and forms conforming to profiles, lines
and dimensions as shown, of substantial design and construction to maintain position and
shape when concrete is placed. All forms must be subject to the acceptance of the Owner.
J.
Form Oil - Suitable for the type of forms used and the conditions of use.
K.
Expansion Joint Filler - ASTM D994 - "Asphalt Expansion Joint Filler” W.R. Meadows.
Expansion Joint must be full depth of joint.
L.
Construction Joints - Between all concrete pours suspended for thirty (30) minutes or more,
must be a construction joint as shown and detailed on the Plans.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
02714-5
M.
Curing Materials
1.
Absorptive Cover - Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9
oz. per sq. yd., complying with ASSHO M 182, Class 3 or cotton mats complying
with ASTM C 440.
2.
Moisture-Retaining Cover - One of the following:
3.
2.2
a.
Waterproof Paper - ASTM C 171, Type 1 or Type 11.
b.
Polyethylene Sheeting - AASHO M 171.
c.
Polyethylene-coated burlap.
Liquid Membrane Curing Compound - ASTM C 309, Type 1, resin type, clear,
unless otherwise directed, for vertical and horizontal surfaces, "Horn Clear-Seal"
(W. R. Grace & Co.); "Acri Seal S" Toch Brothers Division, (Carboline Company);
"Kure-N-Seal" (Sonneborn-Contech).
MIXING CONCRETE
A.
Concrete for this Project must be ready-mix concrete; must be batched and delivered from a
plant approved by Owner and in strict accordance with the requirements set forth in ASTM
C 94, subject to all provisions specified herein regarding materials, strength, proportioning,
consistency and delivery time. Delete the references for allowing additional water to be
added to the batch for material with insufficient slump. Additional amounts of water to the
batch, either at the plant or at the Job site will not be permitted, except upon specific
approval of Owner in each instance and only if confirmed by calculations utilizing batch
weights performed by the Contractor’s QC to not exceed the design water to cement ratio.
B.
The rate of delivery of the ready mixed concrete must be such that the interval between
placing of successive batches must be 30 minutes or less to prevent "cold joints". The
elapsed time between the introduction of mixing water to the cement and aggregate and
completion of discharge must not exceed one (1) hour.
C.
Minimum mixing for each batch must be that required to produce a uniform mixture of
materials but in no case less than 70 revolutions after all materials are in the mixer, including
water.
D.
The ready-mixed concrete producer must submit duplicate delivery tickets, one (1) for the
Contractor and one (1) for Owner, with each load of concrete delivered to the job. Delivery
tickets must provide the following information:
1.
Date.
2.
Name of ready-mix concrete plant.
3.
Contractor.
4.
Job Location.
5.
Type (Standard or High Early Strength) and brand of cement.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
02714-6
6.
Cement content in bags per cubic yard of cement.
7.
Truck number.
8.
Time dispatched and time unloaded.
9.
Amount of concrete in load in cubic yards.
10.
Admixtures in concrete, if any.
11.
Type and maximum size of aggregate.
12.
Water added at job, if any.
13.
Name of person who authorized addition of water.
E.
Close control of mixing time must be maintained for air-.entrained concrete.
F.
The batching plant testing laboratory engaged by the Contractor must periodically check
batch proportions and yield strength, and must have continuous access to the mixer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSPECTION
A.
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Before pouring concrete, examine substrate surfaces to determine that they are free of
conditions which might be detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Start of
work must indicate acceptance of the substrate.
Sub-grade and sub-base - Before proceeding with the installation of paving or concrete work,
the Contractor must carefully examine the sub-base and must perform any minor grading,
shaping, filling or other preparatory work required in the opinion of the testing laboratory or
Owner prior to placing the base course. Building up of sub-grade under forms after they are
in place will not be permitted.
PLACING CONCRETE
A.
Concrete must not be placed until all reinforcement is securely and properly fastened in its
correct position; all anchors, sleeves, inserts, pipes, conduits, and other items required to be
embedded therein have been inspected and approved by Owner.
B.
In no case will concrete be placed upon frozen base course or subgrade material.
Discontinue concrete operations when the air temperature is expected to fall below 40
degrees F during the 24 hour period after placing concrete or when the air temperature is
likely to remain below 30 degrees F during the succeeding 6 days; unless provisions for
heating aggregates, sand and water have been made, the Contractor has submitted a Cold
Weather Paving Plan, and the methods proposed for protecting the concrete has been
approved by Owner. In such cases, provide heated concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94
and follow procedures as outlined in "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting"
ACI 306.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
02714-7
C.
3.4
3.5
Accelerating or antifreeze admixtures must not be used. The Contractor is responsible for
the protection of finished concrete against all damage or injury, including freezing until the
work has been completed and accepted. The Contractor will be held responsible for any
defective work resulting from freezing or injury in any manner during placing and curing,
and must replace such work at his or her expense.
CONCRETE PAVEMENT - SIDEWALKS, CURBS, DRIVEWAYS, PARKING LOT
PAVEMENT, CONCRETE PADS, ETC.
A.
Construct all concrete pavements, side walks, curbs, driveways, parking lot pavement
indicated on the Drawings, to the lines, grades and Sections indicated. Concrete must be
proportioned and mixed as specified, strengths as scheduled. Air entraining must be
incorporated in the mix by adding an approved admixtures air content of concrete must be
within limits of 5% to 8% net at time of placement, in accordance with ASTM C 231.
B.
Unless otherwise indicated or noted on Drawings, lay off pavements into Sections not
exceeding 40 feet in length, separated by expansion joints extending full depth of slab.
Unless otherwise shown, expansion filler must be 3/4 inch thick, of material as specified.
C.
Unless otherwise indicated or noted on Drawings, expansion joints in curbs must be spaced
not more than 40 feet on centers. Unless otherwise shown, joints must be 3/4 inch thick.
D.
Pitch work as indicated on the Drawings for drainage, approximately 1/8 inch per foot, or as
required between the new work and existing work to remain, to assure an even transition is
made. Level off slabs with strike-off rod and finish to true and even surface with floats and
trowel, leaving a smooth surface. After the water sheen has disappeared, the surface must be
given a final finish by brushing with a brush drawn across the sidewalk at right angles to the
edges of the walk, with adjacent strokes slightly overlapping, producing a uniform, slightly
roughened surface with parallel brush strokes. Wheel chair ramps must be similarly finished,
except for heavier brooming transverse to slope of ramps.
E.
The surface must be divided by grooves saw cut at right angles to the center line of the
pavement or sidewalk. These grooves must be ½ inch deep and not less than  inch and not
more than 1/4 inch in width. Unless otherwise noted on Drawings, spacing of grooves
between expansion joints is not to exceed 5'-0" centers.
F.
Forms for concrete curbs and combination concrete curbs and gutters must be removed
within 24 hours after the concrete has been placed. Minor defects must be filled with mortar
composed of one part Portland cement and two parts of fine aggregate. The exposed
surfaces must be finished smooth and given a light brush finish, while the concrete is still
green. The edges must be rounded with approved finishing tools having the radii shown on
the Drawings.
G.
After the concrete has set sufficiently, the spaces in back of the curb or combination curb and
gutter must be backfilled to the required elevation with approved material which must be
compacted until firm and solid and neatly grade.
CURING AND PROTECTION
A.
Protect freshly placed concrete from defacement, premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperature, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of
time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
02714-8
B.
Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing
and finishing.
C.
Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has
dried. Continue final curing for at least 168 hours (7 days).
D.
Concrete must be cured by one of the following methods or by combinations thereof, as
approved:
B.
3.6
Moisture Curing - Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover,
thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping continuously wet. Place
absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4" lap
over adjacent absorptive covers. At the Contractor's option, moisture curing may
also be provided by ponding or continuous water spraying, where approved by
Owner.
2.
Moisture Retaining Cover Curing - Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining
cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends
lapped at least 3" and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair
any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.
3.
Membrane Curing - Apply membrane-forming curing compound to damp concrete
surfaces as soon as water film as disappeared and surface is hard enough to carry
applicator's weight without damage. Apply uniformly in 2 - coats continuous
operation by power-spray equipment in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
Maintain continuity of coating and repair all damage during curing period.
Unless otherwise specified herein or as directed by Owner, Moisture curing or a combination
of moisture curing and moisture retaining cover curing must be employed for all exterior
concrete pavement work which is to receive a "Surface Sealer”.
SURFACE SEALER
A.
B.
3.7
1.
All concrete pavements, sidewalks, curbs and gutters must be cured in accordance with
Section 1022 of Illinois Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and
Bridge Construction latest edition. All exterior concrete placed after October 1, which may
be subject to deicing chemicals must be protected with a two-coat application of boiled
linseed oil as described in Section 420.18 of SSRBC.
Pavement, sidewalks, curbs and gutters poured before October 1, will not require a linseed
oil sealer.
HOT AND COLD WEATHER CONCRETING
A.
In hot weather, mix, place, and cure concrete according to ACI 305 "Recommended Practice
for Hot Weather Concreting".
B.
In cold weather, mix, place and cure concrete according to ACI 306, "Recommended
Practice for Cold Weather Concreting".
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
02714-9
3.8
CLEAN-UP
A.
All rubbish and debris resulting from the work of this Section must be collected, removed
from the site and disposed of legally.
B.
All work must be left in a broom clean condition.
END OF SECTION 02714
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
02714-10
SECTION 02720
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
1.2
Drawings
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
SUMMARY
A.
Work Under this Section Includes:
1.
1.3
REFERENCES
A.
1.4
Furnish and install all granular material which must consist of a base course,
hereinafter referred to as the Aggregate Base Course, composed of granular
materials constructed on a prepared sub grade or underlying course in accordance
with these Specifications, and in conformity with the dimensions and typical
cross section shown on the Drawings.
Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT): Standard Specifications for Road and
Bridge Construction, adopted January 1, 2012, including all addenda.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit the following
1.
Samples and/or Product Data
a.
b.
2.
Product Data:
(1)
Gradation of CA-6 aggregate materials
(2)
Gradation of CA-7 aggregate materials
Samples:
(1)
CA-6 aggregates
(2)
CA-7 aggregates
Test Reports
a.
Submit test reports necessary to show compliance with the Contract
Documents.
(1)
Proctor of the CA-6 and CA-7 aggregate materials in accordance
with ASTM D1557.
(2)
Proctor of existing subgrade in accordance with ASTM D1557.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
02720-1
3.
Contractor shall submit a certification letter from the Owner of the source
property that all material is virgin. Backfill must meet requirements of Section
02318.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Aggregate Base Course must be in accordance with Section 351 of the “Standard
Specifications.”
B.
The aggregate base course material must consist of crushed stone having a gradation of
CA-6 conforming to the requirements of Article 1004 of the Illinois Department of
Transportation’s Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition
(SSRBC).
C.
Protection – Protect materials against damage from mechanical abuse, salts, acids, and
other foreign matter by an approved means during transportation, storage and placement
and until completion of construction work. All unsatisfactory materials must be removed
from the premises, and all damaged materials replaced with new materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
GENERAL
A.
The aggregate base course must be placed where designated on the Drawings. The
material must be shaped and thoroughly compacted within the tolerances specified.
B.
Stabilization stone must only be placed in areas of severely adverse sub grade conditions.
Stabilization stone must be crushed stone having a gradation of CA-1, quality D,
conforming to Article 1004.01 of the IDOT SSRBC.
C.
Granular bases which, due to grain sizes or shapes, are not sufficiently stable to support
without movement the construction equipment must be mechanically stabilized to the
depth necessary to provide such stability. The mechanical stabilization must principally
include the addition of the fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the base material
sufficiently to furnish a stable bearing strength.
EXCAVATING AND PREPARING UNDERLYING SUBGRADE
A.
Refer Part 3 of section 02300 Excavation and Earthwork for Excavation and
preparing underlying subgrade
B.
All excess excavation and excavated materials that cannot be reused at site must be
legally disposed off in accordance with Section 02316.
MATERIALS ACCEPTANCE IN EXISTING CONDITION
A.
When the entire aggregate base or stabilization stone material is secured in a uniform and
satisfactory condition and contains the required moisture, such approved material may be
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
02720-2
moved directly to the spreading equipment for placing. The material may be obtained
from gravel pits, stockpiles, or may be produced from a crushing and screening plant with
the proper blending. The materials from these sources must meet the requirements for
gradation, quality, and consistency. It is the intent of this Section of the Specifications to
secure materials that will not require further mixing. The moisture content of the
material must be that required to obtain maximum density. Any minor deficiency or
excess of moisture may be corrected by surface sprinkling or by aeration. In such
instances, some mixing or manipulation may be required, immediately preceding the
rolling, to obtain the required moisture content. The final operation must be blading or
dragging, if necessary, to obtain a smooth uniform surface true to line and grade.
3.4
PLANT MIXING
A.
3.5
When materials from several sources are to be blended and mixed, the material must be
processed in a central or travel mixing plant. The material must be thoroughly mixed
with the required amount of water. After the mixing is complete, the material must be
transported to and spread on the underlying course without undue loss of the moisture
content.
GENERAL METHODS FOR PLACING
A.
The aggregate base course must be constructed to the thickness shown on the Drawings.
The aggregate base course must be constructed in lifts not more than 4 inches thick when
compacted, except that if tests indicate that the desired compaction and results are being
obtained, the compacted thickness of any lift may be increased to a maximum of 8
inches. The material, as spread, must be of uniform gradation with no pockets of fine or
coarse materials. The aggregate base course, must not be spread more than 2,000 square
yards in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling must be kept within this limit.
No material will be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen course.
B.
When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described herein must
apply similarly to each layer.
C.
During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution must be exercised to prevent the
incorporation of sub grade, shoulder, or foreign material in the aggregate base course
mixture. All contaminated materials must be removed and replaced at no additional cost
to the project.
D.
Where geotextile fabric is required to be placed under the aggregate course, it must be
placed over the sub grade in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and
Section 02073. The aggregate base course material must be back-dumped on the fabric
in a sequence of operations beginning at the outer edges of the area with subsequent
placement toward the middle. Dumping of the material directly on the fabric must only
be permitted to establish an initial working platform. No vehicles or construction
equipment must be allowed on the fabric prior to the placement of the aggregate base
course. Fabric which is damaged during installation or subsequent placement of
aggregate base course must be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at his own expense.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
02720-3
3.6
3.7
FINISHING AND COMPACTING
A.
After spreading or mixing, the material must be thoroughly compacted by rolling and
sprinkling, when necessary. Sufficient rollers must be furnished to adequately handle the
rate of placing and spreading of the aggregate base course. Ensure top surface of base
course is true to lines and grades indicated, with all points within 1/2 in. of indicated
elevations.
B.
The field density of the compacted material must be at least 95 percent of the maximum
density and +/-2% of the optimum moisture content of laboratory specimens prepared
from samples of the sub base material delivered to the job site for CA-6 material. The
laboratory specimens must be compacted and tested in accordance with ASTM D1557.
C.
The dry density of the compacted base course, will be determined y the Owner, who will
employ a Testing Laboratory, which shall make tests and perform inspection at regular
intervals according to AASHTO T 191, Illinois Modified AASHTO T 310 (Direct
Transmission Density /Backscatter Moisture), or by other methods approved by the
Owner. But in the event any test fails the Contractor must pay the additional costs for
retesting until the required results are achieved. The Contractor shall cooperate with the
Testing Laboratory in every respect.
D.
The course will not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yielding or when the
rolling causes undulation in the sub base. When the rolling develops irregularities that
exceed ½ inch when tested with a 16'-0" straightedge, the irregular surface must be
loosened and then refilled with the same kind of material as that used in constructing the
course and again rolled as required above.
E.
Along places inaccessible to rollers, such as areas adjacent to curbs, catch basins,
manholes the base material must be tamped thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers.
F.
Sprinkling during rolling, if necessary, must be in the amount and by equipment
approved by Owner. Water must not be added in such a manner or in a quantity that free
water will reach the underlying layer and cause it to become soft.
EQUIPMENT
A.
The Contractor may use any type of earth moving, compaction, and watering equipment
it may desire or has at its disposal, provided that the equipment is in satisfactory
condition and is of sufficient capacity to perform the work as specified. The only
requirements specified are that tamping rollers (generally referred to as Sheepsfoot
Rollers) will be considered the proper type of equipment for compaction of cohesive soils
and vibratory/mechanical tamping equipment will be applicable for compacting granular
soils. Subgrade rollers can be used to smooth minor surface deviations in both types of
subgrade/embankment, but in no case will a steel wheel or vibratory roller be used to
compact cohesive embankment. Due to inadequate equipment will not be cause for delay
or additional payment. The Contractor must furnish, operate, and maintain such
equipment as is necessary to control density, section, and smoothness of grade.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
02720-4
3.8
SURFACE TEST
A.
3.9
THICKNESS
A.
3.10
The thickness of the completed base course must be determined by depth tests or cores
taken at intervals so each test must represent no more than 500 square yards. When the
deficiency in thickness is more than ½ inch, the Contractor must correct such areas by
scarifying, adding satisfactory mixture, rolling, sprinkling, reshaping, and finishing in
accordance with these Specifications. The Contractor must replace at his/her expense the
aggregate base material where borings are taken for test purposes.
PROTECTION
A.
3.11
After the course is completely compacted, the surface must be tested for smoothness and
accuracy of grade and crown; any portion found to lack the required smoothness or to fail
in accuracy of grade or crown must be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise
manipulated until the required smoothness and accuracy are obtained. The finished
surface must not be above the theoretical vertical grade and may not vary more than ½ inch when tested with a 16'-0" straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to
the centerline.
Work on aggregate base course must not be conducted during freezing temperature nor
when the subgrade is wet. When the base material contains frozen material or when the
underlying course is frozen, the construction must be stopped.
MAINTENANCE
A.
Following the final shaping of the material, the base must be maintained throughout its
entire length by the use of standard motor graders and rollers until, in the judgment of
Owner; the aggregate base course meets all requirements and is acceptable for the
construction of the next course. The Contractor is totally responsible for the preparation,
maintenance and protection of the aggregate base course and no additional compensation
will be considered for any reworking of the material for any reason.
END OF SECTION 02720
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
02720-5
SECTION 02783
PAVEMENT MARKING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings
B.
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
1.2
SUMMARY
1.3
1.4
A.
The Work shall conform to the applicable portions of Section 780 of the Illinois Department
of Transportation Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction, (SSRBC)
current edition including latest revisions and any Supplemental Specifications and Recurring
Special Provisions thereto, except as modified herein.
B.
Furnish all labor, materials, tools, transportation and equipment required for removing
existing pavement marking and applying pavement marking.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Submit manufacturers’ product data for traffic marking paint and
handicapped parking signs demonstrating compliance with the specified
requirements.
B.
Material Certificates: Provide copies of materials a certificate signed by material
producer and contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or
exceeds,
specified requirements.
C.
Pavement Marking Plan: Submit 4 copies of the pavement marking plan, indicating
lane separations, dedicated handicapped parking spaces, crosswalk lines and diagonally
striped access aisles, parking space lines, and other markings. Dedicated
handicapped parking spaces shall be marked with the international graphics symbol.
Handicapped traffic markings shall comply with the Illinois Accessibility
Code and
the Americans with Disabilities Act.
REFERENCES
A.
Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT): Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction, adopted January 1, 2012, including all addenda.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PAVEMENT MARKING
02783-1
A.
Materials shall be according to applicable portions of Section 780 of the SSRBC (current
edition).
1.
Pavement Markings will be used in accordance with Articles 780.05 and 780.06 and
Articles 1095.01 and 1095.02 of the SSRBC on concrete and bituminous pavements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Pavement marking shall not be installed until the pavement has been final surfaced and
approved by the Owner.
B.
Paint pavement marking shall be applied twice to increase the thickness. This work shall be
performed in two separate applications, not one thicker application. The application of paint
shall be in accordance to Article 780.06 of the SSRBC.
C.
Pavement marking installation shall conform to applicable portions of Section 780 of the
SSRBC (current edition) and shall be installed at the locations shown on the drawings.
D.
The Contractor shall remove pavement marking as shown on the drawings. The Contractor
shall only use shot blasting to remove markings. Removal by grinding will not be permitted.
END OF SECTION 02783
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
PAVEMENT MARKING
02783-2
SECTION 02831
ORNAMENTAL FENCE AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
1.2
Drawings
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
2.
1.3
Steel pedestrian and vehicular gates including hardware for the 6’ high fence.
Short fence installed on curb
SUBMITTALS
A.
Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings for steel fences, including plan layout, details and gate
hardware.
B.
Descriptive Data: Submit detailed description of entire coating process including metal
preparation and coating.
1.
C.
1.4
Include experience of applicators.
Test Reports: Submit design mix for ready mixed concrete and delivery tickets.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following, except as otherwise shown
and specified:
1.
AWS “Structural Welding Code” as applicable.
B.
Qualification for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in
accordance with AWS “Structural Qualification Procedure.”
C.
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has at least three years experience
and has completed at least five fence projects with similar material and scope to that indicated
for this Project with a successful construction record of in-service performance.
D.
Coater Qualifications: Engage a single experienced Coater who has at least three years
experience and has completed fencing projects in the Chicagoland area where the installed
product can be viewed.
E.
Pre-installation Conference: Conduct preconstruction conference at the project site:
1.
Review survey and lot line stakes to ensure proper location.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ORNAMENTAL FENCE AND GATES
02831-1
1.5
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
1.6
Field Measurements: Verify layout information for fencing shown on the Drawings in relation to
the property survey and structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements.
WARRANTY
A.
Provide a warranty on the steel fencing system including installation, materials, and
workmanship for five years except for the coating, which shall be warranted for a period of ten
years including cracking, peeling, blistering, and corrosion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Metal Surfaces: For the fabrication of items which will be exposed to view, use only materials
which are smooth and free of surface blemishes, including pitting, seam marks, roller marks,
rolled trade names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or welding and
grinding, prior to cleaning, treating and application of surface finishes.
B.
Steel Materials:
1.
2.
C.
Fasteners:
1.
2.
3.
2.2
Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36.
Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501, or ASTM A 500.
General: Provide stainless steel fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior
walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required for the installation of metal
items.
Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields, FS FF-S-325.
Toggle Bolts: Tumble wing type, FS FF-B-588, type, class and style as required.
FABRICATION
A.
Shop Assembly: Pre-assemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to
minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the Project Site. Disassemble units only to the
extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and
coordinated installation.
B.
Fence Fabrication:
1.
2.
3.
Use materials of the size and thickness shown using proven details of fabrication and
support. Provide caps on all posts. Mechanically attach caps to posts.
Form exposed Work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight,
sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32”.
Weld seams continuously and in accordance with the recommendations of AWS.
Grind welds smooth and flush to match blend with adjoining surfaces.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ORNAMENTAL FENCE AND GATES
02831-2
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.3
Form exposed connections with hairline joints which are flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of the type shown or, if not shown, use
tamper-proof screws or bolts.
Connect fence sections to vertical posts using 3/8” x ½” bolts with secure nuts.
Provide for anchorage and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for the
intended use of the Work.
Cut, reinforce, drill and tap Metalwork indicated to receive other items.
STEEL PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR GATES
A.
Manufacturer for 6’ high fence is Omega II fence system with Double wire panels or Approved
equal.
B.
Fabrication: Fabricate frame of steel tubes of sufficient size to support gate free of sag, closed
ends, welded all around and ground smooth to eliminate water entry.
C.
Gate Hardware:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Hinges: Size, material, and number to suit gate size, non-lift off type, offset to permit
180-degree gate opening.
Latch: Gate latch to receive padlock; non-ferrous operating parts. Latches to be ADA
lever type, not requiring pinching or twisting. Finish to match fence.
Keeper: Provide a keeper for vehicle gates that automatically engages gate leaf and holds
it in the open position until manually released.
Gate Stops: Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of mushroom-type flush plate
with anchors, set in concrete and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger bar.
Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both
gate leaves of double gates to be locked with a single padlock.
Cast Iron Roller: Provide cast iron rollers at bottom rail of each vehicle double gate at
latch end.
2.4 CONCRETE
A.
Provide 3000 PSI air entrained ready-mixed concrete conforming to ASTM C-94, maximum 3”
slump.
2.5 SHOP FINISHING
A.
Surface Preparation:
1.
2.
B.
Shot blast posts and fabricated assemblies and accessories to SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2,
"Near-White Blast Cleaning" no more than 8 hours prior to the coating process. Clean in
a heated two-stage process including spray washing and cleaning, utilizing a total
immersion cleaning process each stage utilizing a heated alkaline cleaner to remove all
grease, dirt or other contaminants.
Rinse by totally immersing assemblies and accessories in a rinse tank and then totally
immerse in a conditioner to prepare surface for coating.
Priming and Preparation:
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ORNAMENTAL FENCE AND GATES
02831-3
1.
2.
3.
C.
General: System shall consist of a twelve stage electro-deposition process consisting of a
twelve stage cleaning, pre-treating, zinc phosphating, rinse, epoxy coating and post
rinsing process followed by an oven cure.
Totally immerse assemblies and accessories in a heated zinc phosphate coating. solution.
Zinc Phosphate coating shall have a total dry film thickness of 150 to 350 milligrams per
square foot.
Apply an electro-deposition epoxy coating to a dry film thickness of 0.7 to 1.2 mils.
Coating:
1.
Apply TGIC Polyester Green texture powder coating to a total dry film thickness of 2 to
3 mils. TGIC texture green powder coating to match Rohn & Haas 31-6074.
a.
D.
Color: Match "Greenscreen" Wrinkle-Textured Green, as specified in Section
10242 - "Trellage".
Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces which will be in contact with concrete, masonry,
wood, or dissimilar metals, in exterior work and work to be built into exterior and below grade
walls and decks with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. Do not extend coating onto exposed
surfaces.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Do not begin fence installation and erection before the final grading is completed with
finish elevations established, unless otherwise permitted.
1.
B.
Space line posts no more than 5 ft. on center.
Excavation:
1.
2.
Unless otherwise indicated, excavate hole depths approximately 3" lower than the post
bottom, with bottom of posts set not less than 36” below the surface when in firm,
undisturbed soil. Remove excavated soil from the Owner’s property.
When soil rock is encountered near the surface, drill into rock at least 12” for line posts
and at least 18” for end, pull, and corner posts. Drill hole at least 1” greater diameter than
the largest dimension of the post to be placed.
a.
C.
If solid rock is below soil overburden, drill to full depth required, except
penetration into rock need not exceed the minimum depths specified above.
Setting Posts:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove all loose and foreign materials from sides and bottoms of holes, and moisten soil
prior to placing concrete.
Center and align posts in holes 3" above bottom of excavation.
Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour, and vibrate or tamp for consolidation.
Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during placement
and finishing operations. Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter.
Trowel finish tops of footings, and slope or dome to direct water away from posts. Set
keeps, stops, sleeves and other accessories into concrete as required.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ORNAMENTAL FENCE AND GATES
02831-4
5.
Grout in posts set into sleeved holes, concrete constructions, or rock excavations with
non-shrink Portland cement grout, or other acceptable grouting material.
D.
Set accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack,
measured from established lines and levels.
E.
Brace temporarily or anchor temporarily in formwork where Work is to be built into concrete or
similar construction.
F.
Anchor securely as required for the intended use, using concealed anchors wherever possible.
G.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline joints. Seal sleeved joints
with butyl sealant.
H.
Core drill holes not less than 1" greater than the outside diameter of post. Clean holes of all
loose materials, insert posts, and fill the space between post and concrete with non-shrink,
nonferrous grout.
I.
Gates: Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. Adjust
hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary.
J.
Concrete Strength: Allow concrete to attain 75% of its minimum 28-day compressive strength,
but in no case sooner than 7 days after placement.
3.2
COATING REPAIR
A.
3.3
Factory-Finish Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with an air dried material used for
factory finish according to fence manufacturer's or fabricator's written instructions.
PROHIBITED PROCESS
A.
Do not cut or weld any portion of the fencing system after the factory coating has been applied.
END OF SECTION 02831
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
ORNAMENTAL FENCE AND GATES
02831-5
SECTION 02910
SOIL PREPARATION, LANDSCAPE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1
DESCRIPTION
A. Section Includes
1. Furnish and place topsoil and planting mixtures to meet finished grade elevations.
2. Soil testing of supplemental topsoil and on-site topsoil.
3. Excavation of all landscape planting beds including tree pits, turf areas and
planters/garden plots to receive planting mixtures or topsoil to the specified depths.
4. Preparation and placement of topsoil and planting mix in landscape planting beds/garden
plots and turf areas to required finished grades including all soil amendments.
5. Finished grading of all landscape planting beds and turf areas.
6. Furnish and placement of landscape insulation and landscape fabric in raised planters.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
1.3
Section 02300 – Excavation and Earthwork
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
1. The contractor shall be a company specializing in landscape construction with a
minimum of five (5) years of experience on comparable projects.
B. Code and Standards Compliance
1. All materials and work shall comply with applicable codes, standards and with the
requirements of local agencies. The Contractor shall obtain all permits required.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A. Topsoil Data
1. Provide, to the Owner, the location(s) and name(s) of topsoil sources from which
supplemental topsoil is to be obtained for the project, approximate quantities obtained at
each site, depth at which soil was taken and indicate whether crops had grown on site(s).
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SOIL PREPARATION, LANDSCAPE
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
02910 - 1
B. Soil Testing
1. The Contractor shall provide soil tests of both on-site topsoil and supplemental topsoil
prior to delivery of any topsoil to the site. Employ an independent testing lab that uses
methods approved by the Association of Agricultural Chemists to test two (2) samples
of the on-site topsoil and two (2) samples of the proposed supplemental topsoil. Submit
a report to the Owner containing soil tests, lab analysis stating whether topsoil meets
specification requirements and lab suggestions for amendment. The Owner will specify
soil amendments required.
Soil Tests
a. Chemical Analysis: include pH, Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC), Organic Matter
(OM), phosphorus, potassium (K), soluble salts, essential nutrients and any harmful
chemicals.
b. Mechanical Analysis: include percentages of sand, silt and clay.
c. Lab recommendations for amendments.
C. Other Samples
The following materials shall be submitted to the Owner for approval prior to delivery to the
site.
1. Submit 1 quart samples of soil mix materials: peat and sand to be used in preparation
of the planting mix and/or a sample of the specified pre-packaged soil mix , to be used in
planter pots, for review.
2. Submit samples and manufacturers data for landscape fabric and landscape insulation to
be used in raised planters for review and approval the Owner.
3. Submit manufacturer’s data for fertilizers and amendments recommended by the soil
testing analysis.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Topsoil and Planting Mixtures
1. Coordinate and deliver soil to pre-approved staging areas. Inform the Owner of all
delivery schedules, twenty-four (24 ) hours in advance of delivery.
2. All deliveries of topsoil which in any way fails to meet the requirements of these
specifications will be rejected, and the Contractor shall immediately remove such
rejected topsoil from the premises and supply suitable topsoil in its place.
3. No deliveries will be permitted when weather conditions are unsatisfactory, or if the
approved staging area is not in a satisfactory condition to receive topsoil. No frozen
topsoil will be accepted. Do not deliver or handle soil in wet, muddy or frozen
conditions. Protect stockpiles from winds and disturbance with landscape fabric or other
material.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SOIL PREPARATION, LANDSCAPE
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
02910 - 2
4. Trucks making deliveries shall use routes as directed to avoid damage to property. The
Contractor shall deliver topsoil in dump trucks having pneumatic tires and shall be
unloaded from the trucks where directed. All topsoil that is deposited other than in the
place designated shall be moved.
B. Other Materials
Handle and store all other materials according to manufacturer’s recommendations.
1.5
JOB CONDITIONS
A. General
1. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall examine and verify the acceptability of the
job site and notify the Owner of unsatisfactory conditions. The Contractor shall not
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected or resolved.
2. Where soil preparation occurs in close proximity to other site improvements, adequate
protection shall be given to all features prior to commencing work. Any items damaged
during soil preparation operations shall be promptly repaired to their original condition
at no addition to the Base Contract Price.
B. Availability of On-Site Topsoil
1. Some topsoil may be available on site that has beed stripped and stockpiled for the
Contractor’s use. Soil that is tested and meets the specifications for topsoil may be used
as suitable subgrade fill in planting bed and turf areas and as backfill in planting beds
and turf beds.
C. Utilities
Have all underground utilities located by servicing agencies. In the vicinity of utilities, hand
excavate to minimize the possibility of damage to underground utilities.
D. Excavation
When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered such as limestone, rubble fill,
adverse drainage conditions, or obstruction, notify the Landscape Architect prior to
placement of any soil.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A. Subgrade Fill Material
1. Where site conditions require a layer of fill below the specified bed depth, provide a
clean, debris-free mineral material with a brown sandy clay content and granular
material with no stones measuring larger than one inch in diameter. The pH should
range between 5.5 to 6.5 with no limestone present. Gray clay soils shall not be
accepted.
2. Stockpiled on-site topsoil may be used as subgrade fill if it meets requirements for pH
range of 5.5 to 6.5, contains no limestone and is free of debris.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SOIL PREPARATION, LANDSCAPE
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
02910 - 3
B. Planting Mixture Materials
1. Topsoil
a. Topsoil shall be a sandy loam mineral soil, uniform in color and texture;
corresponding to native soils; containing no gray clay and free from grass roots,
sod, weeds. rocks, stiff clay, clods, or any other substance undesirable to plant
growth. The soil shall be loose, friable, and of good tilth. The pH shall rage
between 5.5 to 6.5.
b. Nutrient data as follows. All soil sampling and testing shall comply with
prodedures in the USDA Ag. Handbook 60: Diagnosis and Improvement of Saline
and Alkali Soils.
Phosphorus
Min. 75 lbs./ac.
Potassium
Min. 300 lbs./ac.
Calcium
Min. 1,500 ppm
Cation Exchange Capacity
Min. 20 mea/100g
Soluble Salt
Max. 1,000 ppm
c. Organic content shall not be less than 3 percent and not greater than 10 percent
determined by loss of ignition.
d. Gradation:
Sieve Designation
No. 4 (4.76 mm)
No. 10 (2.00 mm)
No. 18 (1.00 mm)
No. 35 (500 micron)
No. 60 (250 micron)
No. 140 (105 micron)
No. 270 (53 micron)
Percent Passing
100
95 - 100
90 - 100
65 - 100
0 - 50
0 -20
0 -10
e. Textural Grades:
Fine gravel, course sand, medium sand
20 - 40 %
Silt
25 - 60 %
Clay
5 - 20 %
Clay content shall be determined by Bouyoucous hydrometer Test.
2. Sand shall be clean, sharp, course sa nd passing 1/4” mesh screen and free of
foreign and organic matter. The pH shall range between 5.5 to 6.5.
3. Sphagnum Peat shall be finely shredded, homogenous, partly decomposed plant
mater and leaves with a 90% content of organic peat moss suitable for horticultural
purposes. Peat shall be free of residue lumps, roots, stones or other foreign matter.
Shredded particles shall not exceed 1/4” in diameter. Peat shall be measured in dry
conditions and contain no more than 35% moisture by weight. Ash content shall not
exceed 10%.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SOIL PREPARATION, LANDSCAPE
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
02910 - 4
B. Other Materials
1. Landscape Insulation: 2” thick extruded polystyrene meeting the requirements of
ASTM C578-92, Type IV, with an R rating of 10, such as Amofoam as
manufactured by Amoco Foam Products, phone: 1-800-241-4402 or approved
equal.
2. Landscape Fabric: 100% continuous filament, non-woven , polyester landscape
fabric with a weight of 4.2 oz/yd, 70 mils thick, needle punched such as Trevira
Spunbond #1114 or approved equal.
C. Planting Mixtures
All landscape planting beds, tree pits, raised planters and garden plots shall be backfilled
with a planting mixture described below. All soil mixtures shall be mixed with
amendments and other materials by hand or mechanical methods prior to placement. All
topsoil shall be tested and amended per test results.
a. Planting beds/raised planters: beds for perennials, groundcovers and annuals
shall be prepared with planting mix containing four parts approved topsoil and
one part sphagnum peat.
b. Shrub Beds and Tree pits: backfill with approved topsoil.
c. Planter Pots: filled with Metro Mix 702 that can be obtained through Floral Supplies
Factory, phone: 1-800-828-2242 or approved equal.
d. Turf Areas/Prairie Grass Areas: prepared with approved topsoil.
C. pH Adjustment
Soil pH adjustments will be made based on soil test lab recommendations.
1. Limestone: Calcium carbonate (ground limestone) with 50% passing a No. 200 mesh
sieve , 90% passing a N0. 100 mesh sieve and 100% passing a No.10 mesh sieve. Total
carbonates shall not be less than 80%.
2. Sulfur: Granular sulfur.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
Protection of Site Improvements: Protect all existing site improvements during excavation. If any
existing improvements are damaged, replace or make arrangements with the proper authorities for
repair.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SOIL PREPARATION, LANDSCAPE
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
02910 - 5
3.2
PERFORMANCE
A. Turf Bed Preparation: Distribute required soil amendments evenly and thoroughly per soil
test results and incorporate fertilizer into the top layer of dry topsoil.
B. Planting Bed Preparation: Prior to installation of any plant material, ensure all tree pits,
planting and raised planters to be free of debris and not in a muddy condition prior to backfill
with specified planting mixture. Loosen the bottom of the pit or bed and ensure that all stones
larger than 1” diameter and that all limestone have been removed from the subgrade to a depth
of 12 inches.
C. Landscape Excavation and Backfill
1. Excavate existing planting areas, planting beds, garden plots, turf beds and tree pits as
indicated on the drawings and to the following depths:
a. Turf Beds
6” minimum depth
b. Groundcover/Perennial Beds
12” minimum depth
c. Shrub Beds
24” minimum depth
d. Large Shrub and Tree Pits
4” below bottom of root ball and 2’ greater than
diameter of root ball on each side.
Note: Where shrubs and perennials/groundcover are to be planted in the same bed,
provide bed depths to meet the minimum depth for shrubs. Provide additional excavation
of tree pits where trees are to be planted in shrub and perennial beds.
2. Compact subgrade in planting beds to 85% proctor density. Where pavement and other
structures have been removed, bring planting bed to sub-grade with suitable subgrade fill.
3. After planting beds have been prepared and planting operations completed backfill
planting areas, garden plots, turf beds and tree pits with specified planting mixtures and to
grades and profiles shown on the plans. Fill and shape berms to meet grades and
elevations shown on the plans. Berms may be adjusted to meet field conditions. Final
shape to be approved by Owner. Rough grading of all areas shall be within 1/10th of
grades shown on the Construction Drawings.
3.3
CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
A. Clean Up
1. Debris and excess material shall be removed from the site immediately.
2. When an excavation or backfill area is completed, completely clean up all soil piles and
sweep all walks and drives.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SOIL PREPARATION, LANDSCAPE
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
02910 - 6
3. All existing sidewalks and driveways providing access to on-site buildings shall be kept
clean and free of obstructions. Other paved areas shall be cleaned when work in adjacent
areas is completed.
B. Protection
Protect all completed work from disturbance from operations of other trades and trespassers.
Replace damaged work to specified conditions.
END OF SECTION
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SOIL PREPARATION, LANDSCAPE
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
02910 - 7
SECTION 02930
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS & GROUNDCOVERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes
Installation, maintenance and warranty of all trees, shrubs, ground cover, perennials, annuals
and vines shown on the plans and specified herein.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02910 - Soil Preparation, Landscape Excavation and Backfill
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
1. The Contractor shall be a company specializing in landscape installation with a minimum
of five (5) years of experience on comparable projects.
B. Code and Standards Compliance
All materials and work shall comply with applicable sections of the following references:
1. American Association of Nurserymen, Inc. (MN) Standard: American Standard for
Nursery Stock (ANSI Z60-.1 -1990)
2.
Hortus Third, Cornell University,1976
C. Source Quality Control
1. Certification:
All landscape materials shall be from stock inspected and certified by authorized
governmental agencies. The stock shall comply with governmental regulations prevailing
at the supply source and the job site.
2. Analysis and Standards:
Products packaged in sealed containers shall be labeled with manufacturer's certified
analysis. The composition of bulk materials shall be tested by an approved laboratory in
accordance with procedures established by the Association of Official Agricultural
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 1
Chemists, wherever applicable, or as specified by product specifications referenced
herein.
3. Plant Material Selection:
a. Plant materials must be supplied by a nurseries located in Northern Illinois.
b. Prior to digging and shipment by the nursery, plant materials shall be tagged by the
contractor or nursery for inspection and approval by the Owner. Notify the Owner of
locations of tagged material at least four weeks prior to scheduled planting.
D. Substitutions
1. If specified landscape material is not obtainable, notify the Owner, who will identify
alternate sources or substitutes. Substitutions made shall not the Base Contract Price. If
substitutions are smaller in size than the specified material, credits to the Base Bid
Contract will be made based on comparable cost differentials customary for materials and
sizes involved.
2. Plants shall be supplied at the minimum sizes specified. Plants larger than the minimum
size may be used upon approval of the Owner.
3. Container plants may be substituted for those designated ”B & B” only if approved by the
Owner.
E. Soil Preparation
The preparation of soil/planting mixtures shall conform to the requirements of Section 02910,
Soil Preparation, Landscape Excavation and Backfill
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: Representative samples of the following materials shall be provided from the
supply source being used:
1. Plant Material: Owner reserves right to tag and/or inspect plant stock at the nursery prior
to delivery to the site.
2. Mulch: five pound sample.
4. Tree Wrap: two linear foot sample.
5. Anti-transpirant: manufacturer’s product data.
6. Steel Edging:
one linear foot sample.
B. Certification
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 2
1. Phytosanitary Certification
All plant material inspection certificates required by federal, state or other governing
authorities will accompany each shipment and be turned over to the Owner upon
delivery.
2. Delivery Tickets
Freight bill for each shipment of plants shall be submitted to the Owner at time of
delivery.
C. Toxic Chemicals
Submit manufacturer’s data for all products, areas of application, and anticipated uses of
pesticides, herbicides, and fumigants.
1.5
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. General
1. Notify the Owner forty-eight hours in advance of all delivery times for plant material.
2. Store materials only in locations approved by the Owner.
B. Packaged Materials
Deliver packaged materials in unopened containers showing weight, analysis, and name of
manufacturer. During shipment and storage on site, protect materials from breakage,
moisture, heat, or other damage and according to manufacturer’s recommendations.
C. Plant Materials
1. Schedule shipping to minimize on site storage of plants. Stock shall not be shipped until
the planting preparations have been completed.
2. Label the size and variety of plant and securely attach to individual plants or to bundles
of like variety and size.
3. During shipment, plants shall not be bent, stacked, or bound in a manner that damages
bark, breaks branches, deforms root balls, or destroys natural shape.
4. Plant material shall be transported within enclosed trailers or covered by tarpaulin to
protect the material from damage caused by drying winds, heat, freezing, or other
exposure that may be harmful to the plants. Plant material arriving at the site in a
damaged condition shall be rejected and removed from the site.
5. If delays beyond the Contractor's control occur after delivery, plants shall be kept
watered and protected from sun, wind, and mechanical damage; root balls shall be
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 3
covered with topsoil or mulch. Container-grown stock shall not be removed from
containers until planting time. Keep the roots constantly moist until planted.
6. Handle plants at all times in accordance with the best horticultural practices. Lift B & B
materials from the bottom of the ball only. Balled and burlapped plants which have
cracked or broken balls are not acceptable and shall be replaced.
1.6
JOB CONDITIONS
A. General
1. Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall examine and verify the acceptability of the
job site and notify the Owner of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected or resolved.
2. Where planting occurs in close proximity to other site improvements, provide adequate
protection for all site areas prior to commencing work. Any items damaged during
planting operations shall be promptly replaced or repaired to their original condition at no
addition to the Base Contract Price.
B. Utilities
All underground utilities shall be located by servicing agencies. Excavation for planting in
the vicinity of utilities shall be done by hand to minimize possibility of damage.
C. Excavation
When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered such as limestone, rubble fill,
adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify the Owner before any planting activities.
D. Planting Season
Plant material shall be dug and planted only during the planting season appropriate for each
individual plant species. Pre-digging of plants with proper storage may extend the planting
season. However, the installation of plant material outside the normal planting season shall
be done only with the approval of the Owner.
E. Work Schedule
1. Upon authorization to proceed with the work, a project work schedule indicating the
dates of each of the following items will be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to
the Owner:
a. Tagging of plant material in nurseries.
b. Staking of plant locations on the site.
c. Digging and preparation of plant pits and beds.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 4
d. Delivery of plant material to the site.
e. Planting schedule
f.
Substantial completion of the work.
F. Coordination With Other Work
1. Proceed with complete landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become
available, working within the season limitations for each kind of landscape work
required.
1.7
GUARANTEE
A. General
1. Warrant all plant material to be true to botanical name and of specified size.
2. All dead or damaged plant material shall be removed from the site and replaced prior to
Project Acceptance and the initiation of the Guarantee Period. The Guarantee Period
shall begin upon written notification of Project Acceptance by the Owner. Project
Acceptance will occur only upon the full completion of all work under this Contract.
3. After receiving notice of Project Acceptance, all plant materials shall be maintained in a
vigorous condition and warranted against defects including death, improper maintenance,
and unsatisfactory growth, for 12 months following Project Acceptance.
B. Replacements
1. During the Guarantee Period, replace, at no additional expense to the Owner, plant
materials that are dead or that are, in the opinion of the Owner, in an unhealthy or
unsightly condition, or that have lost their natural shape due to dead branches, excessive
pruning, or inadequate or improper maintenance. Rejected plant materials shall be
removed from the site and legally disposed of at no addition to the Base Contract Price.
2. Only one replacement of any plant is required after Project Acceptance, except for losses
or replacement resulting from failure to comply with specified requirements. However,
all plant material shall be in a healthy and vigorous state of growth at time of project
acceptance.
3. Replacement plants and planting operations shall be in accordance with the original
specifications. Replacements shall be made no later than the next succeeding planting
season. Fully restore areas damaged by replacement operations to their original and
specified condition.
4. Replacement stock shall be obtained from the same plant material source of the original
material.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A. Plant Material
1. Provide plant materials true to name and variety established by the American Joint
Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature Standardized Plant Names", Second Edition,
1942, as indicated on the Drawings.
2. All planting stock shall be nursery-grown in accordance with good horticultural practice.
Plants shall be free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sunscald,
injures, abrasions, or disfigurement. They shall be sound, healthy and vigorous, of
uniform growth, typical of the species and variety, well formed, free from irregularities,
with the minimum quality conforming to American Standard for Nursery Stock.
3. Plants indicated as “specimen plants” shall be exceptionally heavy, symmetrical, and
tightly knit, cultured, to be unquestionably superior in form, branching, compactness, and
symmetry.
4. The minimum acceptable sizes of all plants shall be measured before pruning and with
branches in normal position. Unless otherwise designated on the Drawings, all plant
dimensions shall conform to those listed in ANSI A60.1, American Standard for Nursery
Stock.
a. Where height is indicated within a range, the smaller dimension is the minimum
acceptable; the larger dimension represents the maximum permissible except with
approval of the Owner. The average dimension of all plants must at least equal the
average of the height range specified.
b. Spread shall meet the minimum dimension specified in all directions and must be
considered as pivoting on the center of the plant. Where range is shown between two
spread dimensions, the smaller dimension is the minimum acceptable. Spreads shall
at least average on the average of the range indicated.
c. Caliper is the trunk diameter taken at a specified distance above root collar as
described in ANSI Z60.1.
d. Branching point is the distance above ground where balanced branching occurs or
where a dimension on trunk appears to form the head of the tree.
5. Root Treatment:
a. Root treatments on all plants shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Z60.1.
Plants shall be dug and prepared for shipment in a manner that will not cause damage
to branches, shape, and future development after planting.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 6
b. Balled and burlapped (“B & B”) plants shall have a firm, natural ball of earth of
sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the fibrous and feed root systems
necessary for full recovery of the plant. Ball shall be securely wrapped with burlap
and bound with cord. Ball sizes shall meet the requirements of the ANSI Z60.1.
c. Plants furnished in containers shall have the roots well established in the soil mass
and shall have grown in the container for at least one growing season. Containers
shall be large enough to provide earth-root mass of adequate size to support the plant
tops being grown. Plants, other than ground covers, over-established in the container,
as evidenced by pot-bound root ends, will not be accepted.
6. Plant materials shall be subject to final approval by the Owner at the site. The Owner
reserves the right to reject any plant material that does not meet project specifications at
the time of planting.
B. Topsoil
Topsoil for landscape work shall be amended as specified in specification section 02910, Soil
Preparation, Landscape Excavation and Backfill.
C. Hardwood Bark Mulch
Mulch shall be finely shredded and processed composted hardwood bark, free from other
foreign material.
D. Tree Wrap
Tree wrap shall be waterproofed crepe paper 2-1/2 (64 mm) inches wide, made up of two
layers of crepe. Owner shall inspect tree trunk prior to placing tree wrap.
E. Steel Edging
Edging shall be 3/16” x 4” commercial steel edging with stake loops stamped in to the face
and provided with 15” minimum length tapered steel anchoring stakes as manufactured by
Ryerson or approved equal. Color to be natural.
F. Tree Paint
Tree paint shall be waterproof, asphalt base paint with antiseptic properties for use on tree
wounds such as Toch Bros. R.1.W. Tree Surgery Paint, Sherwin Williams Pruning
Compound or approved equal.
G. Anti-transpirant
Anti-transpirant shall be a protective film emulsion providing protective film over plant
surfaces, permeable to permit transpiration, as manufactured by WILT PRUF, INC. or
approved equal. Mix and apply in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 7
H. Herbicide
Herbicide shall be a product with a rates of application that conforms with registered uses
and is applied by a licensed professional.
I.
Fertilizer
Granular, natural organic, non-burning product composed of no less than 50% organic matter,
slow release, low salt, guaranteed analysis professional fertilizer such a Milorganite Natural
Organic fertilizer (6-2-0 Plus 4% Iron) or approved equal.
J.
Guying and Staking Materials
1. Stakes for tree support shall be hardwood free from knot, rot, cross grain or other defects
that would impair strength. Stakes shall be pressure treated with pentachlorophenol, and
a minimum of 2” by 2” in diameter by 8’-0” long and pointed on one end.
2. Ground anchors for guying shall be 2” x 2” x 3’-0” long wood stake, pointed on one end.
3. Guying wire shall be 12 gauge annealed galvanized steel.
4. Guying cable shall be a minimum of five strands, making a 3/16” diameter steel cable.
5. Hose chafing guards shall be new or used 2-ply, one half inch reinforced rubber or plastic
hose and shall be the same color on the project. Length shall be one and one-half times
the circumference of the plant at its base.
6. Survey flags to be fastened to guys shall be white plastic surveyor’s tape, 6” in length.
7. Turnbuckles shall be galvanized or cadmium-plated steel and have a 3” minimum
lengthwise opening fitted with screw eyes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A. Layout
1. Individual plant locations shall be staked on the project site by the Contractor and
approved by the Owner before any planting operations commence. The Owner reserves
the right to adjust plant material locations to meet field conditions, without additions to
the Base Contract Price.
2. Accurately stake plant material according to the drawings. Stakes shall be 2 inches x 4
inches x 4 foot length above grade, not painted, with plant designation and size labeled
on stake.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 8
3. If obstructions are encountered that are not indicated, do not proceed with planting
operations until alternate plant locations have been selected and approved in writing by
the Owner. Where location or spacing dimensions are not clearly shown, request
clarification from the Owner.
3.2
PERFORMANCE
A. General
1. Rocks/underground obstructions shall be removed and proper planting depths shall be
established to conform with Soil Preparation, Landscape Excavation and Backfill,
Section 02930. If underground utilities or other structural obstructions are encountered,
alternate planting locations will be determined by the Owner.
2. Plant Pit Excavation
a. Planting pits shall be round, with vertical sides and flat bottoms, and sized in
accordance with the specification and dimensions shown on the drawings.
b. If rotating augers or other mechanical diggers are used to excavate holes, the vertical
sides of the pits shall be scarified, fractured, or otherwise broken down to eliminate
impervious surfaces.
c. Loosen or scarify soil in the bottom of all plant pits to a depth of 4 inches.
3. If existing soil is to be used, it shall meet the requirements of specification for topsoil as
contained in Section 02910. Beds shall be excavated to proper depths and amended as
specified. Plant beds shall be brought to a smooth and even surface conforming to
established grades.
4. Excavated material that does not meet specifications for topsoil will not be used for
backfill in any planter or planting pit and shall be removed to an area designated by the
Owner.
B. Planting Operations
1. When the ground is frozen, no planting activities shall occur.
2. Balled and burlapped (“B & B”) Trees and Large Shrubs:
Place a minimum of 4 inches of approved topsoil in the bottom of the pit, or to depth
necessary to set the plant to required grade and compact. Set the plant in the pit to the
same relationship to the grade as in the original container or at the top of the burlap ball,
faced to give the best appearance or relationship to one another and adjacent structures.
Cut away burlap, rope, wire, or other wrapping materials 1/3 of the way from the top of
the ball and remove from pit. Do not remove burlap or ties from sides or bottom of ball.
If plastic wrap or other non-biodegradable materials are used in lieu of burlap, completely
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 9
remove them before placing of backfill. Cleanly cut off broken or frayed roots. Place
approved topsoil and fertilizer around the ball and carefully compact to avoid injury to
the roots and to fill the voids. Apply fertilizer at a rate recommended by the
manufacturer. After backfilling planting pit approximately two-thirds full, add water and
allow planting mixture to settle. After the water has been absorbed, fill the planting pit
with topsoil tamp light to grade and form a watering basin of the size indicated. In tree
grates, set top of root ball to allow a two inch air space between the mulch layer and the
bottom of the grate.
3. Plant container-grown shrubs as specified above for balled and burlapped plants and as
modified herein. Remove containers before planting and loosen the sides of root ball in
several places, freeing the roots on the outside of the ball sufficiently to encourage rapid
root extension into the surrounding soil and to prevent girdling of root mass.
4. Plant groundcover, perennials and annuals so that the top of the root mass is even with
the surrounding grade. Adjust spacing as necessary to evenly fill planting bed with
indicated quantity of plants. Plant to within 6 inches of edge of bed. Backfill planting
with specified planting mixture and fertilizer at a rate recommended by manufacturer.
5. Planting of shrubs, groundcovers, bulbs and annuals around tree root balls shall occur
beyond the perimeter of the root ball. Do not plant directly over any root balls.
C. Mulching
1. Mulching shall take place within 48 hours after planting, using approved materials.
2. Mulch shrub beds to a uniform depth of 2 inches. Mulch trees within the soil saucer to a
depth equal to the depth of the saucer, but not less than two inches. Mulch ground cover
and perennial areas to a uniform depth of 2 inches.
3. Mulch shall be kept out of the crowns of shrubs and off buildings, sidewalks, light
standards, and other site improvements.
4. Form mulch rings around trees and large shrubs that are with in turf areas.
D. Pruning
1. General
a. After planting, prune the branches of deciduous stock to balance the loss of roots in
such manner as to retain the natural form of the plant type. Pruning shall be done by
workmen experienced in this type of work. The Owner shall approve pruning
techniques and appearance before proceeding with all pruning.
b. Trimmings shall be removed from the site and legally disposed.
2. Trees
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 10
a. Prune trees by removing all dead wood, badly formed, interfering limbs, and
sufficient other growth to ensure healthy and symmetrical growth of new wood. Up
to one-third of the branches may be removed. The proportion is, in all cases, subject
to the approval of the Owner. The central leader shall not be removed.
b. In the case of multiple leaders, preserve the one which will best promote the
symmetry of the tree, and remove or cut back the remainder so that they will not
compete with the selected leader. Cut back surrounding top branches to conform to
the leader.
c. Paint cut surfaces over 1 inch in diameter with tree wound dressing.
3. Shrubs
Prune shrubs by removing all dead wood and broken branches, thinning out canes and
cutting back or removing asymmetrical branches. Pruning shall result in a loose outline
conforming to the natural shape of the shrub type. Shearing to unnatural shapes will not
be accepted.
E. Wrapping
1. The trunks of broadleaf trees shall be wrapped immediately after planting but not before
the condition of the trunks has been inspected and approved by the Owner.
2. Trees shall be wrapped in the specified material beginning at the base and extending to
the first branches. The wrap shall be applied in a spiral manner with an overlap of
one-half the width of the paper.
3. The wrapping shall be securely tied at the top and bottom and at 18 inch (45 cm)
maximum intervals with twine.
F. Other Procedures
1. Apply anti-transparent to all broadleaf evergreen shrubs in all planting beds..
2. Stake or guy deciduous trees/large shrubs and evergreen trees if they fail to remain
plumb. Tree bracing method shall be approved by Owner.
3.3
CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION
A. Clean Up
1. Excess and waste material shall be removed daily.
2. When planting in an area has been completed, the area shall be cleared of all debris, soil
piles, containers and all paved areas swept.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 11
3. At least one paved pedestrian access route and one paved vehicular access route to each
building shall be kept clean at all times. Other paving shall be cleaned when work in
adjacent areas is completed.
B. Repairs
Any damage to existing landscape, paving, or other such features as a result of work related
to this contract shall be repaired by the responsible Contractor to its original condition.
C. Protection
Protect landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations, operations
by other Contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and
maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged landscape work as directed.
D. Remove all tree wrap, labels and seals one year after the date of substantial completion.
3.4
ACCEPTANCE
A. Project Acceptance
Project Acceptance for work under this Section 02930 shall occur when all work (all
sections) required under this Contract has been completed in conformance with the Contract
Documents. The Owner shall provide written notification of Project Acceptance.
B. Inspections for Project Acceptance
1. Notification of Completion of Planting Work
a. Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of the completion of planting operations.
b. Within 10 days after notification of completion of work under this Section 02930, the
Owner will inspect the work and prepare a punch list of items that require completion
or correction.
c. Contractor shall complete the work called for on the punch list prior to Final
Inspection for Project Acceptance.
2. Final Inspection
a. The final inspection of all work under this Contract will be made by the Contractor
and the Owner.
b. Before Project Acceptance will be made, the terms of the warranty shall be met and
the site shall be in the condition stipulated under Final Cleanups.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 12
c. When all work required under this Contract has been completed in conformance with
the Contract Documents, the Owner shall issue a written notice of Project
Acceptance.
END OF SECTION
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIALS &
GROUNDCOVERS SOIL REPARATION,
LANDSCAPE
02930 - 13
SECTION 12001
SITE FURNISHINGS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
B.
C.
D.
1.2
Drawings
Book 1: Project Information, Instructions to Bidders, and Execution Documents
Book 2: Standard Terms and Conditions for Construction Contracts
Book 2A: Standard Terms and Conditions Procedures Manual
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
The work in this section includes fabrication and installation of the following items as shown on
the drawings and specified herein:
1.
Benches (with backrest and backless)
2.
Trash Receptacles
3.
Outcroppings
4.
Granite stones around trees
5.
Shade structure
6.
Storage box
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Submit manufacturers specifications and installation instructions for all products
specified herein.
B.
Samples: Submit sample for each type of finish indicated.
C.
Shop Drawing: Submit drawings for all items noted in 1.2A of this section.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Shop Assembly: Preassemble in shop to extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly.
Disassemble only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for
reassembly and coordinate installation.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SITE FURNISHINGS
12001-1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Bench is Timberform steel bench Model 2808 from Manufacturer Columbia Cascade Co. or
Dumor steel bench Model #93 from Nutoys.
B.
Trash Receptacle – Dimensions as shown on the detail sheet.
gallon plastic waste receptacle
C.
Shade structure – 12’ x 12’ from Poligon Fabric or approved equal.
D.
Storage box – Jobox 5’x3’minimum dimension.
E.
Outcropping and granite cobblestones – Size as shown on the drawings.
Manufacturer: Rehrig-Pacific 95
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
3.2
Contractor must examine the areas and the conditions under which all items are to be installed
and notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion
of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a
manner acceptable to the owner’s representative.
PREPARATION
A.
Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of
anchorages such as sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral
anchor which are to be imbedded in concrete or masonry. Coordinate delivery of such items to
project site.
B.
Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and
fabrication where possible. Do not delay progress. Allow for adjustments during installation
where taking field measurements before fabrication might delay work.
C.
Layout: Mark the locations of site furnishings with chalk, stakes or other appropriate marking
devices for the Owner’s review prior to installation. The Landscape Architect may, at his option,
require the Contractor to layout the actual assembled furnishing on the site prior to installation.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SITE FURNISHINGS
12001-2
3.3
INSTALLATION
A.
3.4
General
1.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline joints.
2.
Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of site furnishings. Set work
accurately in location, alignment and elevation plumb, level, true, non-rocking and free of
rack, measured from established lines and levels. Do not weld, cut or abrade surfaces of
components which have been coated or finished after fabrication, and are intended for field
connection by mechanical means without further cutting or fitting.
3.
Setting: Set furnishings straight, plumb, level true to line, and at elevations indicated on
the drawings, or in the event none are indicated, flush with the adjacent paving or other
surface.
ADJUST AND CLEAN
A.
Protect finish of all items from damage during construction period by use of temporary
protective coverings used by manufacturer. Remove protective covering at project completion
or when directed by Architect. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction
period so that no evidence remains of connection work. Return items which cannot be
refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit or provide
new units as required.
B.
Touch up painting: Immediately after each erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
abraded areas of shop paint, and paint-exposed areas with some same material. Surface
preparation, prime coat, and finish coast to be in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
END OF SECTION 12001
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
SITE FURNISHINGS
12001-3
SECTION 16060
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment
1.
1.3
Underground distribution grounding.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Other Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of
grounding features specified in Part 3 "Field Quality Control" Article, including the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Test wells.
Ground rods.
Ground rings.
Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems.
Grounding for sensitive electronic equipment.
C.
Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agencies field supervisor.
D.
Field quality-control test reports.
E.
Operation and Maintenance Data:
For grounding to include the following in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals:
1.
Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at test wells.
a.
b.
Tests shall be to determine if ground resistance or impedance values
remain within specified maximums, and instructions shall recommend
corrective action if they do not.
Include recommended testing intervals.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
GROUNDING AND BONDING
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16060-1
1.4
A.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and
capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the
International Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing
laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International
Electrical Testing Association to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
C.
Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CONDUCTORS
A.
Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise
required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Bare Copper Conductors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
2.2
A.
Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.
Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.
Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.
Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in
diameter.
Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor.
Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper
ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.
Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors, terminated
with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick.
Grounding Bus: Rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 2 inches in cross
section, unless otherwise indicated; with insulators.
CONNECTORS
Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types,
sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
GROUNDING AND BONDING
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16060-2
B.
Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressuretype, with at least two bolts.
1.
C.
2.3
Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe.
Welded Connectors:
Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit
manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions.
GROUNDING ELECTRODES
A.
Ground Rods: Stainless steel, sectional type 3/4 inch by10 feet in diameter.
B.
Chemical-Enhanced Grounding Electrodes: Copper tube, straight or L-shaped,
charged with nonhazardous electrolytic chemical salts.
1.
2.
Termination: Factory-attached No. 4/0 AWG bare conductor at least 48 inches
long.
Backfill Material: Electrode manufacturers recommended material.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
APPLICATIONS
A.
Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded
conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Underground Grounding Conductors:
minimum.
1.
2.
C.
Bury at least 24 inches below grade.
Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches above duct bank when
indicated as part of duct-bank installation.
Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing
service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
1.
2.
D.
Install bare copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG
Install bus on insulated spacers 1 inch, minimum, from wall 6 inches above
finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame,
across top of doorway, down to specified height above floor, and connect to
horizontal bus.
Conductor Terminations and Connections:
1.
2.
Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.
Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as
otherwise indicated.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
GROUNDING AND BONDING
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16060-3
3.
4.
3.2
A.
3.3
Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors.
Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors.
GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements.
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
A.
Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits.
B.
Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to
those required by NFPA 70:
1.
2.
3.
C.
3.4
Feeders and branch circuits.
Lighting circuits.
Receptacle circuits.
Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a
separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor
installed with branch-circuit conductors.
INSTALLATION
A.
Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless
otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing
conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
B.
Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade,
unless otherwise indicated.
1.
2.
C.
Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as
otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging
coating, if any.
For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least onerod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other
grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor.
Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes
are specified in Division 26 Section "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical
Systems," and shall be at least 12 inches deep, with cover.
1.
Test Wells: Install at least one test well for each service, unless otherwise
indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set
top of test well flush with finished grade or floor.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
GROUNDING AND BONDING
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16060-4
D.
Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and
maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit.
1.
2.
3.
3.5
Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to
penetrate any adjacent parts.
Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports:
Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.
Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect-type
connection is required, use a bolted clamp.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to
perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B.
Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the
following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
C.
Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1.
2.
After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have
been energized, test for compliance with requirements.
Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum groundresistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding
terminal, and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any
conductors are connected.
a.
b.
3.
Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of
precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than
natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other
artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance.
Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81.
Prepare dimensioned drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground
rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in
alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the
number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations
of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe
measures taken to improve test results.
END OF SECTION 16060
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
GROUNDING AND BONDING
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16060-5
SECTION 16075
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SUMMARY
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.3
Identification for raceways.
Identification of power and control cables.
Identification for conductors.
Underground-line warning tape.
Warning labels and signs.
Instruction signs.
Equipment identification labels.
Miscellaneous identification products.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.
B.
Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate size, colors, lettering style,
mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products.
C.
Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system
components used in identification signs and labels.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with ANSI A13.1.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
C.
Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145.
D.
Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16075 - 1
E.
1.5
Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and
inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with
requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop
Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance
Manual; and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use
consistent designations throughout Project.
B.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting
of surfaces where devices are to be applied.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length
of color field for each raceway size.
B.
Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less:
1. Black letters on an orange field.
2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type.
C.
Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less:
Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant
coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.
D.
Snap-Around Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less:
Slit,
pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to
suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.
E.
Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less:
Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter
sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping
action.
2.2
POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length
of color field for each raceway and cable size.
B.
Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weatherand chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing
ends of legend label.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16075 - 2
C.
Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet and
cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable.
1. Marker for Tags: Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag
manufacturer.
2. Marker for Tags: Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker
recommended by printer manufacturer.
2.3
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A.
Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils
thick by 1 to 2 inches wide.
B.
Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weatherand chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing
ends of legend label.
C.
Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic
sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay
in place by gripping action.
D.
Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic
sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it
identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.
2.4
A.
UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE
Tape:
1. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify
and locate underground electrical and communication utility lines.
2. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations.
3. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert, and not subject to degrading when
exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in
soils.
B.
Color and Printing:
1. Comply with ANSI Z535.1 through ANSI Z535.5.
C.
Tag: Type I:
1. Pigmented polyolefin, bright-colored, continuous-printed on one side with the
inscription of the utility, compounded for direct-burial service.
2. Thickness: 4 mils.
3. Weight: 18.5 lb/1000 sq. ft.
4. 3-Inch Tensile According to ASTM D 882: 30 lbf, and 2500 psi.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16075 - 3
2.5
WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS
A.
Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145.
B.
Self-Adhesive Warning Labels:
Factory-printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive
adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to
equipment unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Baked-Enamel Warning Signs:
1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and
size required for application.
2. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting.
3. Nominal size, 7 x 10 inches.
D.
Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs:
1. Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with
0.0396 inch galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required
for application.
2. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting.
3. Nominal size, 10 x 14 inches.
2.6
A.
INSTRUCTION SIGNS
Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch thick for signs up
to 20 sq. inches and 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes.
1. Engraved legend with black letters on white face.
2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners.
3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable
equipment.
B.
Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent
process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.
C.
Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by
thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.
Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label.
2.7
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS
A.
Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent
process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.
B.
Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by
thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.
Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16075 - 4
C.
Self-Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed,
with white letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.
D.
Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw
mounting. White letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8
inch.
E.
Stenciled Legend: In nonfading, waterproof, black ink or paint. Minimum letter height
shall be 1 inch.
2.8
MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A.
Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for paint materials
and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and
location (exterior).
B.
Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel
machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Verify identity of each item before installing identification products.
B.
Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient
viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
C.
Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.
D.
Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using
materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device.
E.
Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical
fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate.
F.
Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous
underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished
grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or
concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches overall.
G.
Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for
surface preparation and paint application.
END OF SECTION 16075
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16075 - 5
SECTION 16120
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
Building wires and cables rated 600V and less.
Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600V and less.
Sleeves and sleeve seals for cables.
B.
EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
C.
NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Qualification Data: For testing agency.
C.
Field quality-control test reports.
1.4
A.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and
capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the Inter
National Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory
(NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
1.
Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International
Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in
Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
16120-1
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
C.
Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division.
American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company.
General Cable Corporation.
Senator Wire & Cable Company.
Southwire Company.
C.
Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70.
D.
Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THHN-THWN and XHHW.
E.
Multiconductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Type SO with ground wire.
2.2
CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.
O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC.
3M; Electrical Products Division.
Tyco Electronics Corp.
Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating,
material, type, and class for application and service indicated.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
16120-2
2.3
SLEEVES FOR CABLES
A.
Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized
steel, plain ends.
B.
Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron
pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or
0.138-inch thickness as indicated and of length to suit application.
2.4
SLEEVE SEALS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
C.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the
product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
Calpico, Inc.
Metraflex Co.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space
between sleeve and cable.
1.
2.
3.
Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or
conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or
cable.
Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure
plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS
A.
Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and
larger.
B.
Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG
and larger.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
16120-3
3.2
CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND
WIRING METHODS
A.
Service Entrance: Type XLP, single conductors in raceway.
B.
Feeders Concealed in Concrete,
Underground feeder cable, Type UF.
C.
Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground:
Underground branch-circuit cable, Type UF.
3.3
below
Slabs-on-Grade,
and
Underground:
INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A.
Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary;
compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed
manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
B.
Use pulling means; including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips
that will not damage cables or raceway.
C.
Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural
members, and follow surface contours where possible.
D.
Support cables according to Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical
Systems."
E.
Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section
"Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.4
CONNECTIONS
A.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
B.
Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess
equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced
conductors.
1.
C.
3.5
Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum conductors.
Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack.
SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A.
Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved
opening.
B.
Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness:
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
16120-4
1.
2.
For sleeve rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side greater than 16
inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch.
For sleeve rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches and 1 or more
sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch.
C.
Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.
D.
Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and cable
unless sleeve seal is to be installed or unless seismic criteria require different
clearance.
E.
Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and
with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies.
F.
Underground Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size
sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between cable and sleeve for installing
mechanical sleeve seals.
3.6
SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION
A.
Install to seal underground exterior-wall penetrations.
B.
Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for cable
material and size. Position cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve
seals and install in annular space between cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against
pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections
and prepare test reports.
B.
Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
C.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
3.
After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been
energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors, and conductors feeding
the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements.
Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA
Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.
Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after
Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in cables and
conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so
splices are accessible to portable scanner.
a.
Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan
of each splice 11 months after date of Substantial Completion.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
16120-5
b.
c.
D.
Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:
1.
2.
3.
E.
Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure
temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide
calibration record for device.
Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies
splices checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of
deficiencies detected, remedial action taken and observations after
remedial action.
Test procedures used.
Test results that comply with requirements.
Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to
achieve compliance with requirements.
Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
END OF SECTION 16120
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
16120-6
SECTION 16130
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A.
Shop Drawings: For the following raceway components. Include plans, elevations,
sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1.
2.
Custom enclosures and cabinets.
For handholes and boxes for underground wiring, including the following:
a.
b.
B.
Samples for Initial Selection:
finishes.
1.
C.
Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes.
Frame and cover design.
For wire ways with factory-applied texture and color
Size: 4” x 4”
Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required for wire ways,
prepared on Samples of size indicated below.
1.
Size: 6” x 6”
D.
Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency.
E.
Source quality-control test reports.
1.2
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
METAL CONDUIT
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16130 - 1
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
Alflex Inc.
Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co.
Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose.
Electri-Flex Co.
Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex.
Maverick Tube Corporation.
O-Z Gedney; a unit of General Signal.
Wheatland Tube Company.
C.
Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
D.
EMT: ANSI C80.3.
E.
FMC: Zinc-coated steel.
F.
LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.
G.
Joint Compound for Rigid Steel Conduit: Listed for use in cable connector assemblies,
and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded raceway joints from
corrosion and enhance their conductivity.
2.2
NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose.
Arnco Corporation.
CANTEX Inc.
CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group.
Condux International, Inc.
ElecSYS, Inc.
Electri-Flex Co.
Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex.
RACO; a Hubbell Company.
Thomas & Betts Corporation.
C.
ENT: NEMA TC 13.
D.
RNC: NEMA TC 2, unless otherwise indicated.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16130 - 2
E.
LFNC: UL 1660.
F.
Fittings for ENT and RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material.
G.
Fittings for LFNC: UL 514B.
H.
Description: Comply with UL 2024; flexible type, approved for [plenum] [riser] [generaluse] installation.
2.3
METAL WIREWAYS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1.
2.
3.
Cooper B-Line, Inc.
Hoffman.
Square D; Schneider Electric.
C.
Description: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 250, Type 3R, unless
otherwise indicated.
D.
Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints,
adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wire
ways as required for complete system.
E.
Wire way covers: Screw-cover type.
F.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.
2.4
A.
HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING
Polymer-Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer-Concrete Cover: Molded of
sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel or
fiberglass or a combination of the two.
1.
2.
3.
Available Manufacturers:
Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide or a
comparable product by one of the following:
a.
b.
Armorcast Products Company.
Carson Industries LLC.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16130 - 3
c.
d.
2.5
CDR Systems Corporation.
NewBasis.
SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS
A.
Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized
steel, plain ends.
B.
Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron
pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or
0.138-inch thickness as indicated and of length to suit application.
D.
Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of
firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
2.6
SLEEVE SEALS
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
B.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
C.
Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the
product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
Calpico, Inc.
Metraflex Co.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space
between sleeve and cable.
1.
2.
3.
Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or
conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or
cable.
Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure
plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16130 - 4
2.7
A.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES
Handhole and Pull-Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes and boxes for
compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products
supplied.
1.
2.
3.
Tests of materials shall be performed by a independent testing agency.
Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent
testing agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer
shall certify tests by manufacturer.
Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification
complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012, and traceable to NIST standards.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
A.
RACEWAY APPLICATION
Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit.
Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-80-PVC, direct buried.
Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 4.
Application of Handholes and Boxes for Underground Wiring:
a.
3.2
Handholes and Pull Boxes in Driveway, Parking Lot, and Off-Roadway
Locations, Subject to Occasional, Nondeliberate Loading by Heavy
Vehicles:
Polymer concrete Fiberglass-reinforced polyester resin,
SCTE 77, Tier 15 structural load rating.
INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in
Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter.
B.
Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
C.
Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for
Electrical Systems."
D.
Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab.
E.
Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except
for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16130 - 5
3.3
A.
INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT
Direct-Buried Conduit:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.4
Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare
trench bottom less than 6 inches in nominal diameter.
Install backfill as specified in 02300 Excavation and Earthwork.
After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work
toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with
expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly
hand tamps backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength.
After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final
conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction
as specified in 02300 Excavation and Earthwork.
Install manufactured duct elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at
building entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows
for stub-up ducts throughout the length of the elbow.
Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 12 inches above directburied conduits, placing those 24 inches o.c. Align planks along the width and
along the centerline of conduit.
INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES
A.
Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth
coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for
proper entrances.
B.
Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel,
graded from 1/2-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent
undisturbed earth.
C.
Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set
covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade.
D.
Install handholes and boxes with bottom below the frost line, below grade.
3.5
SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A.
Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved
opening.
B.
Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness:
1.
2.
For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side
greater than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch.
For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches
and 1 or more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138
inch.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16130 - 6
C.
Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.
D.
Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway
unless sleeve seal is to be installed or unless seismic criteria require different
clearance.
E.
Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and
with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies.
3.6
A.
PROTECTION
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and
cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
1.
2.
Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating
recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 16130
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16130 - 7
SECTION 16140
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
A.
1.2
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
1.3
Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates.
Communications outlets.
DEFINITIONS
A.
EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
B.
GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
C.
Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor.
D.
RFI: Radio-frequency interference.
E.
TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.
F.
UTP: Unshielded twisted pair.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates.
C.
Samples: One for each type of device and wall plate specified, in each color specified.
D.
Field quality-control test reports.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WIRING DEVICES
16140-1
E.
1.5
Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers'
packing label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate
through one source from a single manufacturer. Insofar as they are available, obtain
all wiring devices and associated wall plates from a single manufacturer and one
source.
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
C.
Comply with NFPA 70.
1.6
A.
COORDINATION
Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plugs configurations.
1.
Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
MANUFACTURERS
Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.2
A.
Cooper Wiring Devices; a division of Cooper Industries, Inc. (Cooper).
Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell).
Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton).
Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices & Accessories (Pass & Seymour).
STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES
Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A:
configuration 5-20R, and UL 498.
1.
2.
Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
Cooper; 5351 (single), 5352 (duplex).
Hubbell; HBL5351 (single), CR5352 (duplex).
Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex).
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WIRING DEVICES
16140-2
d.
2.3
Pass & Seymour; 5381 (single), 5352 (duplex).
GFCI RECEPTACLES
A.
General Description: Straight blade, feed through type. Comply with NEMA WD 1,
NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted
when device is tripped.
B.
Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A:
1.
2.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
2.4
Cooper; GF20.
Pass & Seymour; 2084.
SNAP SWITCHES
A.
Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20.
B.
Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A:
1.
2.
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
2.5
A.
Cooper; 2221 (single pole).
FINISHES
Color: Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color.
1.
Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: Gray, unless otherwise
indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless
otherwise noted.
B.
Coordination with Other Trades:
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WIRING DEVICES
16140-3
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Conductors:
1.
2.
3.
D.
Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or
terminated on devices.
Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the
purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded
wire.
The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of
NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails.
Device Installation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
E.
Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place
wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with
routers that are guided by riding against outside of the boxes.
Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement,
concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway
system, conductors, and cables.
Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross
a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall.
Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete.
Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that
show signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were
complete.
Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to
connect conductors.
Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until
the last possible moment.
Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in
length.
When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap
solid conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw.
Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the
manufacturer.
When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits,
splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections.
Tighten unused terminal screws on the device.
When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to
hold device mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact.
Receptacle Orientation:
1.
2.
Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally
mounted receptacles to the right.
Install hospital-grade receptacles in patient-care areas with the ground pin or
neutral blade at the top.
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WIRING DEVICES
16140-4
F.
Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and
remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough
wall opening.
G.
Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension
vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches
under single, multigang wall plates.
3.2
A.
IDENTIFICATION
Comply with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."
1.
3.3
A.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
1.
2.
3.
B.
In healthcare facilities, prepare reports that comply with recommendations in
NFPA 99.
Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436.
Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital
readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement.
Tests for Convenience Receptacles:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use
hot, stamped or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of
plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.
Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132V.
Percent Voltage Drop under 15A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not
acceptable.
Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable.
GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943.
Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely
mounted.
The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at
the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective
devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning
units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above.
Test straight blade convenience outlets in patient-care areas for the retention force of
the grounding blade according to NFPA 99. Retention force shall be not less than 4
oz.
END OF SECTION 16140
Chicago Park District: Park No. 569 DFA
WIRING DEVICES
16140-5